dw23271602 PDF

5 CONTENTS
XF95 series
TECHNICAL DATA
0
DIAGNOSTICS
1
COMPONENTS
2
REPAIRING WIRING
3
BATTERIES
4
5
CONNECTION OF ACCESSORIES
6
READING DIAGRAMS
7
LOCATION OF COMPONENTS
8
LOCATION OF CONNECTORS
9
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
10
CHANGES IN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
11
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM: OPTIONS AND SPECIAL APPLICATIONS
12
 200407 DW23271602
5 TECHNICAL DATA
XF95 series Contents
CONTENTS
1.
Page Date
COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200340
0
1.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200340
1.2 Tightening torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 . . . . 200340
 200340 1
TECHNICAL DATA 5
Contents XF95 series
2  200340
5 TECHNICAL DATA
XF95 series Components
1. COMPONENTS
1.1 GENERAL
0
Bulbs
Headlight (main beam) halogen 70 W
Headlight (dipped beam) halogen 70 W
Parking light spherical bulb 5W
Rear light spherical bulb 2x5W
Rear fog lamp spherical bulb 21 W
Reversing light spherical bulb 21 W
Stop light spherical bulb 21 W
Direction indicator lamp spherical bulb 21 W
Marker light spherical bulb 5W
Side marker light special type 3W
Combilamp: halogen fog lamp 70 W
halogen spotlight 70 W
Interior lighting spherical bulb 10 and 21 W
Bunk light spherical bulb 10 W
Stepwell lighting spherical bulb 5W
Marker light spherical bulb 5W
Work lamp: white halogen lamp 70 W
yellow spherical bulb 35 W
Max. current and wire diameter (mm2)

Wire diameter <2m 2-4m 4-8m >8m
1 9 5 4
1.5 22.5 13.5 7.5 6
2.5 37.5 22.5 12.5 10
4 60 36 20 16
6 90 54 30 24
10 150 90 50 40
16 240 144 80 64
25 375 225 125 100
35 525 315 175 140
50 750 450 250 200
70 1050 630 350 280
95 1425 855 475 380
120 1800 1080 600 480
 200340 1-1
TECHNICAL DATA 5
Components XF95 series
Alternator
0 NCB1
Max. current 80 A
Rated voltage 28 V
NCB2
Max. current 100 A
Rated voltage 28 V
Micro relay
Maximum making current +1 2
making connection between
5
points 3 and 5: 10 A +3
Maximum breaking current 4
breaking connection E500146
between points 3 and 4: 5A
5
2 4 1
E500147
86 87a 87
Mini relay
Maximum making current
making connection between
points 30 and 87: 20 A
Maximum breaking current 85 30
breaking connection
between points 30 and 87a: 10 A
Handheld transmitter CDS 87

Battery type (2x) CR1620, 3 V
87a
86 85
30
E500169
1-2  200340
5 TECHNICAL DATA
XF95 series Components
1.2 TIGHTENING TORQUES
Tightening torques
Drive pulley 80 Nm 5 Nm
0
B+ connection 15 Nm
Chassis earth connection 65 Nm
 200340 1-3
TECHNICAL DATA 5
Components XF95 series
1-4  200340
5 DIAGNOSTICS
CONTENTS
Page Date
1. BATTERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200340
1.1 Fault-finding table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200340
2.
1.2 Service life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 . . . . 200340
ALTERNATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200340
1
2.1 Fault-finding table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200340
3. FAULT FINDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 . . . . 200340
3.1 Short circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 . . . . 200340
3.2 Open circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 . . . . 200340
3.3 Earthing problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 . . . . 200340
 200340 1
DIAGNOSTICS 5
2  200340
5 DIAGNOSTICS
XF95 series Batteries
1. BATTERIES
1.1 FAULT-FINDING TABLE
SYMPTOM: NEW BATTERY HEATS UP CONSIDERABLY DURING FILLING

Possible cause Remedy 1
Inadequate formation because of storage in Allow to cool
unsuitable or damp conditions over a long period Charge fully
Check the relative density
SYMPTOM: BATTERY ACID LEAKING FROM THE PLUG HOLES

Possible cause Remedy
Battery overfilled Siphon off some of the fluid
Overcharging Check the charger and repair if necessary
SYMPTOM: ELECTROLYTE LEVEL TOO LOW

Leaking battery Replace the battery
Excessive gas development due to charging Check/repair the charger

current being set too high
SYMPTOM: RELATIVE DENSITY TOO LOW (<1.240)

STARTING TROUBLE
Power consumer left on by mistake Charge the battery
Insufficient charging Check/repair the charger
Short circuit in the charging circuit Check the charging circuit
SYMPTOM: RELATIVE DENSITY TOO HIGH (>1.290)

Topped up with acid instead of distilled water Siphon off some of the fluid and top up with
distilled water
If necessary, repeat this after mixing (charging)
 200340 1-1
DIAGNOSTICS 5
Batteries XF95 series
SYMPTOM: STARTING TROUBLE

POOR STARTING TEST RESULT
POWER FAILS UNDER LOAD
1 -
-
Discharged battery
Worn battery (plates corroded and worn

Charge the battery
Replace the battery

away)
- Defective battery (‘dead cell’) Replace the battery
- Battery too small Replace with battery of a higher capacity
- Battery sulphated (plates have hardened) Replace the battery
SYMPTOM: BURNT-IN BATTERY POLES

- Terminals not securely fitted, or poor contact Have the battery poles repaired, fit the terminals
properly and replace the terminals if necessary
SYMPTOM: 1 OR 2 CELLS BUBBLE EXCESSIVELY UNDER HIGH LOADS

(STARTING OR STARTING TEST)
- Defective cells Replace the battery
- Leaking cell partition Replace the battery
SYMPTOM: BATTERY DISCHARGES VERY FAST (DOES NOT RETAIN POWER)

- Insufficient charging Check the charging. Is the charging time (driving
time) sufficient?
- Short circuit in charging circuit Check the charging circuit
- Major self-discharging, for example due to Clean the battery

contamination
- Battery sulphated (on examining the plates, Replace the battery

they are found to be hard and, in some
cases, whitened)
1-2  200340
5 DIAGNOSTICS
XF95 series Batteries
SYMPTOM: SHORT BATTERY LIFE

- Wrong type of battery chosen (for example in Install Super Heavy Duty or semi-traction battery
the case of tail lifts)
- Often too deeply discharged Intermediate charging with rectifier 1

- Not recharged after deep discharge Always charge the battery after deep discharge
(white deposits)
SYMPTOM: BATTERY HOT DURING OPERATION WITH EXCESSIVE WATER CONSUMPTION

- Overcharging or charging voltage too high Check the charger (voltage regulator)
SYMPTOM: BATTERY HAS EXPLODED

- Fire or sparks during or just after charging Ensure good ventilation and exercise due
caution as regards fire and sparks
- Short-circuiting by tools Be careful where tools are put down
- Internal defect (loose connection) Replace the battery
SYMPTOM: DEFECTIVE ALTERNATOR AND/OR DIODES (RADIO AND OTHER

POLARITY-SENSITIVE EQUIPMENT NOT WORKING)
- Reversed battery polarity or incorrect Discharge the battery and charge in the correct
charging direction
If necessary, replace the battery
SYMPTOM: BATTERY IS INACTIVE (NO VOLTAGE)

- Internal open circuit Replace the battery
- Battery very deeply discharged Charge the battery and test it; replace if
necessary
 200340 1-3
DIAGNOSTICS 5
Batteries XF95 series
1.2 SERVICE LIFE
The service life of a battery is significantly

shortened if it is used ‘cyclically’.
This means that the batteries are used a lot
1
without their being charged.
For example when using a tail lift, cab heater,
microwave oven or cooler box.
This is why batteries in commercial vehicles and
vehicles used for international transport often fail
prematurely (within 1.5 years).
The battery must be charged whenever the
voltage measured across the battery falls below
12.5V. If the battery is not charged, the
‘sulphating’ process will begin.
This is a chemical reaction in the battery that
produces lead sulphate. Lead sulphate adheres
to the battery plates and can cause
short-circuiting between the plates, reducing the
capacity of the battery.
However, most lead sulphate breaks down when
the battery is recharged.
If a battery is used (discharged) while it is not
being charged by the alternator, short-circuiting
between the battery plates will occur sooner.
This reduces the capacity and consequently the
service life of the battery.
1-4  200340
5 DIAGNOSTICS
XF95 series Alternator
2. ALTERNATOR
2.1 FAULT-FINDING TABLE
SYMPTOM: ALTERNATOR NOT PRODUCING POWER WHEN IDLING

Possible cause Remedy 1
Open circuit in connection 15 on alternator Repair connection 15
Connection 15 on alternator short-circuited to Repair connection 15

earth
Internal defect Replace regulator
SYMPTOM: ALTERNATOR WARNING (YELLOW)

Open circuit in ‘S’ connection Measure the regulated alternator voltage with as
many consumers as possible switched on and
with the engine turning above idling speed
Open circuit in ‘L’ connection Check/repair wiring
Open circuit in connection 15 Increase the engine speed to approx. 1500 rpm.
If voltage is then present, check connection 15
on the alternator
Voltage difference between ‘B+’ and Check all contacts between alternator and
‘S’ connections is greater than 2.5V batteries (contact resistors).
Internal battery resistance too high
Voltage too low <16V Check alternator drive.
Check wiring on contact resistors
Check regulated voltage
Open circuit in voltage regulator Replace voltage regulator
SYMPTOM: ALTERNATOR VOLTAGE HIGH (RED)

Voltage too high >31V Measure voltage
Internal defect Replace regulator/alternator
 200340 2-1
DIAGNOSTICS 5
Alternator XF95 series
2-2  200340
5 DIAGNOSTICS
XF95 series Fault finding
3. FAULT FINDING
The following test equipment and tools can be
used to trace faults.
1. The best instrument for this is a digital
multimeter. This instrument can be used to
measure voltages, currents and resistances
avoiding reading errors, and it can be used
to trace virtually all faults.
1
2. Many, but not all, faults are easily traced by
means of warning lights. Failures caused by
poor earthing cannot normally be detected
by a warning lamp or buzzer.
The most frequently occurring faults are:
a. short circuit
b. open circuits
c. earthing problems (poor earthing due to
corrosion).
 200340 3-1
DIAGNOSTICS 5
Fault finding XF95 series
3.1 SHORT CIRCUITS
A short circuit is caused by a positive wire

shorting to earth somewhere. In most cases this
will cause a fuse to blow.
1
To remedy this failure, use a test lamp of
approximately 70W. First check the diagram to
see which consumers are connected to the fuse
in question, and then switch them all off.
Remove the fuse and connect the test lamp in
its place. Now switch each of the consumers on
and off one by one. If the lamp comes on very
brightly when a consumer is switched on, the
fault is almost certainly in the wiring of that
consumer. Now check the diagram to see via
which connectors the consumer is connected.
Now disconnect the first wiring connection (as
seen from the fuse).
If the lamp is still bright, the fault is between the
fuse and this wiring connection. W 5 03 013
If, however, the lamp goes out, the fault is

somewhere further on in the wiring.
Now reconnect the connectors and disconnect
the next wiring connection. If the lamp is still
bright, the failure is between these two wiring
connections.
However, if the lamp goes out again, the
fault-finding procedure must be continued.
The faulty wiring section can be found in this
way.
3-2  200340
5 DIAGNOSTICS
XF95 series Fault finding
3.2 OPEN CIRCUIT
Suppose a consumer is not functioning. The

fault may be in the consumer itself, or there may
be an open circuit in the wiring.
1
First switch on the consumer. Then check the W 5 03 015
consumer for voltage using a test lamp. If no
voltage is found, first check whether the fuse is
still intact.
If there is voltage at the fuse, check the wiring
from the fuse to the consumer. This means
every wiring connection must be checked.
Stop at the first wiring connection that has no
voltage. The open circuit will be between this
connection and the previous one.
However, if there was a voltage at the consumer,
there may still be an open circuit in the negative
(earth) wiring. Check this using a test lamp.
Ensure that the relevant circuit is switched on.
Connect one end of the test lamp to earth and
the other end to the earth connection of the
W 5 03 016
component to be checked.
If the test lamp starts burning, the
earth connection of the component is
interrupted. If the test lamp does not light up,
the earth connection will in many cases be in
good condition.
If both the positive and negative connections are
in good order, the consumer in question must be
replaced.
 200340 3-3
DIAGNOSTICS 5
Fault finding XF95 series
3.3 EARTHING PROBLEMS
Earthing problems are mainly caused by

corrosion between the contact surfaces of
electrical connections.
1
Earthing problems can only be detected using a
multimeter (preferably digital). A digital tester is
preferable because usually only a few volts will
be measured and an analogue meter is
generally not precise enough for this purpose.
To find out whether a specific earthing point has
a good earth connection, use a voltmeter to
measure the voltage between the negative
battery pole and this earthing point.
Switch on as many consumers as possible.
If there is a correct earth connection, no voltage
should be found.
In practice, however, a loss of approx. 0.5 volts
will often be measured.
If the reading is higher, the earth connection
must be checked carefully.
In this way, the earth connections of all
consumers can be checked and measured.
W 5 03 014
3-4  200340
5 COMPONENTS
CONTENTS
Page Date
1. GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 .... 200340
1.1 Multimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 .... 200340
1.2 Scopemeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 .... 200340
1.3 Signal measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 .... 200340
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200340
2
2.1 Inductive sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200340
2.2 Vehicle speed sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 . . . . 200340
2.3 Temperature sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 . . . . 200340
2.4 Fluid level sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 . . . . 200340
2.5 Pressure sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 . . . . 200340
2.6 Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 . . . . 200340
2.7 Proximity sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 . . . 200340
2.8 Stalk switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 . . . 200340
3. DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 . . . . 200340
3.1 Diagnostics in electrical systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 . . . . 200340
 200340 1
COMPONENTS 5
2  200340
5 COMPONENTS
XF95 series General
1. GENERAL
1.1 MULTIMETER
The Fluke 87 multimeter allows you to select

various measuring options:
Units of measurement
The multimeter should be set to the range for
the unit of measurement required.
For example, the voltage, current or resistance
range. 2
The units of measurement are indicated by
symbols on the meter.
The following symbols are used.

19. DC voltage 1 DCV - V
20. AC voltage
21. DC current
22. AC current
2 ACV - V
23. Resistance
24. Duty cycle 3 DCA - A
7. Frequency
4 ACA -A
5 Ohm -
6 %
7 Hz
W 5 01 004
1.2 SCOPEMETER
Diagnostics in modern electronic systems is

steadily becoming more complex.
Using a multimeter on its own is not always
sufficient to diagnose a fault.
The scopemeter allows complex signals to be
measured.
Practical examples of complex signals are:
- PWM signals
- Deformation of signals
- CAN-bus signals
 200340 1-1
COMPONENTS 5
General XF95 series
1.3 SIGNAL MEASUREMENTS
Sine-wave signal (AC voltage)

The signal regularly changes polarity with
+
respect to the ‘0’ line.
0
-
2
Frequency t
The frequency is shown in Hertz (Hz). +
The number of complete sines per second is the
frequency of the signal (3 Hz in the diagram).
0
- 1 2 3
Voltage
If the number of sines per second increases, not
+
just the frequency increases but also the
voltage.
0
-
W 5 01 002
Measuring a sine wave signal

The sine wave signal can be measured in the
following ways using a multimeter:
- With the multimeter in the frequency (Hz)
position.
In this way, the number of complete sines
per second is measured.
- Multimeter in the AC voltage position.
In this way, the average value of the
supplied voltage is measured.
Sine wave signals in the vehicle
- Wheel speed sensor output signal
- Engine speed sensor output signal
1-2  200340
5 COMPONENTS
XF95 series General
Square wave signal

Square wave signals are signals with only two
t1
voltage levels, both of which have the same
duration in principle (t1 is equal to t2). +
0
t2
If the duration is different for the two levels (t1 is

t1
2
not equal to t2), the signal is also called ‘pulse
train’. +
0
t2
Duty cycle A
The duty cycle is the ratio between the two
voltage levels, expressed as a percentage. +
A × 100%
B
The voltage level ratio of a pulse train may
change (for example, when the vehicle speed
0
B
increases).
If the number of pulses per unit of time
increases, the duty cycle reading will rise.
Voltage A
An increase in the number of pulses per unit of
time will not only lead to a higher duty cycle ratio +
but also to a higher mean voltage.
0
B W 5 01 001
 200340 1-3
COMPONENTS 5
General XF95 series
Measuring a square wave signal

The square wave signal can be measured in the
following ways using a multimeter:
- With the multimeter in the duty cycle (%)
position.
In this way, the voltage level ratio is
measured.
- With the multimeter in the DC voltage
position.
2 In this way, the average value of the

supplied voltage is measured.
Square wave signals in the vehicle
- Speed sensor output signal
- Vehicle speed signal to electronic units
1-4  200340
5 COMPONENTS
XF95 series Component description
2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
2.1 INDUCTIVE SENSOR
The vehicle has a number of inductive sensors,

such as:
- wheel speed sensor
- engine speed sensor
- camshaft sensor
Recording engine speed

The engine speed is recorded via the crankshaft
2
position sensor. The crankshaft position sensor
output signal is a sine wave signal with a
frequency corresponding to the number of holes
1
in the pulse disc and the crankshaft rotation 2
frequency. 3
In the electronic unit, the signal is converted into
a message, which is sent via the CAN network.
The DIP reads this message from the i400442
CAN network and activates the rev counter.
Engine speed sensor operating principle

The inductive sensor consists of a permanent
magnet (1), a core (2) and a coil (3). 1
When the inductive sensor is situated between
two teeth, the lines of force of the magnetic field N
will run directly from the north pole to the south
pole via the housing.
2
The moment a tooth approaches the inductive S
sensor, the lines of force of the magnetic field 3
will run from the north pole to the south pole via
the housing, the teeth of the toothed wheel and
the core.
As more lines of force are now running through
the core, a more powerful magnetic field is
obtained.
As a result of this change in the magnetic field,
an AC voltage is generated in the coil.
The value of the AC voltage generated depends W 5 01 005
on the speed of rotation of the toothed wheel
and the air gap between sensor (core) and
tooth.
 200340 2-1
COMPONENTS 5
Component description XF95 series
2.2 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
The vehicle speed sensor has two connections

for output signals. The real-time speed signal,
triggered by a Hall IC, is sent via the first
connection,
Via the other connection, a data signal
(bi-directional signal) is sent, which involves an
exchange of data between the MTCO and the
2
speed sensor. The MTCO requests data from
the sensor.
The sensor sends the coded data to the MTCO
in sequence, and the MTCO checks the
accuracy of this data.
The coded signal consists of the following data: 1. +

- Serial number of the sensor
2. -
- Master key (the same as that of the MTCO)
- Coded speed signal 3.
4.
In the MTCO, the coded speed signal is
compared with the real-time speed signal.
The MTCO sends commands and data to the
sensor at 10-second intervals.
Speed data for the CAN system is sent via - +
MTCO outputs A4 and A8. 1 2 M
Speed data for the UPEC system and

ECAS system are sent for UPEC via output B7
E501055
and for ECAS and EMAS via output B6; these
are duty cycle signals.
2-2  200340
5 COMPONENTS
Duty cycle speed signal %

The speed signal sent via the vehicle speed
sensor to the MTCO is processed by the MTCO 44
and sent as a message via the CAN network.
The speed signal is also converted into a
duty cycle signal. This signal is used by
electronic units that do not receive/read the
vehicle speed signal message via the 22
CAN network.
The diagram alongside shows the linear
characteristic of the duty cycle (%) in relation to
the vehicle speed (V). 2
This graph applies to all vehicle models.
50 100
Inspection V(km/h)
The duty cycle signal (square wave voltage) can E501057
be checked with a multimeter that is set to the

DC voltage or duty cycle range or with a
scopemeter.
 200340 2-3
COMPONENTS 5
2.3 TEMPERATURE SENSORS
The vehicle has a number of temperature

sensors, such as:
- coolant temperature sensor
- inlet air temperature sensor
- fuel temperature sensor
- ambient air temperature sensor
These sensors are temperature-sensitive
2 resistors.
The resistance of these sensors changes
considerably with rises or drops in temperature.
There are two types of temperature sensor:
- NTC resistor (Negative
Temperature Coefficient).
- PTC resistor (Positive
Temperature Coefficient).
NTC resistor
In an NTC resistor, the resistance value reduces
when the temperature rises.
Application:
- measuring coolant temperature.
W 5 01 010
PTC resistor
In a PTC resistor, the resistance value increases
when the temperature rises.
In the PTC resistor, in contrast to the
NTC resistor, there will be a great change in
resistance within a small temperature range.
Application:
- measuring air temperature when cab heater
is on
Inspection
The temperature sensors can be checked using
a multimeter that is set to the resistance range.
W 5 01 011
2-4  200340
5 COMPONENTS
2.4 FLUID LEVEL SENSORS
The vehicle has a number of fluid level sensors,

such as:
- fluid level sensor for the cooling system
- engine oil level sensor
Coolant level sensor

The coolant level sensor consists of two
2
microswitches (reed switches), connected in
parallel with two resistors.
These microswitches are influenced by a
magnetic field positioned outside the sensor.
If the coolant level drops, the microswitches will
be closed by a float fitted with a fixed magnet.
The ‘alarm switch’ detects that the coolant level
is too low and short-circuits the resistor
connected in parallel.
The daily inspection switch detects that the
coolant needs to be topped up and short-circuits
the resistor connected in parallel. E501602
The VIC uses the resistance value to detect the
status of the microswitches.
As a result the instrument display is activated by
the VIC.
Note:
The VIC will only send a message to the 1
instrument display during the startup phase if
the daily inspection switch is closed during the
startup phase.
E501434
 200340 2-5
COMPONENTS 5
Engine oil level sensor

The operation of the engine oil level sensor is
based on a resistance measurement.
When the contact is activated, a current is sent
through the sensor from the VIC control unit for
a specific period of time.
Applying this current briefly in this way ensures
that the sensor is properly warmed up.
When the level is being measured the
resistance value is influenced by the quantity of
2 oil in the sump.
Inspection
The engine oil level sensor can be checked with
a multimeter set to the resistance range.
The resistance value is between 20.5 and E501146
23.5 ohms, measured at 20_C.

The maximum current strength of 200 mA
should not be exceeded when the resistance
value is measured.
2-6  200340
5 COMPONENTS
2.5 PRESSURE SENSORS
The vehicle has a number of pressure sensors,

such as:
- Pressure sensor for recording the bellows
pressure in ECAS.
- Pressure sensor on the air supply unit.
There is a diaphragm made of semiconducting
material (silicon) in the pressure sensor.
When pressure is applied to the diaphragm, it
will be deflected.
V
2
Deflection of the diaphragm leads to a change in
the resistance of the semiconducting material.
The diaphragm is part of what is known as a
bridge circuit.
Deflection of the diaphragm unbalances the W 5 01 012
bridge circuit, which changes the output signal.
The output voltage is in direct proportion to the
pressure applied (deflection of the diaphragm).
Inspection
The output voltage can be checked using a
multimeter set to the DC voltage range.
- Pressure sensor for monitoring boost

pressure.
To check the boost pressure, a piezo-pressure
sensor is used. This sensor consists of an
electronic circuit and a pressure
recording element.
The pressure recording element records
changes in pressure; these changes in pressure
are converted into an electrical voltage. The
electronic circuit amplifies this voltage to create
a usable output signal.
Inspection
The output voltage can be checked using a
multimeter set to the DC voltage range.
i 400441
 200340 2-7
COMPONENTS 5
2.6 ALTERNATOR
The compact alternator is a lightweight

alternator with two internal cooling fans. The
electronic regulator also controls pre-excitation
of the alternator. The function of the exciter
diodes has also been taken over by the
regulator. The alternator generates high currents
in the lower speed range.
2 B connection to terminal 30 on the starter

motor
18 power supply after contact
S sens connection of the regulator
L connection to VIC
B connection
The alternator has two B+ connections that are
connected to each other internally. B+1 is
connected to terminal 30 on the starter motor.
B+2 is NOT connected. B- (earth) is connected
to the alternator housing.
Connection 15
When the contact has been turned on, power is
supplied to the alternator via connection 15
(1010). The regulator uses this power to activate
pre-excitation (self-energising). If there is an
open circuit in this connection, the alternator will E501373
not produce any power until it reaches a speed
of about 5000 rpm. This corresponds to an
engine speed of approx. 1500 rpm. The
alternator will energise itself when it reaches this
speed.
Sens connection
The sens connection can be used to
compensate for voltage losses in B+. There are
voltage differences between the alternator and
the battery. Voltage regulation can be improved
if these voltage variations can be controlled. The
sens connection is connected to terminal 30 on
the starter motor.
2-8  200340
5 COMPONENTS
L connection L 15 S
The L connection is connected to the VIC
electronic unit.
This connection is used to activate a fault
message in the master display via the VIC, if
necessary.
L voltage high: no fault
L voltage low: fault
The following faults can be detected via the
‘L’ connection:
2
- Voltage too low (< 16V)
- Open circuit in connection 15 (1010)
E501129
- Open circuit in ‘S’ connection
- Open circuit in ‘L’ connection
These faults are indicated by the yellow
‘Alternator fault’ warning.
Too high a voltage (red warning) can be
recognised by too high a voltage (>31V) on the
VIC electronic unit.
 200340 2-9
COMPONENTS 5
2.7 PROXIMITY SENSORS
The vehicle has a number of proximity sensors,

such as:
- sensor under the clutch pedal for engine
management
- cab lock sensor
- mechanical rear axle lifting gear
2
Inductive proximity sensors
An alternating electromagnetic field is generated
by a pulsating current in a coil (oscillation).
If a metal object is introduced into the
electromagnetic field, eddy currents will occur in
that metal object.
These eddy currents will ‘damp’ the magnetic
field in the coil, so that the current taken up in W 5 01 014
the coil will change.
This change results in an output voltage.
Inspection
Placing a metal object in front of the sensor (in
the case of the inductive sensor) makes it
possible to check the output voltage using a
multimeter set to the direct voltage range.
E500551
2-10  200340
5 COMPONENTS
2.8 STALK SWITCH
The stalk switches in the XF vehicle series have

been re-designed.
Both the design and the functionality have
changed.
The advantages of the new switches are:
- Switches are short-circuit-proof
- Longer service life due to use of reed switch
- The intarder function has been integrated
into the right-hand switch, so there are now 2
two switches on the steering column
- All cruise-control and speed-control
functions have been integrated into the
right-hand stalk switch
 200340 2-11
COMPONENTS 5
SET
2 OFF
0 OFF
1
R SET R RES
2
LIM
0
E501135
There are always two stalk switches on the

steering column.
The left-hand stalk switch is available in one
version. The functions of the left-hand switch are
as follows:
- Direction indicator, left/right
- Lights, main beam/dipped beam
- Horn
- Windscreen wiper speed/intermittent
wipe/wash
The right-hand stalk switch has two models:
- With intarder function
- Without intarder function
The functions of the right-hand stalk switch are
as follows:
Model 1:
Cruise-control accelerate/decelerate/resume
function
Engine speed control (speed up/slow down/fixed
speed PTO)
Model 2:
Same functions as model 1
Intarder/V-constant function
2-12  200340
5 COMPONENTS
XF95 series Diagnostics
3. DIAGNOSTICS
3.1 DIAGNOSTICS IN ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
For diagnosis, DAVIE XD is used.

This tool has a two-channel scope and a
multimeter function.
DAVIE XD is also used to read data from
electronic systems. When a fault arises, it offers
the option of selecting a “guided” diagnosis that
goes through a series of measurement steps to
help locate the cause of the problem.
2
Refer to the user manual for an extensive
description of the operation and possibilities of
DAVIE XD.
 200340 3-1
COMPONENTS 5
Diagnostics XF95 series
3-2  200340
5 REPAIRING WIRING
CONTENTS
Page Date
1. GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200340
1.1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200340
1.2 Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200340
1.3 Contact kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 . . . . 200340
2. REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200340
2.1 Removal and installation, connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200340
2.2 Removal and installation, contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 . . . . 200340
2.3 Fitting contacts to electrical wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 . . . . 200340
2.4 Fitting a SCAT seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 . . . 200340
3
2.5 Fitting an electrical buffer connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 . . . 200340
2.6 Removal and installation, earth wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 . . . 200340
2.7 Repairing CAN network wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 . . . 200340
 200340 1
REPAIRING WIRING 5
2  200340
5 REPAIRING WIRING
XF95 series General
1. GENERAL
The increasing application of electronics in
vehicles means a much broader range of
connectors, contacts and wiring is being used.
Be sure to pay special attention to this during
repairs, so as to avoid unnecessary faults.
1.1 CONNECTOR
A connector is a removable connection between

two or more electrical wires or components. The
3
female contacts are on one side and the male
contacts on the other side. This way they can be
connected and disconnected.
The connector should protect the contacts
against unwanted electrical connections and
external influences. It also ensures the proper
connection of the applicable contacts.
1.2 CONTACT
A connector has one or more contacts. These

contacts are available in various sizes and
models.
However, they all have the same design:
The mating part (1) enables the electrical

connection between the contacts.
The contact press part (2) is the electrical
connection between the stripped part of the wire
and the contact.
The relief part (or pull relief) (3) relieves the
contact press part from mechanical wear. The
insulation relief is placed over the insulating
1 2 3
sheath and/or the SCAT.
E501479
With contacts, three dimensions are important: 1

the diameter (1) of the wire to be connected, the
size of the contact press part (2), which is linked
to the wire diameter, and the size of the mating 2
part (3).
E501504
 200340 1-1
REPAIRING WIRING 5
General XF95 series
1.3 CONTACT KITS
Contact kit A
Contact kit A (DAF No. 0694960) is available for
the contacts, except SCAT contacts and
micro-timer contacts.
There is a sticker on the inside of the kit to
facilitate selection of the contact, contact
crimping tool and ejector tool.
At the top the DAF no. of the contact is shown.

Roman numerals I and II, shown below the
illustrations, refer to the contact crimping tool to
be used.
The numeral or letter added to Roman numeral I
or II indicates the hole in the contact crimping
tool in which the contact is to be placed.
Roman numerals III to VII refer to the type of
ejector tool to be used for removing the contact
from the connector.
The information at the bottom refers to the core
section suitable for the contact.
W 5 03 018
1-2  200340
5 REPAIRING WIRING
XF95 series General
Contact kit B
Additional contact crimping and ejector tools are
required for SCAT contacts and for
micro-timer contacts. Contact kit B
(DAF No. 1240065) is available for this purpose.
There is a sticker on the inside of the kit to
facilitate selection of the contact, contact
crimping tool and ejector tool (to be used in the
same way as for contact kit A).
Note:
The proper ejector and the proper contact
crimping tool for each contact can also be found
through ‘Parts Rapido’.
 200340 1-3
REPAIRING WIRING 5
General XF95 series
1-4  200340
5 REPAIRING WIRING
XF95 series Removal and installation
2. REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

2.1 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION, CONNECTORS
Unlocking the connectors

The connectors can often be locked with one
another or with a component. They can be
divided into:
A. Active locking.
This means that the lock must be activated. With A
this type a lock must often be pressed.
B. Passive locking.
Opens when the parts are pulled apart with a
certain force. 3
B
E501480
Two connectors in one housing

These connectors consist of two separate
connectors. To remove the contacts first remove
the connectors from the connector housing.
Push the locking lip aside before removal.
The connector can then be slid out of the
connector housing.
Examples:
- Connector for VIC electronic unit
E501484
 200340 2-1
REPAIRING WIRING 5
Removal and installation XF95 series
2.2 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION, CONTACTS
Contact lock
There are various types of contact locks. A few
examples are given below. When a lock is
applied, individually for each contact, this is
called a primary lock. An extra general lock for
several contacts in a connector is a secondary
lock.
Primary contact lock
To keep an individual contact in the connector in
place, a contact is often furnished with one or
more locking bolts. This is a primary lock. These
3 locking bolts should never be damaged, with a
view to pressing and ejecting the contacts. E501481
Secondary contact lock

This type of lock is normally used on 2 and
3-row connectors.
For connectors (1) with a locking lip (2) first
remove the lip before removing the contacts.
This is a secondary lock. The locking lip is on
the side of the connector and can usually be
recognised from a colour that is different from
the colour of the connector.
The lip is removed entirely. Now the contacts
can be removed using the proper ejector tool by
unlocking the primary lock.
1 2
Examples:
- Cab connectors E501483
- Electronic unit connectors
The contacts may also be locked secondarily by

the lower part of the connector. After tilting this
lower part, the contacts can be removed by
unlocking the primary lock using the proper
ejector tool.
This type of lock is used only on 2-row
connectors.
Examples:
- MTCO connector
E501497
2-2  200340
5 REPAIRING WIRING
A different type of secondary lock is formed by

two sliding parts of the connector.
The upper half (on the wire insert side) and the 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
lower half form the extra contact lock. 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
15 14 13 12 11 10 9
15 14 13 12 11 10 9
To unlock this secondary contact lock the upper
half of the connector must be pushed away
slightly in the direction of the arrows on the
connector housing.
The contacts can then be removed from the
connector using the proper ejector tool. E500475
After any installation of wires with contacts, the

connector must be pressed into the lock again. If
3
this is not done it will not fit into the counterpart.
Application examples:
- Connector, CDS electronic unit
- Connector, ECAS-2/3 electronic unit
- Connector for UPEC electronic unit
Ejecting contacts
For repair or extension of the wiring a contact
may have to be replaced or added. Using
special ejector tools a contact can be removed
from the connector without being damaged.
For the proper ejector tools, see ‘Parts Rapido’.
1. Push the wire and contact forwards (1). The 3

locking bolt (2) is now free from the 1
connector (3). 2
2. Push the proper ejector tool (4) into the

front of the connector. This will push the
locking bolt (2) down.
4
3. The contact can now be removed by gently
pulling the wire.
Note:
If the wire is pulled before the ejector tool
pushes the locking bolt down, the contact will
only be fixed in the connector even more firmly.
E501482
 200340 2-3
REPAIRING WIRING 5
Contacts are also used in which the locking bolt 3

(2) is on the rear of the connector (3).
1. Pull the wire and contact backwards (1). 1
The locking bolt (2) is now free from the
connector (3).
2. Push the proper ejector tool (4) into the 2
back of the connector. This will push the
locking bolt (2) up.
3. The contact can now be removed by gently
pushing the wire forwards. 4
Note:
3 Here the locking bolt works exactly the opposite
to the usual connectors.
- EMAS pressure sensor connector
- Accelerator sensor connector, CF series /
XF series
For each contact a specific ejector tool is
required.
The proper ejector tool for each contact can be
found through ‘Parts Rapido’.
E501696
Locking an MQS (Micro Quadlock

System) contact
Before the contact can be removed, the lock
must be unlocked with a needle-shaped object.
1. First press the lock at the end of the

connector (1). At the same time gently pull
the wire (2) until resistance is felt.
2. Then press the second lock (3) and again 1
gently pull the wire (2).
3. The contact can now be removed from the
connector.
Note:
This type of contact is locked twice and must 3 2
therefore be unlocked twice.
- Connector for VIC electronic unit E501486
2-4  200340
5 REPAIRING WIRING
Removing contacts from the Bosch 89-pin

connector
To remove a contact from this connector
proceed as follows:
1. Fold the protective cover around the wiring
harness down by pushing the lock
outwards.
2. Now push the two outer halves of the
protective cover outwards and then
upwards. The protective cover can now be 1
removed.
3. The pink secondary contact lock (1) must
be slid to the centre of the connector to
enable the contacts to be removed.
E501485
3
4. The contacts can now be removed using
the proper ejection tool.
Note:
The larger contacts are locked with four locking
bolts. The smaller contacts are locked with two
locking bolts.
Always unlock the locks when adding contacts!
Fitting the Bosch 89-pin connector

When refitting the protective cover, ensure that
the siphon and slide are both in the ‘unlocked’
position.
If they are not, the connector, when fitted on the
electronic unit, will not be locked correctly to it.
As a result, the contact between the connector
and the electronic unit may be bad.
- Connector, ECS-DC3 electronic unit
E501498
 200340 2-5
REPAIRING WIRING 5
Removing 39-pin connector contacts

1. Loosen union G.
2. Push pressure ring H and seal K back
slightly over the wiring.
G
3. Then eject the contacts from connector
housing F using a special ejector tool from
contact kit A or B.
Fitting 39-pin connector contacts
1. Fit union G, pressure ring H over the wiring.
2. Fit new contacts to the wires using the
correct tool. H
3 3. Insert the wires and contacts through

seal K. K
4. Press the contacts to their definitive
positions in connector housing F.
5. Press seal K against connector housing F.
6. Position pressure ring H so that the two
ridges on the side of connector housing F
fall into the pressure ring recesses.
7. Tighten union G by hand.
Note: F
- Pressure ring H has contact numbers (their
purpose is to enable the contacts to be
positioned correctly). These contact
numbers must be in the same position as
the contact numbers on the connector
E500477
housing.
- When an incorrectly positioned wire is
removed the seal will leak. If a new wire is
not inserted a sealing plug should be fitted.
2-6  200340
5 REPAIRING WIRING
Removing contacts from 39-pin connector 2

counterpart
1. Loosen end union nut A and tapered
coupling nut B and push these as far as
possible back over the insulation pipe. D
2. Push pressure ring H and seal K as far as

possible back over the wiring harness.
1
3. Push union E back over the wiring harness.
4. Carefully remove the sealing ring (2).
3
5. Carefully loosen the locking lugs (3) in
connector housing F.
6. Remove centring sleeve D from connector
housing C.
3
C
7. Then eject the contacts from connector
housing C using a special ejector tool from
contact kit A or B.
Fitting contacts in 39-pin connector
counterpart
1. Push end union nut A and tapered coupling
nut B as far as possible back over the E
insulation pipe.
2. Fit centring sleeve D in connector housing K

C so that all openings are positioned
opposite each another.
3. Check that all retainer clips (3) are
positioned in the lock openings (1).
H
4. Insert the wires without contacts through
pressure ring H and seal K.
5. Fit new contacts to the wires using the
correct tool. B
6. Feed the cable harness through tapered
coupling nut B.
7. Press seal K against connector housing C.
8. Position pressure ring H so that the two
ridges on the side of connector housing C
fall into the pressure ring recesses.
A
9. Press the connector pins into their correct
positions in connector housing C.
10. Fit sealing ring (2) around centring sleeve D
and press it as far as the stop of connector
housing C.
E500478
 200340 2-7
REPAIRING WIRING 5
Note:
- When carrying out the last two steps it is
important not to twist the cable harness as
this can lead to serious damage (wire
breakage).
- Tighten the respective union nuts by hand.
Do not use tools (pliers) to do this.
11. Screw tapered coupling nut B onto
connector housing C.
12. Screw end union nut A (with insulation pipe)
onto tapered coupling nut B.
3 2.3 FITTING CONTACTS TO ELECTRICAL WIRES
The increasing application of electronics in

vehicles means a much broader range of
connectors, contacts and wiring is being used.
The result of this is that more attention has to be
paid to making and repairing connections.
The following criteria should be taken into
account:
1. Wires with a reduced insulation thickness,
with retention of the mechanical properties,
for use with core sections from 0.5 to 2.5
mm@.
2. Wires with a normal insulation thickness, for
use with core sections from 4 to 120 mm@.
3. Wires for various temperature ranges:
T1: from --40_C to +70_C
(in cab and chassis) and
T2: from --40_C to +100_C
(in engine compartment and gearbox)
Note:
In view of the mechanical strength required, the
minimum permissible core section is 1 mm@,
with the exception of cab wiring. At certain
points this may be 0.5 mm@.
To ensure the reliability of systems and
connections, the following points should be
observed when repairs or extensions are made
to the wiring:
2-8  200340
5 REPAIRING WIRING
A. Always choose the following:

- the correct type of contact
- the correct wire diameter for the
contact used
- the correct type of contact material
(tin-plated, silver-plated or gold-plated)
B. Use the right tool for the job. Wire ends are
always clamped to a contact. Special
crimping tools have been developed for this
purpose.
Note:
Connections will only be reliable if these
3
crimping tools are used and the contact is fitted
in the correct hole.
C. Strip the correct length of wire. Always use
stripping pliers.
The rule of thumb is:
stripped length = length of shrink-sleeve
+ 1 mm.
Make sure that the core is not damaged
during stripping or problems may occur after
some time.
Note:
A good connection will only be obtained if points
A, B and C are complied with. This means that
both the copper core and the insulation must be
firmly clamped in place.
Crimping wire to a contact

Choose the right crimping tool and place the
contact in the correct hole.
Note:
The proper crimping tool for each contact can be
found through ‘Parts Rapido’.
The contact may never be in a twisted, slanting
or slid position (X) in the press clamp opening.
E501500
 200340 2-9
REPAIRING WIRING 5
1. Place the wire in the contact.

1 2
2. The stripped wire part, the copper
conductor must be in the contact press part
(1).
The wire insulation must be in the relief part
(2).
3. Check again whether the wire is in the
correct position in the contact (1 and 2) and 3 4
press the contact press part (3 and 4)
together.
4. Do not interrupt the contact pressing before
the tool is completely compressed in the
3 end position. Only then is full contact
pressure reached and the tool can be
opened.
E501502
Copper connection
1A. Wire diameter too large A B
1B. Wire diameter too small
2A. Crimp height too great (hole in crimping
tool too large)
2B. Crimp height too small (hole in crimping 1
tool too small)
3A. Asymmetric crimping
3B. Asymmetric crimping
4. Proper contact crimping
S = material thickness
x = cracking 2
Hmax=S
3
X
Bmax=1/2S
E501494
2-10  200340
5 REPAIRING WIRING
1A. There is a risk that copper conductors

could stick out, which would adversely
affect the fixed position of the other
copper conductors. This may result in
a short circuit and loose contact.
1B. The contact may crack and the copper
conductors may not be sufficiently
fixed in the contact.
2A. Copper conductors are not sufficiently
fixed in the contact. The wire will
come loose of the contact.
2B The contact will be damaged and may
crack after some time and the wire will
3
then come loose from the contact.
3A The contact will be damaged and the
and copper conductors are not all fully
B fixed in the contact. The wire may
come loose. The height of any bulge
on the contact may not exceed the
material thickness of the contact. The
width of this bulge may not exceed
half the material thickness.
Insulation connection
Different types of crimping are allowed:
1. Normal crimping; the two sides of the relief
part fully engage the insulation.
2. Double crimping; two wires are clamped in
one contact.
3. Overlap crimping; the two sides of the relief
part engage one another slightly.
4. Double overlap crimping; two wires are
clamped in one contact, the two sides of the
relief part engaging one another slightly.
 200340 2-11
REPAIRING WIRING 5
A. If the insulation connection is correct, the

wire is clamped in the relief part with the
correct pressure and the insulation is not
broken.
B. If the contact pressure is too high the
insulation could break, possibly causing a
short circuit.
This may for instance be caused by:
- using the wrong crimping tool
- using an improper hole in the crimping
tool (too small)
- a defect in the crimping tool, delaying
the interruption of the contact pressing.
3 C. If the contact pressure is not sufficient the

insulation may not be clamped and the wire
may come loose. This will interrupt the
electrical connection but may also result in
a short circuit.
This may for instance be caused by:
- using the wrong crimping tool
- using an improper hole in the crimping
tool (too big)
- interrupting the contact pressing
prematurely.
2-12  200340
5 REPAIRING WIRING
A B C
2
3
E501511
1. Normal crimping A. Good insulation connection

2. Double crimping B. The insulation is broken
3. Overlap crimping C. The insulation is not secured
4. Double overlap crimping
With double crimping the thinnest wire is
always at the bottom.
A connection can be checked by gently pulling

the wire after the contact is placed in the
connector. The lock of the locking bolt in the
connector should then be felt.
E501501
 200340 2-13
REPAIRING WIRING 5
Examples of wire-contact connections

A. Wire not sufficiently slid forwards.
The wire is not sufficiently slid forwards to
ensure a proper current transfer and pull
relief. A
B. Stripped part of the wire too short.
The stripped part of the wire is too short to
ensure a proper current transfer whereas a B
part of the insulation is clamped underneath
the contact press part.
C. Wire too far backwards.
If the stripped part of the wire is too long C
3
and the wire is placed correctly relative to
the contact press part, the pull relief will
cover too little of the wire.
D
D. Wire too far forwards.
If the stripped part of the wire is too long
and the wire is placed correctly relative to
the pull relief, the copper conductors at the E
front will stick out too far past the contact
press part.
E. Copper conductors not clamped.
Copper conductors not clamped may cause F
a short circuit to other wires nearby.
F. This is a correct connection. 1 2
E501499
2.4 FITTING A SCAT SEAL
SCATs are used in places where wires are

exposed to heavy conditions (environment or
application of the vehicle), with the risk of water
entering the connector.
The SCAT seal, which is made of silicone,
prevents corrosion inside the connector and
keeps the seal properties intact in the event of
temperature changes.
The SCAT seal is pressed around the wire with
the relief part of the contact.
The SCATs are available in various colours and
sizes.
2-14  200340
5 REPAIRING WIRING
1. Select the right SCAT for the wire, contact

and connector. A
2. Slide the SCAT onto an unstripped wire (A).
3. Slide the SCAT far enough onto the wire
and strip the wire to the proper length (B).
B
4. Slide the SCAT back to the tip of the
stripped wire so that the copper just sticks
out of the SCAT (C).
5. Place the contact in the proper manner (D) C
around the SCAT (2) and the stripped
wire (1).
6. Now crimp the contact around the SCAT
and the wire using the proper crimping tool.
3
1
E501503
2.5 FITTING AN ELECTRICAL BUFFER CONNECTION
A buffer connection is made when at least two

wire ends must be connected to one another.
This may be required because of a wire repair or
if a wire is to be added to a connection.
Note:
When adding a new wire to an existing wire,
both wires must be of the same thickness.
If part of the existing wire is to be removed, try
to make sure that the wire number can still
easily be found on the wire.
 200340 2-15
REPAIRING WIRING 5
The contact crimping part (1) is the electrical

connection to the stripped wire part. The central
stop (2) is a limiter, preventing the wire to be
connected from being inserted too far. The
insulation is a crimp insulating sleeve with glue
layer (3), which, after heating by a blow drier, will
offer protection against unwanted electrical
contact and corrosion.
There are three different buffer connectors
available: red, blue and yellow. Depending on
the wire thicknesses to be connected (and
possibly the number of wires to be connected) a
specific colour must be used. 3 1 2 1 3
3 -
-
-
red
blue
diameter 0.25 - 0.75 mm2
diameter 1.0 - 2.5 mm2
yellow diameter 4.0 - 6.0 mm2
E501489
Connecting more than two wires to

one another is not recommended.
The glue layer of the crimping
insulation is not sufficient to seal all
resulting gaps. So this is certainly
not permitted outside the cab.
It is very important to carry out contact crimping

in the correct way to prevent electrical faults. For
cold fusion a contact crimping tool is required.
This tool creates a cold fusion between wire and
buffer connector.
E501491
2-16  200340
5 REPAIRING WIRING
Fitting the contact crimp connector

1. Select the right buffer connector for the
wires to be connected.
Note:
If three wires of the same diameter have to
be connected after all, choose a buffer
connector that is the same diameter as two
of the wires. The single wire on the other
side must be stripped to double length and
folded double.
The same applies when a wire is used on
one side that is twice the diameter of the
other.
2. Strip the wire to a length of 4 to 5 mm. 3
Note:
The stripped wire tip may not be twisted. E501490
3. Choose the proper contact crimping tool on

the basis of the buffer connector and wire
diameter, and check the holes to be used.
4. Place the buffer connector in the hole of the

tool and clamp it gently so the buffer
connector will remain in the hole.
5. Slide the stripped wire ends into the side of
the buffer connector that is engaged by the
contact crimping tool.
Note:
The insulation of the wire may not be slid
into the contact part of the buffer connector.
E501492
 200340 2-17
REPAIRING WIRING 5
6. Compress the contact crimping tool: Do not

interrupt the contact crimping before the tool
is completely compressed to the end
position. Only then is full contact crimping
completed and the tool can be opened.
7. Repeat this for the other ends of the buffer
connector.
8. Check the contact crimping for damage and
pull the wires to ensure they are properly
fixed.
Note:
Improper contact crimping means a bad
3 connection, which may cause failures.
E501493
Avoid breathing in the vapours

produced when heating the
crimping insulation.
9. Heat the crimping insulation to fix it properly

to the wire insulation. Ensure that the
insulation does not get burnt. If the
insulation gets burnt it will become brittle
and easily break or crack.
2-18  200340
5 REPAIRING WIRING
2.6 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION, EARTH WIRE
When a failure occurs in an electrical system,

one of the first things to be checked is the earth
connection, with particular attention being paid
to earth connections on the chassis.
Points for special attention when checking
earth connection on chassis
If an earth connection has been removed and is
being re-installed, pay attention to the following:
- The bolt, nut, earth strip and washers must
be cleaned (e.g. using a steel brush or sand
paper). If a component is corroded, it must
-
be replaced by a new one.
Clean all dirt and paint from the area around 3
the engine/chassis earth connection on both
sides of the chassis member so that the
bare metal is visible.
- Clean all dirt and paint from the area around
the battery/chassis earth connection on the
inside of the chassis member so that the
bare metal is visible.
- On the earth strip side, the cleaned area
must be larger than the contact area of the
earth strip. E501495
- On the nut side, the cleaned area must be

larger than the contact surface of the nut.
- After fitting the earth connection, a
protective zinc primer should be applied to
both sides of it and it should be painted.
 200340 2-19
REPAIRING WIRING 5
2.7 REPAIRING CAN NETWORK WIRING
When repairing or replacing the CAN wiring, the

original twisted lengths and diameters of the
wiring must be taken into consideration. A 10%
tolerance in the twisted length of the wiring is
permitted. Winding density 40-50 turns/m.
When repairing the wiring, the winding density

must be maintained, with the provision that it is Max. 60mm
permissible for the wiring at the point of repair to
have no twists over a maximum length of 60
mm. When the wiring is being repaired, it must
3
be secured in a wire tie at the end and in the
middle.
Replacing CAN wire
1. Measure the length of the original wire
when untwisted.
E500977
2. Measure the diameter of the original wire.
Always take a wire of the same diameter or,
if this is not available, of the next highest
size.
3. Preferably choose a wire of the same colour
as the original wire.
4. Follow the routing of the original wire and
install the wire in the original way.
2-20  200340
5 BATTERIES
CONTENTS
Page Date
1. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200340
1.1 Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200340
1.2 Battery charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 . . . . 200340
2. CHARGING BATTERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200340
2.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200340
2.2 Methods of charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 . . . . 200340
3. STORAGE OF BATTERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 . . . . 200340
3.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 . . . . 200340
3.2 Storage up to four weeks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 . . . . 200340
3.3 Storage for more than four weeks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 . . . . 200340
4. CHECKING BATTERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 . . . . 200340
4.1 Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 . . . . 200340
4.2 Inspection of the charging condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3 Inspection using a battery tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-1 . . . .
4-2 . . . .
200340
200340
4
 200340 1
BATTERIES 5
2  200340
5 BATTERIES
XF95 series Safety instructions
1. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
1.1 BATTERIES
- The sulphuric acid in the batteries is an

aggressive and poisonous liquid. While
working on batteries, wear protective
clothing, gloves and safety goggles.
In case of contact with clothes, skin or eyes,
rinse immediately with plenty of water.
Consult a doctor in case of contact with
eyes or skin.
- Always remove the earth lead before
working on batteries.
When connecting battery leads, always
connect the earth lead last.
- Always handle batteries carefully and hold
them upright. 4
- When topping up batteries, never allow the
electrolyte level to rise more than 10 mm
above the plates, or further than the
level indicator.
- Never put down tools or other materials that
could accidentally short circuit the battery
poles on the batteries or in the vicinity of
batteries. Short-circuited battery poles may
cause the battery to explode.
- Secure the batteries well after completing
the work, but not too tightly.
 200340 1-1
BATTERIES 5
Safety instructions XF95 series
1.2 BATTERY CHARGING
- During battery charging, an explosive gas

mixture may be released. Only charge
batteries in a well ventilated area.
- Never smoke or allow naked flames or
sparks in the vicinity of the battery.
- Allow frozen batteries to thaw before
charging.
- Switch the charger off before disconnecting
the leads to the battery.
1-2  200340
5 BATTERIES
XF95 series Charging batteries
2. CHARGING BATTERIES
2.1 GENERAL
- A battery may only be charged using DC

current. Connect the positive pole of the
battery to the positive terminal (+) of the
charger and the negative pole of the battery
to the negative terminal (--) of the charger.
The cell sealing plugs may remain on the
battery during charging (except during fast
charging).
During charging, the cell voltage will rise.
This increase in voltage depends on the
charging current applied and the
temperature. During normal charging, the
cell voltage will rise from about 2 volts/cell
to about 2.65 volts/cell. If a charging voltage
of about 2.35 to 2.4 volts/cell (about
14.2 volts in a 12V battery) is exceeded,
4
this will start off active gas development.
As a consequence of the rise in voltage
during charging, the charging current will,
as a rule, fall gradually.
Overcharging will reduce the service life of
a battery.
- If the charging of the battery is continued
after it has been fully charged (even with a
low current), this will lead to corrosion
(corrosive attack) of the grids of the positive
battery plates. This type of wear leads to
premature redundancy of the battery.
Depending on the capacity of the charger,
the normal charging time is between 8 and
15 hours.
If during charging the temperature of the
battery acid rises to more than 55_C, the
charging should be stopped. High
temperatures reduce the service life of the
battery.
- A battery should be considered charged
when the charge voltage rises no further for
2 hours, and the acid density (relative
density) has reached the nominal value (for
example 1.28 kg/dm3) and rises no further.
 200340 2-1
BATTERIES 5
Charging batteries XF95 series
- A charged battery must be used

immediately. If this is not possible, maintain
the battery as described in the section
‘Storage of batteries’.
- A discharged battery must be charged as
soon as possible. If a discharged battery is
not recharged, the battery plates may
become sulphated (i.e. hard), which will
lead to permanent loss of capacity.
- To prevent damage to electronic
components, never disconnect the battery
terminals when the engine is running.
- First connect the positive terminal (+) of the
battery charger to the positive pole (+) of
the battery and then the negative terminal
(--) to the negative pole (--).
4 - Before disconnecting the battery charger
leads, switch off the battery charger to avoid
sparking and to eliminate the risk of
explosion.
- To disconnect, first release the negative
terminal (--) and then the positive
terminal (+).
2-2  200340
5 BATTERIES
XF95 series Charging batteries
2.2 METHODS OF CHARGING
Always disconnect the battery

terminals before charging.
Normal charging
- Normal charging is done to restore partially
or fully discharged batteries to full capacity.
In general, a charging current of 1/20 to
1/10 of the capacity is selected.
- It is important to reduce the charging
current during gas development and to
switch the charger off when the battery is
charged.
Fast charging
- With this charging method, multiples of the
4
normal charge current (approx. 3 to 5 times)
are used in order to achieve an acceptable
charge condition in the shortest possible
time.
- Before fast charging, remove the battery
leads in order to prevent damage to the
electronic components.
- Remove the cell sealing plugs so that the
released gases can easily escape.
- To prevent overcharging, switch to a lower
charging current on reaching the cell
voltage (2.35 to 2.4 volts/cell).
Note:
Avoid fast charging. Only use this method in
exceptional cases. Fast charging causes
battery overloading, which reduces the
service life of the battery.
 200340 2-3
BATTERIES 5
Charging batteries XF95 series
Buffer charging
- With this method, the consumer and the
charger are both connected to the battery.
The charger delivers sufficient current to
ensure that the battery remains virtually fully
charged. The battery will deliver peak
currents to the consumer.
- Buffer charging is best done at a constant
(stabilised) voltage.
Trickle charging
- A fully charged battery that is not used for
some time will start to discharge of its own
accord. It may discharge at a rate of 0.1%
to 1% per day. Trickle charging
compensates for such discharges.
- The charging current for trickle charging
4 should be around 0.1 A per 100 Ah.
2-4  200340
5 BATTERIES
XF95 series Storage of batteries
3. STORAGE OF BATTERIES
3.1 GENERAL
Before storing batteries, carry out the following

operations:
1. Remove the battery terminals.
2. Clean the battery poles and the top of the
batteries.
3. Grease the battery poles with petroleum
jelly.
4. Check the charging condition of the
batteries and charge them if necessary. See
‘Inspection and adjustment’.
5. Check the electrolyte level; this should be
approx. 10 mm above the plates or, if fitted, 4
up to the level indicator.
If necessary, top up the batteries with
distilled water.
3.2 STORAGE UP TO FOUR WEEKS
If batteries (whether as separate units or fitted in

a vehicle) are not going to be used for an
extended period of time not exceeding four
weeks, the following measures should be taken:
1. Do not connect the battery leads to the
batteries.
batteries regularly, particularly if the
batteries are stored under low temperature
conditions. See ‘Inspection and adjustment’.
If the voltage falls below 12.4 volts, or if the
relative density of the electrolyte in one or
more of the cells is less than 1.23 kg/dm3,
the battery must be charged.
Note:
The lower the relative density of the
electrolyte, the higher the risk of the battery
freezing.
 200340 3-1
BATTERIES 5
Storage of batteries XF95 series
3.3 STORAGE FOR MORE THAN FOUR WEEKS
If the batteries will not be used for more than

four weeks, the following measures should be
taken:
1. Remove the batteries from the vehicle and
store them in a frost-free, dry, cool and well
ventilated room.
batteries regularly, at least once every
four weeks. See ‘Inspection and
adjustment’.
If the voltage falls below 12.4 volts, or if the
relative density of the electrolyte in one or
more of the cells is less than 1.23 kg/dm3,
the battery must be charged.
4 3. Limit the storage period to a maximum of
three months. The longer the period of
storage, the greater the permanent loss of
capacity.
3-2  200340
5 BATTERIES
XF95 series Checking batteries
4. CHECKING BATTERIES
4.1 VISUAL INSPECTION
- A white dividing line at 1/3 of the plate

height (this can be seen through
transparent battery boxes) indicates that the
battery has been allowed to remain in a
seriously discharged condition.
- If the electrolyte is brown and the battery
consumes a lot of fluid, this indicates that
the battery is overcharged.
- If the electrolyte is turbid and milky and the
cells have a white deposit, the battery has
become damaged due to insufficient
charging (deep discharge).
4
4.2 INSPECTION OF THE CHARGING CONDITION
Relative density
- The charging and discharging of the battery
leads to a chemical reaction in the battery,
which involves sulphuric acid. The sulphuric
acid concentration drops as the battery
discharges.
The concentration, measured as relative
density (kg/dm3), is a useful yardstick for
determining the charging condition of the
battery.
- An acidimeter can be used to check the
charging condition.
Relative density at 27_C in kg/dm3
Charged battery: 1.28
Half-charged battery: 1.20
Discharged battery: 1.10
- Measurement corrections are necessary if
temperatures are significantly lower or
higher. For every 10_C of lower
temperature, subtract 0.007 points from the
measured value. For each 10_C of higher
temperature, 0.007 points must be added.
In batteries in good condition, the relative
density must be the same in all the cells.
The maximum difference between the
highest and lowest relative density may not
exceed 0.03 kg/dm#.
Note:
If the relative density in one of the cells is
much lower than in the other cells, the
cause may be cell closure. If the relative
density of two adjacent cells is much lower
than in the other cells, this indicates a leak
in the cell partition. In both cases, the
battery must be replaced.
 200340 4-1
BATTERIES 5
Checking batteries XF95 series
Voltage
- The charging condition of the batteries can
be measured using a sensitive, preferably
digital voltmeter. This method can only be
used 1 to 2 hours after full completion of
charging or discharging. Measure the
absolute rest voltage (the positive and
negative terminals must be removed from
the battery).
The charging condition of the battery can be
calculated using the formula:
Voltage per cell = relative density (kg/dm#)
+ 0.84.
Example:
For a fully charged battery, the relative
density per cell is 1.28 kg/dm#. The voltage
4
per cell is therefore 1.28 + 0.84 = 2.12V.
A 12V battery has 6 cells. The total voltage
for a charged battery is 6 x 2.12 = 12.72V.
The voltage of a half-charged battery is
approx. 12.24V.
The voltage of a discharged battery is
approx. 11.75V.
4.3 INSPECTION USING A BATTERY TESTER
- The general condition of the battery can be

checked quickly using a battery tester. For
this check, a load is applied to the battery
and then the discharge voltage at the
battery poles is measured. The load applied
to the battery must be at least 3 times the
capacity of the battery.
- The rule of thumb is that the test can be
carried out when the battery is sufficiently
charged
(relative density 1.25 - 1.28 kg/dm#).
At normal temperatures (10-20_C), the
charging voltage for a properly charged
battery must be 10 volts after 10 seconds.
In the case of a partially charged battery
(relative density 1.25 kg/dm3), the reading
should be at least 9 volts.
It is important that the voltage be measured
directly at the battery poles.
4-2  200340
5 CONNECTION OF ACCESSORIES
CONTENTS
Page Date
1. CONNECTION OF ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 .... 200340
1.1 Wiring for connecting roof console accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 .... 200340
1.2 Dashboard lead-through connectors, general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 .... 200340
1.3 Overview of the dashboard lead-through connector functions . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 .... 200340
1.4 Connection of accessories via the accessories connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 .... 200340
1.5 Dashboard lead-through connector for
superstructure functions application connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 . . . 200340
engine speed control application connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 . . . 200340
chassis wiring application connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 . . . 200340
1.8 Overview of connection points in roof console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18 . . . 200340
1.9 40A Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20 . . . 200340
1.10 Connector for 12V connection in roof console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20 . . . 200340
1.11 Connector for alarm/immobiliser LED in roof console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21 . . . 200340
1.12 Connector for cooler box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21 . . . 200340
1.13 Connectors for connecting the radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22 . . . 200340
1.14 Connector for connecting the telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24 . . . 200340
 200407 1
CONNECTION OF ACCESSORIES 5
2  200407
XF95 series Connection of accessories
1. CONNECTION OF ACCESSORIES
1.1 WIRING FOR CONNECTING ROOF CONSOLE ACCESSORIES
Additional wiring
In the roof console of the XL/XH cab there is one
black 21-pin connector (connector no. 291) with
one spare wire. The spare wire is connected to
connector 694.
The following signals are available in the
connector:
291
E501789
Pin pattern for wiring harness connector

no. 291:
Pin no. Wire no. Description
4 2122 Main beam signal
5
6
2630
M
Instrument lighting
Earth
6
12 1154 Power supply before contact
20 res1 Spare wire 1
21 2102 Left rear light signal
 200407 1-1
Connection of accessories XF95 series
In the roof console on the driver’s side of the

XC cab there is one black 21-pin connector 190
(connector no. 190) with one spare wire. The
spare wire is connected to connector 694.
597
E501604

no. 190:
20 res1 Spare wire 1
In the roof console on the driver’s side of the

XC cab there is one black 12-pin connector
(connector no. 597).
6 The following signals are available in the

connector:

no. 597:
4 2102 Left rear light signal
5 2103 Right rear light signal
6 2122 Main beam signal
7 2630 Instrument lighting
12 M Earth
ATTENTION: The power supply before contact

is fuse-protected via fuse E142. Fuse 25A. The
power supply to the cooler box and connector
656 (if present) is also via fuse E142.
A yellow 9-pin connector (connector 694) that is
connected to connector 291 (XL/XH cab) or to
connector no. 190 (XC cab) is fitted at the height
of the top connector attachment partition on the
driver’s side.

no. 694:
2 res 1 Spare 1
1-2  200407
1.2 DASHBOARD LEAD-THROUGH CONNECTORS, GENERAL
A number of connectors are fitted in the

dashboard connector lead-through at the front of
the cab. A number of earth wires and the main
power supply wire are also led through at this
point.
E501551
Seen from the outside looking inwards, the A B C D

dashboard connector lead-through appears as
follows. 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6
7 7
6
8 8
9 9
10
E501060
Seen from the inside looking outwards, the

dashboard connector lead-through appears as
follows. D C B A
1
In the descriptions of the various connectors in 2 2
the dashboard connector lead-through, the view 3 3
is always from the cab. 4 4
5 5
6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10
E501093
 200407 1-3
1.3 OVERVIEW OF THE DASHBOARD LEAD-THROUGH CONNECTOR

FUNCTIONS
The panel with the dashboard lead-through A B C D

connectors is divided into four columns.
Connectors of the same colour are in the same 1
column. 2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10
E501435
Column A:
Row number Function Colour Number
of pins
1-2 EMAS yellow 21
6
3 Not in use - 6
4 Application connector, engine speed control yellow 12
5 Fuel filter yellow 6
6 Cab heater yellow 12
7-8 Chassis wiring, rear yellow 21
9 Not in use - 6
10 Power supply before contact (1000) - 1
1-4  200407
A B C D
1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10
E501436
Column B:
of pins
1-2 AS Tronic gearbox grey 21
3 AGS grey 6
4 Not in use - 12
5-6 ABS or EBS, rear axle grey 21
7 ECAS, front axle/FAS/FTM/FAK grey 6 6
8 ECAS, rear axle grey 12
9 Drawn vehicle ABS/EBS grey 2
10 Earth - 1
 200407 1-5
A B C D
1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10
E501437
Column C:
of pins
1-2 Engine wiring green 21
3-4 Engine wiring violet 21
5 ABS or EBS, drawn vehicle green 6
6 Drawn vehicle green 12
7- 8 ABS or EBS, front axle green 21
6 9
10
Not in use
Earth
-
-
6
1
A B C D
1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10
E501438
Column D:
of pins
1-2 Superstructure connector blue 21
3 Not in use - 12
4 Main switch blue 6
5-6 Gearbox/MTCO/chassis wiring, front blue 21
7 VSC blue 6
8 Intarder blue 12
9 Not in use - 6
10 Earth - 1
1-6  200407
1.4 CONNECTION OF ACCESSORIES VIA THE ACCESSORIES CONNECTOR
A 6-pin green accessories connector (connector

no. 580 = A027) that is connected to the
dashboard wiring harness has been fitted below
the central PCB.
The following signals are available there:
580
E501552
Pin pattern for wiring harness

connector 580:
2 1258 Power supply after contact
3 3412 Cab locking signal
6
4 3157 Engine running signal
5 M Earth
6 M Earth

is fuse-protected via fuse E142. The power
supply after contact is fuse-protected via fuse
E163. Both 25A. The power supply to the
spotlights, rotating beam and cooler box (among
others) is also via fuse E142.
 200407 1-7
A B C D
1 656
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6
580
7 7
8 8
9 9
10
E501552 E501063
Application connector 656 for superstructure

functions (with 12 spare wires) is optional. Only
if this option is selected is a wiring harness fitted
from the connector under the PCB (connector
no. 580) to the connector lead-through
(connector no. 656) and to the connector behind
the cover of the radio panel (connector no. 698).

connector 656:
6 Pin no. Wire no. Description
1 M Earth
2 M Earth
3
5 res 1 Spare 1
6 res 2 Spare 2
7 res 3 Spare 3
8 res 4 Spare 4
9 res 5 Spare 5
10 res 6 Spare 6
11 res 7 Spare 7
12 res 8 Spare 8
13 res 9 Spare 9
14 res 10 Spare 10
15 res 11 Spare 11
16 res 12 Spare 12
17
18
1-8  200407

698
E501583

connector 698:
1 res 1 Spare 1
2 res 2 Spare 2
3 res 3 Spare 3
6
4 res 4 Spare 4
5 res 5 Spare 5
6 res 6 Spare 6
7 res 7 Spare 7
8 res 8 Spare 8
9 res 9 Spare 9
10 res 10 Spare 10
11 res 11 Spare 11
12 res 12 Spare 12
13
14
15
16
17
18
 200407 1-9
1.5 DASHBOARD LEAD-THROUGH CONNECTOR FOR SUPERSTRUCTURE

FUNCTIONS APPLICATION CONNECTOR
Application connectors for superstructure A B C D

functions are optional. Dashboard lead-through
1
connector 656 is present only if this option has 656
been selected. 2 2
3 3
Dashboard lead-through connector 656 is 4 4
connected to a wiring harness outside the cab 5
5
for application connectors 657 and 658.
6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10
E501063
657
658
6 656
E501030

connector 656:
1 M1 Earth
2 M2 Earth
3
5 res 1 Radio compartment spare wire 1
1-10  200407

17 3700 CAN-L leads to dashboard lead-through
18 3701 CAN-H leads to dashboard lead-through

6
 200407 1-11
Connectors 657 and 658 are located on the

co-driver’s side behind the cab.
657
658
656
E501030

connector 657:
6 Pin no. Wire no. Description
1 res 1 Spare wire 1
1-12  200407

connector 658:
5 3700 CAN - L
6 3701 CAN-H
7 M Earth
8 M Earth

 200407 1-13
1.6 DASHBOARD LEAD-THROUGH CONNECTOR FOR ENGINE SPEED

CONTROL APPLICATION CONNECTOR
Application connectors for engine speed control A B C D

are optional. (connector A068).
1
Dashboard lead-through connector 588 is 2 2
connected to a wiring harness outside the cab 3 3
for application connector A068. 588
4 4
5 5
6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10
E501032
A068
6 588
E501031
Connector A068 is located on the co-driver’s

side behind the cab.
connector A068:
1 M Earth
2 9029 Engine emergency cut-out
3 3003 Engine speed signal
4 3039 Vmax special application signal
5 3141 ‘SET –’ signal
6 3142 ‘SET +’ signal
7 3143 ‘Engine speed control permitted’ signal
8 3144 ‘N variable’ signal
1-14  200407

9 3145 N2 signal
10 3146 N3 signal
11 4594 PTO remote control
In the dashboard lead-through, the wiring

harness coming from connector A068 is
connected to the dashboard wiring harness via
connector no. 588 at location A4.

connector 588:
1 M Earth
2 9029 Engine emergency cut-out
3 3003 Engine speed signal
4 3039 Vmax special application signal
5 3141 ‘SET –’ signal
6 3142 ‘SET +’ signal 6
7 3143 ‘Engine speed control permitted’ signal
8 3144 ‘N variable’ signal
9 3145 N2 signal
10 3146 N3 signal
11 4594 PTO remote control
 200407 1-15
1.7 DASHBOARD LEAD-THROUGH CONNECTOR FOR CHASSIS WIRING

APPLICATION CONNECTOR
Application connector: A070. This is only fitted A B C D

on FA vehicles.
1
In the dashboard lead-through, the wiring 2 2
harness coming from connector A070 is 3 3
connected to the dashboard wiring harness via 4 4
connector no. 915 at location C6. The wiring is 5
5
part of the chassis wiring harness.
6 915
7 7
8 8
9 9
10
E501963
A070
6 915
E501964
Connector A070 is located on the co-driver’s

side behind the cab.
connector A070:
2 2155 Superstructure lighting
3 4601 Stop light signal
4 4591 Reversing light signal
5 3651 Alarm, power supply
6 3659 Alarm, superstructure/drawn vehicle
8 M Earth
1-16  200407
In the dashboard lead-through, the wiring

harness coming from connector A070 is
connected to the dashboard wiring harness via
connector no. 915 at location C6.

connector 915:
1 2008 Left direction signal (semi-trailer)
2 2009 Right direction signal (semi-trailer)
3 2102 Left town light
4 2103 Right town light
5 2152 Rear fog lamp signal
6 2155 Work lamp
7 3651 Superstructure/drawn vehicle alarm power
supply
10 4591 Reversing light signal
11 4601 Stop light signal 6
 200407 1-17
1.8 OVERVIEW OF CONNECTION POINTS IN ROOF CONSOLE
Cab versions
1 2
K1 01 467
1. XL cab (Comfort cab)

2. XH cab (Space cab)
3. XC cab (Superspace cab)
1-18  200407
Roof console, XL and XH cab
E501566
Roof console, XC cab
6
E501629
The following connectors are standard in all

three cab types:
1: Black connector with wires 1264 and 3482
for alarm/immobiliser LED (if NO alarm
system is fitted).
2: Connector B026 (1108 and M) for the
12V connector for audio equipment (for
example CB transmitter).
3. 24V (40A) connector for microwave, fog
lamps, etc.
 200407 1-19
1.9 40A CONNECTOR
This connector (A) is a 2-pin connector. The

supply voltage for this connector is branched A
from the power supply before contact via fuse
E168. This fuse is fitted as standard in a fuse
holder on the edge of the central PCB.
A contact block can be connected to this
connector, resulting in a central connection point
for power supply and earth.
E500329
1334294
6 E500566
1.10 CONNECTOR FOR 12V CONNECTION IN ROOF CONSOLE
In the roof console is a white 2-pin connector

(B026). This is intended for connecting a CB set.
This connector has the following wires: 1108 and
earth.
B026
E501553
1-20  200407
1.11 CONNECTOR FOR ALARM/IMMOBILISER LED IN ROOF CONSOLE
In the roof console is a white 2-pin connector

(A). This is for connecting an LED alarm.
This LED alarm is fitted as standard if the
vehicle does not have an alarm system. This
connector has the following wires: 1264 and
3482.
E501556
1.12 CONNECTOR FOR COOLER BOX
As standard, the wiring for the cooler box has

been fitted in the bunk compartment ready for
use. This connector consists of the following
wires: 1154 and M.
ATTENTION: The power supply before contact 6
is fuse-protected via fuse E142 (25A). The
power supply for the dashboard lead-through
connector for superstructure functions (if
present), spotlights, rotating beam and other
applications is also via these fuses.
E501557
 200407 1-21
1.13 CONNECTORS FOR CONNECTING THE RADIO
Radio connection
Behind the radio panel there is a connector
(connector no. 424) (to ISO standard) for the
radio connection; this connector is provided with
a power supply before contact of 12V/10A (20A)
(1108) and earth. The wiring to the door, A pillar
and rear wall for the loudspeakers (connector
425) has also been fitted as standard ready for
use. If tweeters are fitted, a separating filter
should be fitted.
Connectors for connecting the radio.

424 GS
1 3 5 7
425
2 4 6 8
424
425 BN
1 3 5 7
6 2 4 6 8
E501041
424 Power supply to radio

428 Loudspeakers for radio
DISPLAY LIGHTING DIMMING 1000

1010
1108
G377
G231
385
30 3
VDO Dayton and Grundig radio 87a 87 4 5
If the radio has display lighting (search lighting),
1363
it can switch on at the same time as the vehicle

A2
B2
A4
B1
A4 A6 A7
lights are switched on. The display lighting can 24V

D895
12V 12V 12V
B365
12V
be dimmed by connecting relay G231 in

+
+
A1
A3
A8 B8 B7 B6 B5 B2 B1 B4 B3
accordance with the diagram.
4828
4827
4542
4540
4832
4831
4543
4541
Relay G231 should be connected to search

lighting wire 2630.
1107
1130
1240
85 1
G231
G377
B024
B178
B179
B025
B180
B181
+ + + + + +
86 2
E501968
1-22  200407
VDO Dayton radio station memory 1000

1010
1108
Wire 1130 is switched by the ‘accessories’
G377
385
3
ignition/starter switch position. Relay G377 then 4 5
switches and, as a result, the radio is connected
1363
to the 12V power supply through wire 1108.
A2
B2
A4
B1
A4 A6 A7
24V 12V 12V 12V 12V
D895 B365
+
A1
A3
A8 B8 B7 B6 B5 B2 B1 B4 B3
4828
4827
4542
4540
4832
4831
4543
4541
1130
1107
1240
1
G377
B024
B178
B179
B025
B180
B181
+ + + + + +
2
480 301 030
E501969
Grundig radio station memory 1000

1010
1108
Wire 1130 is switched by the ‘accessories’
G377
385
3
ignition/starter switch position. Relay G377 then 4 5
switches and, as a result, the radio is connected
1363
to the 12V power supply through wire 1108.
A2
B2
A4
B1
A7 A6 A4
24V 12V 12V 12V 12V
D895 B365
Wires 1108 and 1363 in connector no. 424 (the
+
‘iso connector’) must be reversed. (see
A1
A3
A8 B8 B7 B6 B5 B2 B1 B4 B3
illustration)
4828
4827
4542
4540
4832
4831
4543
4541
The wiring for the loudspeakers in the bunk 6
1107
1130
1240
compartment has been fitted behind the seat 1

G377
B024
B178
B179
B025
B180
B181
+ + + + + +
ready for use. 480 301 030

2
The wiring for tweeters has been fitted ready for M
use in the A pillar under the dashboard.

E501970
 200407 1-23
1.14 CONNECTOR FOR CONNECTING THE TELEPHONE
Telephone connection A076

There is space for a telephone connection on
the right side of the radio panel.
A white 3-pin connector (A076) is fitted behind
the radio panel as standard.
E501555

1 1353 Power supply before contact (12V/25mA)
2 1108 Power supply before contact (12V)
3 M Earth
1-24  200407
TELEPHONE TRANSMITTER MEMORY IN

COMBINATION WITH 24V/12V 10A OR
20A CONVERTER
This converter is available in two versions:
A2
B2
A4
B1
24V/12V (10A + 25mA) or: 24V 12V
D895
24V/12V (20A + 25mA)
They are connected in the same way.
A1
A3
The converter has two separate inputs and
outputs:
E500726
1000
1010
1108
1353
G377
385
3
4 5
1363
A2
B2
A4
B1
A4 A6 A7
6
24V 12V 12V 12V 12V
D895 B365
+
A1
A3
A8 B8 B7 B6 B5 B2 B1 B4 B3
4828
4827
4542
4540
4832
4831
4543
4541
1107
1130
1240
1
G377
B024
B178
B179
B025
B180
B181
A076
A076
A076
+ + + + + +
1 2 3 2
480 301 030
E501971
24V input 12V output Max. current strength

A2 A4 10 or 20A
B2 B1 25mA
 200407 1-25
1-26  200407
5 READING DIAGRAMS
CONTENTS
Page Date
1. GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200407
1.1 List of abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200407
2. MARKING OF ELECTRICAL WIRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200407
3. READING THE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 . . . . 200407
4. READING SECTION DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 . . . . 200407
 200407 1
READING DIAGRAMS 5
2  200407
5 READING DIAGRAMS
XF95 series General
1. GENERAL
1.1 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
Abbreviation Explanation Translation/description

ABS/ASR-D Antilock Braking System/Anti--Slip Antilock Braking System/Anti--Slip
Regulation - version D Regulation, version D
ACH-EA Additional Cab Heater - Cab heater - Eberspächer
Eberspächer
ACH-EW Additional Cab Heater - Webasto Cab heater - Webasto
AGS Automatic Greasing System Automatic lubrication system
AIRCO Air conditioning Air conditioning
ALS-S Alarm system - Scorpion Alarm system - Scorpion
ASR Anti Slip Regulation Anti--slip regulation
CAN Controller Area Network Controller Area Network
CCU CAN Connection Unit CAN-connection unit
CDB Central Distribution Board CF series central box
CDS-3 Central Door locking System - Central door lock version 3
version 3
C.O. Change Over Changeover contact
CXB CAN extension box CAN extension box
DAVIE XD DAF Vehicle Investigation DAF vehicle diagnosis tool - version 7
Equipment - version XD XD
DEB DAF Engine Brake DAF engine brake
DIP-4 DAF Instrument Pack DAF instrument panel
DVB DoorVerBinding Through-connection
EBS Electronic Brake System Electronic brake system
EBS-2 Electronic Brake System version 2 Electronic brake system versioin 2
ECAS-2 Electronically Controlled Air Electronically Controlled Air
Suspension - version 2 Suspension system - version 2
ECAS-3 Electronically Controlled Air Electronically Controlled Air
Suspension system - version 3 Suspension system - version 3
EMAS Electronically controlled Multi--Axle Electronically controlled trailing axle
Steering steering
MCS Menu Control Switch Menu Control Switch
MTCO Modular Tachograph Modular tachograph
N.C. Normally Closed Normally closed contact
NMV Engine-dependent PTO Engine PTO
 200407 1-1
READING DIAGRAMS 5
General XF95 series
Abbreviation Explanation Translation/description

N.O. Normally Open Normally open contact
PTO Power Take Off Power take--off
UPEC Unit Pump Electronically Controlled Electronically controlled pump unit
VSC Vehicle Stability Control Vehicle Stability Control
VIC Vehicle Intelligence Centre Vehicle intelligence centre
VLG / ADR / GGVS / Overland transport of hazardous Transport of hazardous substances
PETREG / RTMDR substances (VLG)
1-2  200407
5 READING DIAGRAMS
XF95 series Marking of electrical wiring
2. MARKING OF ELECTRICAL WIRING

INTRODUCTION
This standard sets out specifications for the
uniform use of markings on electrical wiring.
The marking system consists of a numerical
system and a colour coding system, thus
ensuring a clear wiring layout and precluding
faulty connections and manufacturing errors.
The marking system does not apply to vehicles
subject to special conditions, such as military
vehicles.
Numerical and colour coding
Each numerical code consists of four digits, the
first of which refers to the main group and to the
colour.
Main groups
Power supplies (red)
1000 to 1099 Voltage generation
1100 to 1199 Power supplies before
contact
1200 to 1499 Power supplies after
contact
Lighting (yellow)
7
2000 to 2099 Indicator and alarm lighting
2100 to 2599 External vehicle lighting
2600 to 2999 Interior vehicle lighting
Warning and control functions (blue)

3000 to 3399 Engine functions
3400 to 3999 Vehicle functions
Consumers (black)
4000 to 4499 Start, stop, engine, glowing
functions
4500 to 5499 Vehicle functions
5500 to 5999 Automatic gearboxes
Special applications (colour as desired)

6000 to 6999
Earth
connections
(white)
Not marked
9000 to 9499 Test and signal earth
 200407 2-1
READING DIAGRAMS 5
Marking of electrical wiring XF95 series
I-CAN wiring (twisted)

3571 CAN-L (yellow)
3572 CAN-H (grey)
V-CAN wiring (twisted)

3706 CAN-L (yellow)
3707 CAN-H (blue)
Remarks
- The ‘M’ with serial number coding on earth
wiring is used for production-related
reasons.
- In the case of straight splicing of the wiring
(cascading), the numerical codes are shown
on each separate wire followed by a serial
letter.
Earth connections
Where electronic systems are used, the earth
connections are divided into two groups for the
following two types of earth:
- switching earth
- test and signal earth
The switching earth is the conventional type of
earth.
The test and signal earth is used exclusively for
electronic systems.
The wiring colour for both types of earth is white,
but the test and signal earth wiring is marked
7 with numerical codes (from 9000 to 9500).
NEVER USE THE TEST AND
SIGNAL EARTH WHEN FITTING AN
ELECTRICAL COMPONENT
If you do this, electronic components may not

work correctly.
If an electronic component needs to be
connected, the earth for this system must be
connected to the central earth connection in the
cab.
The connection point is located in the dashboard
connector lead-through.
Abbreviations used in colour coding
Colour Abbre- Colour Abbre-
viation viation
red rd yellow gl
brown bn white wt
green gn grey gs
blue bw black zt
orange oe violet vi
2-2  200407
5 READING DIAGRAMS
XF95 series Reading the circuit diagram
3. READING THE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

The circuit diagram is intended to show the
various circuits in the simplest way possible.
Symbols are used to do this.
LIGHT SWITCH SWITCH MAIN/ DIPPED BEAM

1000
1010
1
E084
7.5A
1101
2110 2
1
D610
2
2154
G107 C622 G154 C506 G000
59 30 2 1 58 30 3.4 61 30
E002
5.0A
87A 87 1 4 87A 87 3.5 87
2
87A
1
2105
1020
2630
2100
2111
2120
D609
2
G154 85 G107 85 G000 85
86 86
009
039
052
86
205
251
143 146
7
M NC CO NO LAMP
65 59 68 MAIN
SWITCH
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
E501056
1. In the diagram, the indications ‘1000’ and

‘1010’ are shown at top left.
Explanation to these indications:
1000 = power supply before contact.
1010 = power supply after contact.
2. The indication ‘M’ is shown at bottom left of
the diagram.
Explanation to this indication:
M = earth connection.
 200407 3-1
READING DIAGRAMS 5
Reading the circuit diagram XF95 series
3. To make it easier to find your way around

the circuit diagram, a ‘search bar’ is
included at the bottom, containing numbers.
These numbers are called location
numbers.
In the legend to the circuit diagram the
description of the basic code (ECN) is
followed by the relevant location number.
In this way, a specific component can
immediately be located in the diagram.
4. There is an arrow above location numbers
60, 63, 64 and 68 in the example diagram.
At the bottom of this arrow is a number. This
number refers to the location number on the
search bar where you can find the relevant
wire number.
5. In the example diagram, under the ‘M’
(earth connection) line, there are the codes
‘NC’ (relating to relay G154), ‘CO’ (relating
to relay G107) and ‘NO’ (relating to relay
G000).
Explanation to these codes:
NC = normally closed (= break contact)
CO = change over (= changeover contact)
NO = normally open (= make contact)
These contacts can be found at the location
numbers shown under the codes ‘NC’, ‘CO’
7 and ‘NO’.
At the relay contacts shown in the diagram
you will also find the location numbers that
indicate the relay coil locations.
6. In the circuit diagram you will find the basic
codes (for example E002). What these
codes stand for can be found in the legend
to the relevant circuit diagram.
7. If the wire numbers remain unchanged they
will not be repeated in the circuit diagram.
For example, in the example diagram wire
1101 is connected to connection point 87 of
relay contact G107, but also to connection
point 2 of component C622.
Wire 2100 (at location number 64) is
connected to connection point 30 of relay
G154, but also to connection point 85 of
relay G000, etc.
3-2  200407
5 READING DIAGRAMS
Symbols used
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
II 0 I II 0 I
9 10 11 12
I 0
13 14 15 16
7
1 85 30 1 3
P
86 87A 87 2 4 5
2
17 18 19 20
P T
21 22 23 24
P T N
U U
25 26 27 28
E501591
 200407 3-3
READING DIAGRAMS 5
30B DO
1
L M
4 2
31 DL
29 30 31 32
M M M
33 34 35 36
37 38 39 40
Y1
1 R
X1
L
2
X1 Y1
7 41 42 43 44
45 46 47 48
49 50 51 52
3 CAN CAN
G
VSC
53 54 55 56
E502011
3-4  200407
5 READING DIAGRAMS
Symbol Description
number
1 Loudspeaker
2 Electropneumatic or hydraulic valve, 1 driving coil
3 Electropneumatic or hydraulic valve, 2 driving coils
4 Electropneumatic or hydraulic valve, 3 driving coils
5 Diode
6 Bipolar diode
7 LED
8 LED with series resistor
9 4-position switch, key-operated
10 3-position switch with fixed central position, manually operated, spring return
11 Dual 3-position switch with fixed central position, manually operated, spring return
12 Potentiometer with series resistor
13 Potentiometer without series resistor
14 Dual switch; one 2-position switch, manually operated, changeover contact, one
2-position switch, manually operated, contact normally open
15 Dual switch; one 2-position switch, spring return, contact normally open, one 3-position
switch, fixed central contact, spring return, changeover contact
16
17
2-position switch with fixed 0-position, spring return, contact normally open
Through-connection
7
18 Relay with changeover contact
19 Relay with changeover contact
20 Switch, pressure-controlled, dual break, contact normally closed
21 Switch, pressure-controlled, dual break, contact normally open
22 Switch, temperature-controlled, single break, contact normally closed
23 Switch, mechanically operated, dual break, contact normally closed
24 Switch, mechanically operated, dual break, contact normally open
25 Pressure - voltage converter
26 Temperature - voltage converter
27 Revs - pulse converter
28 2-position switch, single break, contact normally open, foot-pedal-operated
29 2-position switch, float-operated, dual break, contact normally closed
30 Sensor, Impedance
 200407 3-5
READING DIAGRAMS 5
Symbol Description
number
31 Sensor, Induction
32 DC motor, key-operated
33 DC motor
34 2-speed DC motor
35 Starter motor
36 Bulb
37 Resistor
38 Fuse
39 Heating element
40 Temperature-switched heating element
41 Plug socket with two contact sockets
42 2-position switch, fixed central position, manually operated
43 Timer
44 Threefold switch, fixed central position, contact normally open, manually operated,
spring return
45 Fluid level, voltage converter
46 Twisted wire
7 47 Buzzer
48 2-position switch, manually operated, single break, contact normally open, in
combination with tubular lamp
49 2-position switch, key-operated, single break, contact normally open
50 Protected wire with earth connection
51 Switch, temperature-operated, single break, contact normally closed
52 Switch, pressure-operated, single break, contact normally closed
53 Twofold, 2-position, magnetically operated reed switch, single break, contact normally
open
54 Generator
55 Steering angle sensor
56 VSC module
3-6  200407
5 READING DIAGRAMS
XF95 series Reading section diagrams
4. READING SECTION DIAGRAMS

EXPLANATION OF THE POSITION NUMBERS IN THE SECTION DIAGRAMS
In the section diagram only information that is
functional in the section diagram described is
shown in detail.
1. The wiring is shown in the same colours as
the wiring in the vehicle.
2. The wire numbers are as they are printed
on the wiring in the vehicle.
Suffixes to wire numbers, such as A, B, C,
etc., have been omitted.
3. Basic code of a component. For component
descriptions, see the legend to the diagram.
For more information, see the relevant
section diagram.
4. Number of the wire connection point or the
PCB track on the component.
5. The basic code of the connector and the
connection point on this connector.
6. The symbols indicate which system or
component is being referred to (in most
cases the symbol is also shown on the lens
of the warning lamp or switch).
7.
8.
PCB tracks.
The central box and instrument panel PCBs
7
are grey.
9. Removable components are shown in
white.
10. Reference to the component and
connection point and to the section (section
diagram) which gives further information
about this component.
G178 G178 = basic code number of the component

85 85 = connection point on the component
7 7 = reference to section diagram 7
 200407 4-1
READING DIAGRAMS 5
Reading section diagrams XF95 series
11. ATTENTION! The situation on the vehicle

may be different, because of different
specifications. Always consult the legend to
the diagram.
12. The housing of this component is connected
to earth. The line shown is therefore not a
wire.
13. Search bar numbers.
14. Drawing number as well as section number.
15. Relation to the circuit diagram.
4-2  200407
5
D524
1000
 200407
1000
1010
1010
9642
2100 2101 2101
XF95 series
85 30
15A
7,5A
7,5A
E037
E084
E117
D609
G000
86 87A 87
2/233
1/233
5/206
5/207
1/208
1/237
14/206
14/208
3 7 C707
9 2630
9 4 8 15
2 2630
1000
1010
1100
1101
2619
1 1 C539
B010
50
2/239
11/200
15/202
6/202
7/200
12 D555
2 4 6
D816
4002
B10
6 2
STOP
4001 µP P
1101
2110
2100
B156
14 1
C506
87 85 7
1130
8
G015
30 86
0
5/201
2/201
1/239
G178
11/201
16/201
12/201
15/200
85 6
7
3426
3403
1101
9102
3000
3503
3012
114
114
A B
10 D582
15/ 8/
114
114
115
2 3 2 16 214 215
1000
1000
!
C622
9102
9102
3000
3503
114 1 4 5 7/ 3/ 4/ 20/
7 214 214 215 215
53
133
2
A502 G014
B+ 1 3012
13 14
200
3014
3413
3412
3503
5 1 13
28
1000
1000
114
113
7 133 115 14
B010 B501
30 1 6 1 2 1 1
1293789/04-17
13 26
P !
F011
F535
F534
F009
C072
15 2 2 2 3 4 2
15
11
A500 28 3 8 D
9102 9102 3012
12 115 133 133 115
13
G515
G517
G517
G517
G517
G517
G517
G517
EL000001
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Reading section diagrams
READING DIAGRAMS
4-3
7
READING DIAGRAMS 5
Reading section diagrams XF95 series
4-4  200407
5 LOCATION OF COMPONENTS
CONTENTS
Page Date
1. GENERAL LOCATION OF COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200340
1.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200340
1.2 Location of components in relation to circuit diagram: 1426261/13 . . . . . . . 1-2 . . . . 200340
 200340 1
LOCATION OF COMPONENTS 5
2  200340
XF95 series General location of components
1. GENERAL LOCATION OF COMPONENTS

1.1 INTRODUCTION
This main group contains an overview of

components that do not occur in a system
manual.
The location of system components is shown in
the appropriate system manual.
There is a sticker in the central box indicating
what relays, diodes and fuses can be found on
the PCB.
 200340 1-1
General location of components XF95 series
1.2 LOCATION OF COMPONENTS IN RELATION TO CIRCUIT DIAGRAM:

1426261/13
Column 1 = Basic codes of component

Column 2 = Description
Column 3 = Location
Column 4 = page number reference
1 2 3 4
A000 Drawn vehicle socket (7-pin) Rear of cab/chassis 8
A001 Rear fog lamp/reversing lamp socket Rear of cab/chassis 8
(7-pin)
A004 Plug socket, ABS/EBS, drawn Rear of cab/chassis 8
vehicle (7-pin)
A007 24V socket, 2-pin Under central console, co-driver’s 4
side
A021 Diagnostics socket (16-pin) Under step-up bracket, co-driver’s 1
side
A043 Plug socket, seat console, driver’s Left of seat console, driver’s side 5
side (2-pin)
A076 Telephone socket Behind radio panel 4
A510 Alarm system battery On attachment plate, central box 2
B026 CB set connector In roof console, driver’s side 4
B071 Mechanical lifting-gear lifting valve On mechanical lifting-gear pump, 10
between side members behind
8 B072 Mechanical lifting-gear lowering
driven axle
On mechanical lifting-gear pump, 10
valve between side members behind
driven axle
B073 Pump, mechanical lifting gear On mechanical lifting-gear pump, 10
between side members behind
driven axle
B176 Reversing buzzer In rearmost chassis cross member 9
B243 Operating valve, cross-axle In chassis side member, above rear 9
differential lock axle, driver’s side
B245 PTO operating valve Gearbox, co-driver’s side 12
B378 Heating element for fuel filter/water Behind the cab, driver’s side 7
separator
B403 ECAS resistor, increased In ECAS cable harness, central box 11
manoeuvring level, lowering
B404 ECAS resistor, increased In ECAS cable harness, central box 11
manoeuvring level, lifting
1-2  200340
1 2 3 4
C622 Lighting switch Dashboard, panel on driver’s side 5
C694 Mechanical main switch Chassis side member, behind the 7
cab, driver’s side
C716 Rotating beam switch Roof console, driver’s side 5
C725 Work lamp switch Dashboard, instrument panel 5
C727 Fog lamp switch, front/rear Dashboard, instrument panel 5
C731 Interior lighting switch, roof console, Dashboard, central console 5
co-driver’s side, F249 XC
C733 Interior lighting switch, roof console, Dashboard, central console 5
driver’s side, F249 XC
C735 Nightlight switch, interior Dashboard, central console 5
C736 Roof hatch switch Dashboard, central console 5
C737 ASC switch Dashboard, central console 5
C739 Mechanical lifting-gear switch Dashboard, radio panel 5
C740 ECAS switch, normal driving level Dashboard, radio panel 5
C741 ECAS switch, axle lifting Dashboard, radio panel 5
C742 Traction assistance switch Dashboard, radio panel 5
C748 Operating switch, cross-axle Dashboard, radio panel 5
differential lock
C749 Operating switch, longitudinal Dashboard, radio panel 5
controlled slip differential
8
C750 PTO operating switch Dashboard, instrument panel 5
C751 PTO operating switch Dashboard, instrument panel 5
C760 Air conditioning switch Dashboard, radio panel 5
C763 Instrument lighting dimming Dashboard, instrument panel 5
potentiometer
C764 Potentiometer, headlamp Dashboard, instrument panel 5
height adjustment
C765 Switch for warning lamps Dashboard, central console 5
C773 Fog lamp switch, rear Dashboard, instrument panel 5
C774 Central door locking switch Dashboard, central console 5
C778 Switch for Eberspächer cab heater Dashboard, central console 5
 200340 1-3
1 2 3 4
C802 Recirculation valve switch Dashboard, radio panel 5
C813 Spotlight switch, roof Roof console, driver’s side 5
C835 Switch to turn off interior detection Dashboard, instrument panel 5
C836 Switch to turn off Dashboard, instrument panel 5
superstructure/drawn vehicle
loadspace detection
C844 Eberspächer cab heater switch with Dashboard, central console 5
timer unit
C853 Cab main switch Dashboard, central console 5
C854 Chassis main switch In chassis side member housing, 7
driver’s side
C859 Interior lighting switch, driver’s side In rear wall, driver’s side 11
roof console
C881 ECAS switch, lifting Dashboard, radio panel 5
C883 FAG traction assistance switch Dashboard, radio panel 5
C890 Third brake integration switch Dashboard, radio panel 5
C895 ECAS switch, increased Dashboard, radio panel 5
manoeuvring level
C897 Interior lighting, SH cab, co-driver’s In rear wall, driver’s side 11
side
D503 Electronic unit, mechanical lifting In distributor box, inside of chassis 10
gear on co-driver’s side, front of driven
axle
8 D529
D609
Remote control system, ECAS
Light switch diode
Left of seat console, driver’s side
On PCB print track, central box
5
1
D610 Diode, main beam/dipped beam On PCB print track, central box 1
D611 Diode, damping valve for lowering In distributor box, inside of chassis 10
mechanical lifting gear on co-driver’s side, front of driven
axle
D612 Diode, damping valve for lifting In distributor box, inside of chassis 10
axle
D613 Diode for pump damping relay, In distributor box, inside of chassis 10
axle
D622 Diode for mechanical lifting gear, In distributor box, inside of chassis 10
lifting lock on co-driver’s side, front of driven
axle
1-4  200340
1 2 3 4
D623 Diode for mechanical lifting gear, In distributor box, inside of chassis 10
lowering lock on co-driver’s side, front of driven
axle
D709 Interior lighting diode to prevent In roof console, driver’s side 6
feedback to co-driver’s side switch
D710 Interior lighting diode to prevent In roof console, driver’s side 6
feedback to driver’s side switch
D715 Alarm system LED Under roof console, centre 2
D758 Diode to prevent feedback to VIC On PCB print track, central box 1
D759 Diode to prevent feedback to stop On PCB print track, central box 1
lights
D782 Diode to prevent feedback to door On PCB print track, central box 1
lock, driver’s side
D783 Interior lighting diode, driver’s side On PCB print track, central box 1
D802 ECAS-2 (6x2) electronic unit On attachment plate, central box 1
D814 UPEC electronic unit Against engine block, left side 3
D826 Electronic unit for VLG current limiter Chassis side member, driver’s side 12
D850 Electronic unit for ABS/ASC, On attachment plate, central box 1
D model
D851 Electronic unit, ECAS-3 (4x2) On attachment plate, central box 1
D871 Electronic unit, cab heater Behind co-driver’s seat 4
D880 EBS electronic unit On attachment plate, central box 1
D895 Electronic unit for converter (10A)
with power supply for radio memory
On attachment plate under PCB,
central box
1
8
D900 VIC electronic unit On attachment plate under PCB, 1
central box
D902 Electronic unit, ZF intarder, EST-42 On attachment plate under PCB, 1
central box
D904 Menu Control Switch, MCS Dashboard, radio panel 5
D905 Electronic unit for central door In roof console, driver’s side 6
locking
D909 Electronic unit, alarm system, Under roof console, centre 2
ultrasonic
 200340 1-5
1 2 3 4
D910 Electronic unit, battery charger On attachment plate, central box 2
D911 Electronic unit, ALS-S alarm system On attachment plate under PCB, 1
central box
D912 Electronic unit, immobiliser Against steering column near 2
ignition/starter switch
D924 Electronic unit for main switch In chassis side member housing, 7
driver’s side
D929 Central PCB Central box, co-driver’s side 1
D931 LED unit, immobiliser On attachment plate under PCB, 1
central box
D932 EMAS electronic unit On attachment plate, central box 1
D954 AS Tronic gearbox modulator Gearbox, centre 8
D955 AS Tronic gear lever unit On engine tunnel, driver’s side 6
D969 CAN data manager, CDM Central box, co-driver’s side 1
D979 Electronic unit for Hydronic 10 cab Rear of cab, central 7
heater
E112 Fuse, glow warning lamp Above glow plug relay 3
E153 Fuse, main switch for timer/engine In chassis side member housing, 7
stop/main switch power supply driver’s side
E279 Fuse, generator voltage control Above starter motor relay 9
E286 Main fuse On engine block bracket, left side 3
E330 Fuse, ‘sens’ wire main switch In chassis side member housing, 7
8 E507 Proximity switch for axle-load

driver’s side
Along distributor box, inside of 10
protection lifting gear (10 tons) chassis on co-driver’s side, front of
driven axle
E509 Air conditioning operating switch, In evaporator pipe, on outside of cab, 9
high/low pressure co-driver’s side
E511 Stop light operating switch Behind radio panel 4
E524 Mechanical lifting-gear operating On mechanical lifting-gear pump, 10
switch, oil pressure limit switch between side members behind
driven axle
E564 Engine brake operating switch On floor plate, driver’s side 5
E566 Operating switch, Eberspächer In rear wall, driver’s side 2
Airtronic cab heater thermostat
1-6  200340
1 2 3 4
E570 Proximity switch, clutch PTO N10 Above clutch pedal 4
E575 Clutch pedal proximity switch Along clutch pedal, left-hand side 4
E579 Operating switch for thermostat/cab In rear wall, driver’s side 2
heater, fan, Eberspächer (water)
E580 Operating switch for thermostat/cab In rear wall, driver’s side 2
heater, Eberspächer fan (timer)
E581 Timer unit, cab heater In rear wall, driver’s side 2
E584 Proximity switch for axle-load Along distributor box, inside of 10
protection lifting gear (7.5 tons) chassis on co-driver’s side, front of
driven axle
E590 AS Tronic selector switch On engine tunnel, driver’s side 6
E592* Operating switch, reversing light (no Gearbox, top 8
PTO)
E592** Operating switch, reversing light Gearbox, top 8
(with N10 PTO)
E593* Neutral position switch for RHD Gearbox, top 8
E593** Neutral position switch for LHD Gearbox, top 8
E595 Low-range switch Gearbox, driver’s side 8
E599 Neutral position switch Gearbox, top 8
F000 Parking brake switch Behind radio panel 4
F050 Control switch for differential lock In chassis side member, above rear 9
pressure, 1st and 2nd differential axle, driver’s side
F087
F097
Control switch, gearbox PTO
Proximity switch for mechanical
Gearbox, driver’s side
Along distributor box, inside of
8
10
8
trailing axle lifting gear chassis on co-driver’s side, front of
driven axle
F120 Gearbox switch for gate 3-4 Gearbox, left-hand side 8
F533 Speed sensor (4-pin, 1st) Gearbox, driver’s side 8
F603 Ultrasonic transmitter Under roof console, centre 2
F604 Ultrasonic receiver Under roof console, centre 2
F616 Cab locking sensor In cab lock, co-driver’s side 12
F619 Cab locking sensor, alarm system In cab lock, driver’s side 12
 200340 1-7
1 2 3 4
F651 Ambient temperature sensor Behind bumper, driver’s side 7
F652 Air pressure sensor On air supply unit 8
F656 Coolant level sensor Rear of expansion tank 9
F673 Engine oil level and temperature In engine oil sump, driver’s side 7
sensor
F686 Alarm system radar sensor Under headlining, centre 2
F705 Speed sensor Gearbox, driver’s side 8
G014 Glow plug relay Against engine block, left side 3
G052 Motor relay, mechanical lifting gear In distributor box, inside of chassis 10
on co-driver’s side, front of driven
axle
G066 Takeover relay, mechanical lifting In distributor box, inside of chassis 10
gear on co-driver’s side, front of driven
axle
G257 Recirculation valve relay Right-hand side of heater unit 5
G258 Recirculation valve relay Right-hand side of heater unit 5
G267 Air conditioning relay Right-hand side of heater unit 5
G279 Air conditioning relay Right-hand side of heater unit 5
G367 Main switch relay, power supply In chassis side member housing, 7
driver’s side
G380 Relay, mechanical lifting axle In distributor box, inside of chassis 10
upwards on co-driver’s side, front of driven
axle
8 G381 Relay, mechanical lifting axle (7.5 In distributor box, inside of chassis 10
tons) on co-driver’s side, front of driven
axle
G535 CAN distribution block On attachment plate under PCB, 1
central box
1-8  200340
D609
D610
D929 D758
D759
D782
D783
D902
A021
8
G535
D900
D895
D931
D851
D802 D850
D880
D969
D911
D932
E501826
 200340 1
F686
E501577
F603 A510
D715
F604 D910
D909
E501575
E501574
8
E579
E501571
E580
E501767
D912
E501576 E566
E581 E501764
E501755
2  200340
D814
VD0084
E112
G014
E286
E501168
E501584
 200340 3
B026
A007
E501598
E501553
E511
F000
E501593
8 D871
E501571
E570
E501924
E575
A076
E501068
E501555
E501925
4  200340
C883 C742
C890 C749 C760
C739 C748 C802
C741
C881
C740 C895
C813
C716
C731
C774
C622
C778
C844
C736
C733
C750 C835 D904
C735
C751 C836
C765 C853 C737
C764 C763
C725 C727
C773 E501928
G267 G279 G258 G257
E501627
E501571
E564
D529
A043
E501069 E501596
E501929
 200340 5
D905
D905
E501601
E590
D955
8 E501595
E501571
D709
D710
E501839 E501825
6  200340
F673
D979
E501927 E501200
C694
E501923
8
VD0046
G367
C854
E153 E330 D924

E501775
F651
B378
E501599
E501633 E501926
 200340 7
F652
A000 A004 A001 E501624

E501600
VD0046
D954
E599
F705 F533 A000 A004 A001

E501757 E501622
E593
E592
E592**
E595 E593*
E595 F087
E593**
F120 E592*
F533 E501621
E501899 E501900
8  200340
F656
E509
E501597
E501594
B176
E501071
E279 B243 F050
E501117 E501630
E501640
 200340 9
G052 G380 D623 E584
E507 F097
D503
D611
D612
D622 D613 G066 G381 E501472 E501473
8
E501466
B073
B071
B072
E524
E501838
E501822
10  200340
B403
B404
E501840
E501571
C897
C859
E501842
E501827
 200340 11
F616
E501844
B245
E501845
8
VD0046
D826
E501841
F619
E501846
E501828
12  200340
5 LOCATION OF CONNECTORS
CONTENTS
Page Date
1. LOCATION OF CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200407
1.1 List of connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200407
1.2 Drawings showing location of connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 . . . . 200407
 200407 1
LOCATION OF CONNECTORS 5
2  200407
XF95 series Location of connectors
1. LOCATION OF CONNECTORS
1.1 LIST OF CONNECTORS
Column 1 = Connector coding

Column 2 = Number of connection points
on connector
Column 3 = Colour of connector
Column 4 = Description of connector, if
applicable
Column 5 = Location of connector in the
vehicle
Column 6 = Page number reference (see
‘Drawings showing location
of connectors’)
1 2 3 4 5 6
116 7 Black Chassis wiring harness for Distribution box, inside of 27
mechanical lifting gear chassis on co-driver’s side, front
of driven rear axle
122 6 Black Time relay, mechanical lifting Mechanical lifting-gear 33
gear electronic unit, inside of chassis
on co-driver’s side, front of
driven rear axle
143 4 Black Stepwell lighting Under cab, driver’s side 15
144 4 Black Stepwell lighting Under cab, co-driver’s side 15
161 3 White Contour lighting Roof console, driver’s side 29
175 6 Blue Air conditioning switch Behind heater, co-driver’s side 36
176 21 Blue Dashboard switches Connector partition, behind 2
right-hand steering column
cover
190
216
21
16
Black
Black
Roof console wiring
Diagnostics
Roof console, driver’s side
Bottom right, central box
8
3
9
222 6 Blue Steering column ignition switch Connector partition, behind 2
cover
231 5 Black Light switch On light switch, left-hand side of 23
steering column
251 3 White Engine brake switch With foot panel engine brake 20
switch
252 6 White Windscreen wiper motor Behind radio panel, driver’s side 20
269 14 Black Eberspächer Airtronic cab Rear wall corner, driver’s side 12
heater thermostat unit
284 12 Black Chassis substructure Under cab, driver’s side 21
 200407 1-1
Location of connectors XF95 series
1 2 3 4 5 6
288 12 Black Chassis substructure Under cab, driver’s side 21
291 21 Black Roof console wiring Roof console, driver’s side 30
294 35 Black UPEC engine management On UPEC electronic unit 14
(A connector) against engine block, driver’s
side
295 35 Black UPEC engine management On UPEC electronic unit 14
(B connector) against engine block, driver’s
side
307 9 Black Remote control system, ECAS Below seat, driver’s side 27
340 35 Black ECAS-2 (6x2) electronic unit On ECAS-2 (6x2) electronic unit 19
connector
390 8 Black AS Tronic gearbox Right-hand side of gearbox 32
397 12 Black Heater wiring In connector partition behind 3
radio panel
400 35 Grey PCB connector Rear of PCB, central box - 1
A connector
401 35 Black PCB connector Rear of PCB, central box - 1
B connector
402 35 Grey PCB connector Rear of PCB, central box - 1
C connector
403 35 Black PCB connector Rear of PCB, central box - 1
D connector
407 6 Yellow Clutch pedal sensor Connector partition, behind 2
cover
416 1 White PCB connector, power supply Rear of PCB, central box 1
9 417 1 Brown
before contact
PCB connector, power supply Rear of PCB, central box 1
after contact
424 8 Grey Power supply to radio Behind radio panel 10
425 8 Brown Loudspeakers Behind radio panel 10
446 25 Black Electronic unit connector, On electronic unit, ECAS-3 19
ECAS-3 (4x2) (4x2)
453 18 Black A connector, ABS/ASR-D On ABS/ASR-D electronic unit, 9
electronic unit central box
454 6 Black B connector, ABS/ASR-D On ABS/ASR-D electronic unit, 9
455 9 Black C connector, ABS/ASR-D On ABS/ASR-D electronic unit, 9
456 15 Black D connector, ABS/ASR-D On ABS/ASR-D electronic unit, 9
482 18 Black Eberspächer D3LC connector Under seat, co-driver’s side 33
1-2  200407
1 2 3 4 5 6
483 12 Black Eberspächer Airtronic cab Connector partition under PCB, 4
heater central box
527 14 Black Eberspächer Hydronic 10 cab On thermostat unit, driver’s side 13
heater thermostat unit rear wall corner
529 3 White Continuous lighting Behind lighting switch panel, 23
driver’s side
533 2 White Eberspächer Hydronic 10 cab On cab rear wall 13
heater, temperature sensor
546 8 Black Gearbox Right-hand side of gearbox 22
553 16 Grey Door wiring, driver’s side Door pillar, driver’s side 17
560 9 Blue Substructure, EBS valve Connector partition, behind 2
cover
561 12 Yellow Steering column - B connector Connector partition, behind 2
cover
562 6 Green Immobiliser Connector partition, behind 2
cover
563 14 Black Instrument panel Rear of DIP-4 12
566 18 Black Steering column - A connector Connector partition, behind 2
cover
574 21 Green Alarm system Connector partition under PCB, 4
central box
580 6 Green Superstructure accessories Connector partition under PCB, 3
central box
9
581 6 Black Roof wiring Connector partition, behind 4
right-hand cover, co-driver’s
side
582 12 Black Eberspächer Hydronic 10 cab Connector partition under PCB, 4
heater central box
583 12 Blue Intarder Connector partition under PCB, 3
central box
584 21 Black EBS Connector partition under PCB, 4
central box
585 21 Black ABS Connector partition under PCB, 4
central box
586 21 Black Brake lining Connector partition under PCB, 5
central box
588 12 Yellow UPEC (A068) application Dashboard lead-through, 6
connector location A4
590 2 Black ABS, drawn vehicle Dashboard lead-through, 6
location B9
591 16 Grey Door wiring, co-driver’s side Door pillar, driver’s side 17
 200407 1-3
1 2 3 4 5 6
592 9 Black A connector, electronic unit, VIC On VIC electronic unit, central 9
box
593 24 Black B connector, VIC electronic unit On VIC electronic unit, central 9
box
594 52 Black C connector, VIC electronic unit On VIC electronic unit, central 9
box
595 40 Black D connector, VIC electronic unit On VIC electronic unit, central 9
box
596 9 Black E connector, VIC electronic unit On VIC electronic unit, central 9
box
597 12 Black Roof wiring Roof console, driver’s side 8
598 8 White A connector On rear of tachograph 8
599 8 Yellow B connector On rear of tachograph 8
600 16 Black Electronic unit, CDS-3 Roof console, driver’s side 11
601 6 Black Interior alarm/loadspace Connector partition, behind 2
detection right-hand steering column
cover
602 6 Green Alarm system siren Under instrument panel 11
603 12 Black Electronic unit, ASL-S, On alarm system electronic unit, 31
A connector central box
604 21 Black Electronic unit, ASL-S, On alarm system electronic unit, 31
B connector central box
608 21 Grey EBS chassis Dashboard lead-through, 6
location B5/6
609 21 Green EBS substructure Dashboard lead-through, 6
location C7/8
9 610 21 Grey ABS chassis Dashboard lead-through,

location B5/6
6
611 21 Green ABS substructure Dashboard lead-through, 6

location C7/8
612 18 Black A connector, EBS electronic unit On EBS electronic unit, central 14
box
613 15 Black B connector, EBS electronic unit On EBS electronic unit, central 14
box
614 9 Black C connector, EBS electronic unit On EBS electronic unit, central 14
box
615 12 Black D connector, EBS electronic unit On EBS electronic unit, central 14
box
616 6 Black E connector, EBS electronic unit On EBS electronic unit, central 14
box
620 12 Blue ZF intarder Dashboard lead-through, 6
location D8
1-4  200407
1 2 3 4 5 6
621 9 Blue Eberspächer Airtronic cab Connector partition, behind 3
heater wiring right-hand cover, co-driver’s
side
622 88 Black Electronic unit, Intarder EST-42 On intarder electronic unit, 18
central box
624 2 Black Cab heater fuel pump extension Behind cab in side member. 24
cable Special vehicle model
625 4 Black Fuel level sensor extension Behind cab in side member. 24
cable Special vehicle model
626 21 Blue Front chassis wiring, manual Dashboard lead-through, 6
gearbox, MTCO location D5/6
627 12 Black Chassis wiring, ECAS-2 (6x2) Dashboard lead-through, 7
location B8
628 8 Black Electrical cable harness, engine Left side of engine 30
630 9 Blue Eberspächer Airtronic cab Connector partition, behind 5
heater wiring right-hand cover, co-driver’s
side
631 2 White External temperature sensor for Rear wall corner, driver’s side 12
cab heater
632 12 Black Timer for Eberspächer Airtronic Rear wall corner, driver’s side 12
cab heater
633 12 Black Timer for Eberspächer Hydronic Rear wall corner, driver’s side 13
10 cab heater
634 12 Black Chassis wiring, ECAS-3 (4x2) Dashboard lead-through, 7
location B8
635 6 Black Air-sprung front axle Dashboard lead-through, 6
location B7
9
636 7 Black Air pressure sensor wiring Under cab, co-driver’s side 19
637 12 Black Gearbox Gearbox, co-driver’s side 32
638 6 Blue Main switch Dashboard lead through, 6
location D4
639 8 Black Main switch At main switch, driver’s side 25
650 8 Black AS Tronic gearbox PTO Right-hand side of gearbox 31
656 21 Blue Accessories connector Dashboard lead-through, 6
location D1/2
657 12 Black Superstructure application Behind cab, co-driver’s side 28
connector
658 8 Black Superstructure application Behind cab, co-driver’s side 28
connector
659 3 Black Alarm system extension cable Under cab, driver’s side 28
660 6 Black Alarm system charger On alarm system charger 13
661 8 Black Chassis wiring harness for Chassis side member, 26
mechanical lifting axle co-driver’s side
 200407 1-5
1 2 3 4 5 6
662 7 Black Chassis wiring harness for In distribution box, inside of
mechanical lifting axle chassis on co-driver’s side, front 27
of driven rear axle
668 4 Black Air conditioning compressor Against engine under cab, 10
co-driver’s side
669 4 Black Work lamp Against bridge piece, rear of 10
cab
672 6 Black Intermediate connector for radar In cab roof, near curtain rail 29
alarm system
673 6 Black Intermediate connector for In central roof console 29
ultrasonic alarm system
674 21 Yellow EMAS chassis wiring Dashboard lead-through, 7
location A1/2
676 18 Blue B connector, EMAS electronic On EMAS electronic unit, 23
unit central box
677 15 Black C connector, EMAS electronic On EMAS electronic unit, 23
unit central box
679 7 Green EMAS control valve On control valve 35
680 7 Grey EMAS control valve On control valve 35
681 6 Yellow Fuel filter Dashboard lead-through, 6
location A5
684 4 Black EMAS angle sensor On front axle angle sensor on 34
steering box
685 4 Black EMAS angle sensor On trailing axle angle sensor 34
686 4 Black EMAS regulating valve Fluid flow control valve block 34
688 3 Black FAS/FTS chassis wiring Above distribution box, above 27
harness driven axle, co-driver’s side
9 689 3 Black FAS/FTS chassis wiring
harness
Above distribution box, above
driven axle, co-driver’s side
27
690 4 Black FAS/FTS chassis wiring In front of lifting axle cross 26

harness member, co-driver’s side
691 2 Black FAS/FTS chassis wiring Behind lifting cylinder, in front of 26
harness lifting axle
692 18 Yellow MTCO roof wiring Connector partition, behind 2
left-hand steering column cover
693 12 Blue Roof wiring Connector partition, behind 2
694 9 Yellow Roof wiring Connector partition, behind 2
695 18 Green Chassis substructure, driver’s In connector partition behind 3
side radio panel
696 12 Blue Central console switches In connector partition behind 3
radio panel
1-6  200407
1 2 3 4 5 6
697 21 Yellow Central console switches In connector partition behind 3
radio panel
698 18 Yellow Reserve wiring Behind radio panel 25
699 21 Blue Chassis wiring front/AS Dashboard lead-through, 6
Tronic/MTCO location D5/6
860 21 Yellow ECAS 4x2 wiring Connector partition under PCB, 4
central box
861 21 Yellow ECAS 6x2 wiring Connector partition under PCB, 4
central box
862 21 Yellow EMAS wiring Connector partition under PCB, 4
central box
864 9 Black CDS/alarm roof wiring Connector partition, behind 4
side
865 2 Black 40A roof console accessories Connector partition, behind 4
connector right-hand cover, co-driver’s
side
866 9 Yellow Door-sill wiring, co-driver Connector partition, behind 3
side
867 21 Black Door-sill wiring, driver Connector partition, behind 2
868 9 Violet AS Tronic gear lever unit wiring In connector partition behind 3
radio panel
869 21 Black AS Tronic Dashboard lead-through, 7
location B1/2
870 3 White XL/XH cab spotlight wiring Roof console, driver’s side 22
9
871 18 White A connector, EMAS electronic On EMAS electronic unit, 23
unit central box
872 18 Grey D connector, EMAS electronic On EMAS electronic unit, 23
unit central box
873 39 Black Drawn vehicle connection / FA On cross member near rear 16
lighting axle
877 8 Black Buffer beam rear light In rearmost chassis cross 32
member
878 21 Black Radio panel switch wiring In connector partition behind 3
radio panel
879 15 Black AS Tronic gear lever unit wiring On AS Tronic gear lever unit 18
880 20 Black AS Tronic gearbox On AS Tronic electronic unit, 19
gearbox
882 21 Yellow Lifting gear wiring Connector partition under PCB, 4
central box
 200407 1-7
1 2 3 4 5 6
883 9 Yellow CDM wiring Connector partition under PCB, 5
central box
884 18 Black CDM wiring On CDM electronic unit, central 30
box
913 21 Violet Engine wiring Dashboard lead-through, 6
location C3/4
914 21 Green Engine wiring Dashboard lead-through, 6
location C1/2
915 12 Green Drawn vehicle Dashboard lead-through, 6
location C6
916 21 Yellow Chassis wiring, rear Dashboard lead-through, 6
location A7/8
917 2 Black Rotating beams wiring Roof console, driver’s side 22
918 12 Yellow Hydronic 10 cab heater Dashboard lead-through, 6
location A6
919 6 Grey AGS wiring Dashboard lead-through, 7
location B3
920 12 Black Hydronic 10 cab heater wiring On Hydronic 10 cab heater 24
electronic unit, behind cab
921 6 Green ABS/EBS, drawn vehicle Dashboard lead-through, 6
location C5
922 15 Grey CDM wiring On CDM electronic unit, central 30
box
923 8 Brown D connector On rear of tachograph 8
924 2 Black Left side marking Near chassis cross member 36
main wiring harness
925 2 Black Right side marking Near chassis cross member 36
9 926 6 Black Mechanical lifting-gear

main wiring harness
Dashboard lead-through, 6
dashboard wiring harness location B7
930 6 Grey Dashboard wiring harness In connector partition behind 3
radio panel
931 6 Blue Dashboard wiring harness Dashboard lead-through, 7
location D7
1-8  200407
1.2 DRAWINGS SHOWING LOCATION OF CONNECTORS
Explanation of connector drawings

A: Connector coding
B: Colour of connector
BN = brown
BW = blue
GL = yellow
GN = green
GS = grey
OE = orange
RD = red
VI = violet
WT = white
ZT = black
C: List of pin numbers on connector
The pin numbers on the connector are
viewed from the wire input side.
 200407 1-9
1-10  200407
416 WT
1 19 1 19 1 19 1 19
417 BN
18 35 18 35 417 18 35 18 35
400 401 402 403

416
E500694 E500181
400 GS 401 ZT
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19
402 GS 403 ZT
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19
E501645
 200407 1
860 584
861 585
483 862 586
574 582 882
864
581
865
866
621
583
216
883
601 580
176
566
562
868 397
222
694 696
561
695 697
407 560 878
693
867
692 E501958
407 GL 693 BW 692 GL 867 ZT
3 6 3 6 9 12 3 6 9 12 15 18 3 6 9 12 15 18 21
2 5 2 5 8 11 2 5 8 11 14 17 2 5 8 11 14 17 20
1 4 1 4 7 10 1 4 7 10 13 16 1 4 7 10 13 16 19
9
694 GL 560 BW 561 GL 562 GN
3 6 9 3 6 9 3 6 9 12 3 6
2 5 8 2 5 8 2 5 8 11 2 5
1 4 7 1 4 7 1 4 10 1 4
222 BW 566 ZT 601 ZT 176 BW
3 6 9 12 15 18 3 6 21 18 15 12 9 6 3
4 5 6
2 5 8 11 14 17 2 5 20 17 14 11 8 5 2
1 2 3 1 4 7 10 13 16 1 4 19 16 13 10 7 4 1
E501959
2  200407
860 584
861 585
483 862 586
574 582 882
864
581
865
866
621
583
216
883
601 580
930
176
566
562
868 397
222
694 696
561
695 697
407 560 878
693
867
692 E502012
695 GN 878 ZT 697 GL 696 BW
3 6 9 12 15 18 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 9 12
2 5 8 11 14 17 2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 8 11
1 4 7 10 13 16 1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 7 10
9
397 ZT 868 VT 580 GN 866 GL
3 6 9 3 6 9 3 6 3 6 9
2 5 8 2 5 8 2 5 2 5 8
1 4 7 1 4 7 1 4 1 4 7
583 BW 216 ZT 621 BW 930 ZT
3 6 9 12 3 6 9 3 6
2 1
6 5 4 3
2 5 8 11 10 9 8 7
2 5 8 2 5
14 13 12 11
1 4 7 10 16 15 1 4 7 1 4
E502013
 200407 3
860 584
861 585
483 862 586
574 582 882
864
581
865
866
621
583
216
883
601 580
176
566
562
868 397
222
694 696
561
695 697
407 560 878
693
867
692 E501958
865 ZT 581 ZT 864 ZT 584 ZT
2 6 3 3 6 9 12 3 6 9 12 15 18 21
5 2 2 5 8 11 2 5 8 11 14 17 20
1
4 1 1 4 7 10 13 16 19
1 4 7 10
9
585 ZT 860 GL 861 GL 862 GL
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 9 12 15 18 21
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 8 11 14 17 20
1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 7 10 13 16 19
882 GL 483 ZT 582 ZT 574 GN
12 9 6 3
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 9 12 3 6 9 12 15 18 21
11 8 5 2
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 8 11 2 5 8 11 14 17 20
10 7 4 1
1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 7 10 1 4 7 10 13 16 19
E501961
4  200407
860 584
861 585
483 862 586
574 582 882
864
581
865
866
621
583 630
216
883
601 580
176
566
562
868 397
222
694 696
561
695 697
407 560 878
693
867
692 E501958
586 ZT 883 GL 630 BW
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 9 6 3 3 6 9
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 8 5 2 2 5 8
7 4 1 1 4 7
1 4 7 10 13 16 19
9
E501962
 200407 5
A B C D
1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10
E501551 E501060
588 GL 635 ZT 590 ZT 699 BW
3 6 9 12 3 6 2 3 6 9 12 15 18 21
2 5 8 11 2 5 1 2 5 8 11 14 17 20
1 4 7 10 1 4 1 4 7 10 13 16 19
620 BW 626 BW 638 BW 656 BW
12 9 6 3
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 3 6 9 12 15 18 21
11 8 5 2 2 5
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 8 11 14 17 20
10 7 4 1
1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 1 4 7 10 13 16 19
608 ZT 609 GN 610 ZT 611 GN
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 9 12 15 18 21
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 8 11 14 17 20
1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 7 10 13 16 19
9
681 GL 913 VT 914 GN 915 GN
3 6 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 9 12
2 5 2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 8 11
1 4 1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 7 10
916 GL 918 GL 921 GN 926 GS
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 9 12 3 6 3 6
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 8 11 2 5 2 5
1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 7 10 1 4 1 4
E501956
6  200407
A B C D
1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10
E501551 E501060
627 ZT 674 GL 634 ZT 869 ZT
12 9 6 3 12 9 6 3
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 3 6 9 12 15 18 21
11 8 5 2 11 8 5 2
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 2 5 8 11 14 17 20
10 7 4 1 10 7 4 1
1 4 7 10 13 16 19 1 4 7 10 13 16 19
919 GS 931 BW
3 6 3 6
2 5 2 5
1 4 1 4
E502010
 200407 7
597 ZT
190
3 6 9 12
2 5 8 11
1 4 7 10
190 ZT
597
21 18 15 12 9 6 3
20 17 14 11 8 5 2
19 16 13 10 7 4 1
E501604
E501648
D C B A
1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5
2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6
3 7 3 7 3 7 3 7
4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8
923 599 598
E501603 E501946
598 WT 599 GL 923 BN

5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
9
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
E501947
8  200407
592 593
594
595
596
E501609 E501058
592 ZT 593 ZT 594 ZT 595 ZT

19 20 21 22 23 24
7 8 9 31 40
40 52
13 14 15 16 17 18
4 5 6 27 39 21 30
7 8 9 10 11 12 14 26 11 20
1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 13 1 10
596 ZT
7 8 9
4 5 6
1 2 3
E501650
453 455
E501612 454 456 E501024
453 ZT 454 ZT 455 ZT 456 ZT
18 15 12 9 6 3 6 3 9 6 3 15 12 9 6 3
17 14 11 8 5 2 5 2 8 5 2 14 11 8 5 2
16 13 10 7 4 1 4 1 7 4 1 13 10 7 4 1
E501653
 200407 9
669 ZT
1 4
2 3
669
E501610
E501651
668 ZT
1 4
2 3
668
E501614
E501652
424 GS
9 425 424
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
425 BN
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
E501554
E501654
10  200407
E501605
600 ZT
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
600
E501050
E501655
602 GN
3 6
9
2 5
1 4
602
E501611
E501656
 200407 11
563 ZT
1 13
3 5 7 9 11
4 6 8 10 12
2 14
563
E501013
E501657
632
E566
269
631
E581
E501764 E501765
269 ZT 631 WT 632 ZT
1 13 12 9 6 3
9
3 5 7 9 11 11 8 5 2
4 6 8 10 12
1 2
10 7 4 1
2 14
E501766
12  200407
E579
633
533
527
E580
E501767 E501768
527 ZT 533 WT 633 ZT
1 13 12 9 6 3
3 5 7 9 11 11 8 5 2
4 6 8 10 12
1 2 10 7 4 1
2 14
E501769
660 ZT
1 3 5
2 4 6
660
9
E501608
E501660
 200407 13
613 615
E501612 612 614 616 E501025
612 ZT 613 ZT 614 ZT 615 ZT
18 15 12 9 6 3 15 12 9 6 3 9 6 3 12 9 6 3
17 14 11 8 5 2 14 11 8 5 2 8 5 2 11 8 5 2
16 13 10 7 4 1 7 4 1 10 7 4 1
13 10 7 4 1
616 ZT
6 3
5 2
4 1
E501661
9
295
294
E501676 E501016
294 ZT 295 ZT
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
E501662
14  200407
143
143
E500242 E501617
143 ZT
1 4
2 3
E501663
144
144
9
E500103 E501618
144 ZT
1 4
2 3
E501664
 200407 15
873
E501761 E501762
873 ZT
2 1
6 5 4 3
10 9 8 7
14 13 12 11
16 15
E501763
16  200407
553
E501625 E501620
553 GS
5 14
1 3
2 4
7 16
E501667
591
9
E501626 E501619
591 GS
5 14
1 3
2 4
7 16
E501668
 200407 17
E501615
622 ZT
28 1
55 29
88 56
E501670
879 ZT
3 6 9 12 15
879 2 5 8 11 14
1 4 7 10 13
9
E501616
E501677
18  200407
636 ZT
2
3 7
1
4 6
5
F652
E501600
E501671
880 ZT
880
2 1
5 3
4
9 8 7 6
12
14 13 11 10
17 16 15
20 19 18
E501631
E501679
340 ZT
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
9
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19
446 ZT
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
340
446
E501613
E501665
 200407 19
251
E501803 E501785
251 WT
2 1
E501801
9
252
E501804 E501786
252 WT
1 2 3
4 5 6
E501802
20  200407
284
284
E501805 E501787
284 ZT
9
5 12
2 8
4 11
1 7
3 10
6
E501806
288
288 9
E501855 E501788
288 ZT
9
5 12
2 8
4 11
1 7
3 10
6
E501807
 200407 21
870 WT
2 1
870 917 ZT
917
2 1
E501940
E501941
546 ZT
5 4
6 8 3
7 2
1
546
E501892
E501893
22  200407
231 ZT
1 2 3
529
5 4
231 529 WT
2 1
E501954
E501581
E501955
871 676 677 872
E501799 E501798
676 BW 677 ZT 871 WT 872 GS
18 15 12 9 6 3 15 12 9 6 3 18 15 12 9 6 3 18 15 12 9 6 3
9
17 14 11 8 5 2 14 11 8 5 2 17 14 11 8 5 2 17 14 11 8 5 2
16 13 10 7 4 1 13 10 7 4 1 16 13 10 7 4 1 16 13 10 7 4 1
E501817
 200407 23
625
624
E501847
624 ZT 625 ZT
1 2
2 1
3 4
E501823
920
9
E501965 E501944
920 ZT
A1 A4
B1 B4
C1 C4
E501945
24  200407
698 GL
3 6 9 12 15 18
2 5 8 11 14 17
1 4 7 10 13 16
698
E501583
E501848
639
E501415 E501416
639 ZT
1
7 2
6
5
8
4
3
9
E501417
 200407 25
661
E501409 E501468
661 ZT
5 4
6 8 3
7 2
1
E501477
691
9
E501469 E501470
690 ZT 691 ZT
690
2 3 1 2
1 4
E501471
E501478
26  200407
688
689
116
662
E501466 E501465
116 WT 662 ZT 688 ZT 689 ZT
3 4 3 4
1 2 3 1 2 3
2 7 5 2 7 5
1 6 1 6
E501467
307 ZT
3 2 1
6 5 4
9 8 7
307
9
E501790
E501809
 200407 27
657
E501813 658 E501795
657 ZT 658 ZT
9 1
12 5 7 2
8 2
11 4 6 8 3
7 1
10 3 5 4
6
E501857
659
9 659
E501814 E501796
659 ZT
1 2 3
E501815
28  200407
161
672
161
673
E501821 E501820
673
672
E501819 E501818
161 WT 672 ZT 673 ZT
3 3 6 3 6
2 5 2 5
2 1 1 4 1 4
9
E501858
 200407 29
291 ZT
21 18 15 12 9 6 3
20 17 14 11 8 5 2
19 16 13 10 7 4 1
291
E501789
E501808
884 ZT
18 15 12 9 6 3
17 14 11 8 5 2
16 13 10 7 4 1
922 GS
15 12 9 6 3
922 14 11 8 5 2
13 10 7 4 1
884
E501942
E501797
E501943
628 ZT
9 7
1
2
6 8 3
5 4
628
E501793
E501810
30  200407
603 604
E501791 E501020
603 ZT 604 ZT
12 9 6 3 21 18 15 12 9 6 3
11 8 5 2 20 17 14 11 8 5 2
10 7 4 1 19 16 13 10 7 4 1
E501792
650 876
9
E501812 E501966
650 ZT 876 ZT
1 9
7 2 5 12
2 8
6 8 3 4 11
1 7
5 4 3 10
6
E501967
 200407 31
877 ZT
5 4
6 8 3
7 2
1
877
E501833
E501834
390 ZT
5 4
6 8 3
7 2
1
391 ZT
1
7 2
6 8 3
5 4
391 390
E501891
E501901
637 ZT
9 12
9
8
5
2
11 4
637 7 1
10 3
6
E501835
E501836
32  200407
122
E500441 E501906
122 ZT
6 5 4
3 2 1
E501907
482 ZT
3 6 9 12 15 18
2 5 8 11 14 17
1 4 7 10 13 16
482
9
E501948
E501949
 200407 33
E501456
684
685
E501457 E501455
684 ZT 685 ZT
686
2 4 2 4
3 1 3 1
9
686 ZT
2 4
3 1
E501450
E501458
34  200407
E501453
680
679
E501451 E501452
679 GN 680 GS
2 2
3 7 3 7
1 1
4 6 4 6
5 5
9
E501454
 200407 35
175 BW
175
3 6
2 5
1 4
E501950
E501951
924 ZT
1 2
925 ZT
924
925 1 2
E501952
E501953
36  200407
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
CONTENTS
Page Date
1. INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200340
2. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200340
2.1 Circuit diagram 1426261/13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200340
2.2 Overview of basic codes for circuit diagram 1426261/13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 . . . . 200340
2.3 Section diagrams from circuit diagram 1426261/13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 . . . 200340
10
 200340 1
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
2  200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
XF95 series Introduction
1. INTRODUCTION
This main group includes the entire electrical
system shown in the form of circuit diagrams
and an overview of connectors/pin
allocations .
Circuit diagrams
All information that relates to the complete
electrical system of the vehicle is found in the
circuit diagrams with the exception of the
connectors.
Note:
For the location of the connectors in the vehicle,
see ‘Location of connectors’.
10
 200340 1-1
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
Introduction XF95 series
10
1-2  200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
XF95 series Electrical system
2. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2.1 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1426261/13
This page can be used to make your own notes

on the circuit diagram.
10
 200340 2-1
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
Electrical system XF95 series
2.2 OVERVIEW OF BASIC CODES FOR CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1426261/13
Basic code Description Number on search

number bar
A000 Drawn vehicle socket (7-pin) 83, 85, 239, 252,
292, 580
A001 Rear fog lamp/reversing lamp socket (7-pin) 270, 277, 383, 386,
388, 581, 750
A004 Plug socket, ABS/EBS, drawn vehicle (7-pin) 803, 834
A007 24V socket (2-pin) 403
A021 Diagnostics socket (16-pin) 187
A027 Socket, 24V accessories (6-pin) 128, 298, 579, 753,
778
A038 Socket, 40A accessories (2-pin) 799
A043 Plug socket, seat console, driver’s side (2-pin) 478
A058 Drawn vehicle socket (15-pin) 83, 84, 240, 253,
271, 277, 293, 385,
388, 390, 578, 752
A068 Application connector, engine speed control 909
A070 Application connector, superstructure (8-pin) 35, 278, 294, 384,
387, 389, 578, 750
A074 Automatic gearbox socket, superstructure 746, 747, 749
A076 Telephone socket 708
A097 FMS connector (21-pin) 755
A500 Batteries (2x) 10, 14, 22
A510 Alarm system battery 374
A513 Alternator 18
B000 Windscreen wiper motor 93
10 B001 Windscreen washer pump 90
B002 Headlamp washer pump 98
B003 Electric drop glass motor, driver’s side 420
B004 Electric drop glass motor, co-driver’s side 417
B005 Mirror adjustment motor, left 432, 441
B006 Mirror adjustment motor, right 437, 447
B009 Roof hatch motor 361
2-2  200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

number bar
B010 Starter motor 24
B015 4-speed heater fan 468, 469, 470, 526,
527
B017 Mirror heating, driver’s side 451
B018 Mirror heating, co-driver’s side 452
B024 Loudspeaker, left 711
B025 Loudspeaker, right 715
B026 CB set 717
B028 Horn 402
B030 Cigar lighter, driver’s side 405
B032 Seat heating, driver’s side 474
B033 Seat heating, co-driver’s side 476
B042 Air dryer heating element 472
B043 Air conditioning compressor 454
B071 Mechanical lifting-gear lifting valve 615
B072 Mechanical lifting-gear lowering valve 609
B073 Pump, mechanical lifting gear 619
B079 Low-range downshift protection valve 131
B084 Air suspension valve, bleeding 794
B088 Proportional valve, intarder 1015
B089 Air supply valve, intarder 1013
B122 Fuel metering pump, cab heater 506, 513, 531
B129 Left-hand headlight height adjuster motor 220
B130 Right-hand headlight height adjuster motor 222
B131
B132
Solenoid valve, pump unit/injector of cylinder 1
Solenoid valve, pump unit/injector of cylinder 2
922
924
10
B133 Solenoid valve, pump unit/injector of cylinder 3 925
B166 ECAS valve, front axle 635, 664, 692
B176 Reversing buzzer 280
 200340 2-3
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5

number bar
B192 Exhaust brake valve 936
B199 Central door lock motor, driver’s side 553
B200 Central door lock motor, co-driver’s side 548, 556
B237 ABS/ASC-D differential lock valve, rear axle 821
B238 ECAS-2 valve (6x2), driven axle, left/right, air supply (FT) 634, 690
B243 Control valve, cross-axle differential lock 281
B244 Control valve, longitudinal controlled slip differential 283
B245 PTO control valve 487
B246 PTO control valve 489, 500
B247 Engine brake valve 937
B248 Engine brake valve 939
B250 ECAS valve, driven axle, left/right, air supply (FA) 632, 689
B252 Recirculation valve 466
B253 ECAS valve, driven axle, left/right, air supply 662
B254 ECAS valve, steered leading rear axle/trailing axle, 665
left/right, lifting bellows
B256 ABS-D, ABS/ASC-E valve, front axle, left 814, 839
B257 ABS-D, ABS/ASC-E valve, front axle, right 815, 849
B258 ABS-D, ABS/ASC-E valve, driven axle, left 817
B259 ABS-D, ABS/ASC-D valve, driven axle, right 819
B293 Gearbox gate protection valve 133
10 B294 Cab air suspension valve, switching off height control,

front
297
B306 Redundancy valve 858

B307 Front axle modulator 842
B308 Trailer vehicle control valve 846
B309 ASC cut-off valve 860
B335 Electronically controlled valve clutch 940
B338 Alarm system horn 377
2-4  200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

number bar
B341 Glow element 19
B344 Automatic lubrication pump with integrated electronic unit 562
B356 Cooler box 778
B365 Radio 712
B372 Valve block fluid flow 727
B378 Heating element for fuel filter/water separator 567
B383 ECAS valve, FAK/FTM leading rear axle 790
B385 AS Tronic clutch unit 1040
B386 Valve block steering cylinder 729
B403 ECAS resistor, increased manoeuvring level, lowering 693
B404 ECAS resistor, increased manoeuvring level, lifting 694
B525 Modular tachograph (MTCO) 49
C000 Dipped beam, left 255
C001 Dipped beam, right 256
C002 Main beam, left 259
C003 Main beam, right 261
C006 Left spotlight 262
C007 Right spotlight 264
C008 Fog lamp, front left 265
C009 Fog lamp, front right 266
C010 Width marker light (headlight), left 230
C011 Width marker light (headlight), right 243
C012 Width marker light, front left 232
C013 Width marker light, front right 244
C014 Direction indicator lamp, front left 76 10
C015 Direction indicator lamp, front right 80
C016 Direction indicator lamp, side left 77
C017 Direction indicator lamp, side right 81
C018 Direction indicator lamp, rear left 78
C019 Direction indicator lamp, rear right 82
C020 Stop light, left 290
C021 Stop light, right 291
C022 Rear light, left 233
 200340 2-5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5

number bar
C023 Rear light, right 246
C024 Fog lamp, rear left 268
C025 Fog lamp, rear right 270
C026 Reversing light, left 275
C027 Reversing light, right 276
C046 Map-reading light, driver’s side 319, 344
C047 Map-reading light, co-driver’s side 320, 346
C052 Heater fan lighting, left 411
C053 Heater fan lighting, right 412
C062 Stepwell lighting, driver’s side 367
C063 Stepwell lighting, co-driver’s side 368
C064 Storage compartment lighting, central upper 304, 351
C065 Storage compartment lighting, central lower 306
C066 Storage compartment lighting, right 307
C067 Tool compartment lighting, left 321, 352
C068 Tool compartment lighting, right 323, 354
C071 Work lamp 37
C072 Ashtray lighting, left 409
C073 Ashtray lighting, right 410
C074 Width marker light, rear left 233
C075 Width marker light, rear right 245
C110 Bunk light with switch 347
10 C129 Interior lighting with switch 327
C130 Interior nightlight (red), driver’s side 341
C139 Interior nightlight (red), co-driver’s side 339
C144 Rotating beam, left 781
C145 Rotating beam, right 782
C148 Interior lighting, co-driver’s side, 2 x 21 W 313, 330
C149 Interior lighting, driver’s side, 2 x 21 W 309, 333
C150 Storage compartment lighting, left 350
C151 Central interior lighting with switch 324
2-6  200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

number bar
C154 Rear number plate light, left (FT) 236
C155 Rear number plate light, right (FT) 249
C156 Width marker light, left, 1st (FT) 238
C157 Width marker light, right, 1st (FT) 250
C158 Width marker light, left, 2nd (FT) 239
C159 Width marker light, right, 2nd (FT) 251
C162 Roof spotlight 765
C163 Roof width marker light in spotlight 771
C539 Accessories/ignition/starter switch 29
C622 Lighting switch 207, 210
C694 Mechanical main switch 14
C695 Mirror adjustment switch, driver’s side 433, 442
C696 Mirror adjustment switch, co-driver’s side 437, 447
C697 Seat heating switch, driver’s side 474
C698 Seat heating switch, co-driver’s side 476
C716 Rotating beam switch 782
C725 Work lamp switch 36
C727 Fog lamp switch, front/rear 213
C731 Interior lighting switch, roof console (bunk control), 313, 331 10
co-driver’s side, F249 XC
C733 Interior lighting switch, roof console (bunk control), driver’s 310, 334
side, F249 XC
C735 Nightlight switch, interior 316, 342
C736 Roof hatch switch 357, 362
C737 ASC switch 830, 869
C739 Mechanical lifting-gear switch 616
C740 ECAS switch, normal level 623, 646, 675
C741 ECAS switch, axle lifting 649
 200340 2-7
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5

number bar
C742 Traction assistance switch 652
C743 Drop glass switch, co-driver’s side (driver’s side door) 422
C744 Drop glass switch, co-driver’s side (driver’s side door) 426
C745 Drop glass switch, driver’s side (driver’s side door) 429
C746 Mirror heating switch 452
C748 Operating switch, cross-axle differential lock 281
C749 Operating switch, longitudinal controlled slip differential 283
C750 PTO operating switch 492
C751 PTO operating switch 495
C760 Air conditioning switch 457
C763 Instrument lighting dimming potentiometer 112
C764 Potentiometer, headlamp height adjustment 219
C765 Switch for warning lamps 85
C773 Fog lamp switch, rear 216
C774 Central door locking switch 549, 556
C778 Switch for Eberspächer cab heater 509, 537
C802 Recirculation valve switch 462
C813 Spotlight switch, roof 777
C831 Cruise control/engine speed control/retarder stalk switch 479, 1015
C832 Direction indicator/windscreen wiper stalk switch 76, 89, 91, 97, 224,
402,
C835 Switch to turn off interior detection 395
C836 Switch to turn off superstructure/drawn vehicle loadspace 398
detection
10
C844 Eberspächer cab heater switch with timer unit 516
C853 Cab main switch 2
C854 Chassis main switch 3
C859 Roof console interior lighting switch, driver’s side 313, 334
C881 ECAS switch, lifting 790
C882 Heater fan switch 469, 526
C883 FAG traction assistance switch 796
2-8  200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

number bar
C890 Third brake integration switch 871
C895 ECAS switch, increased manoeuvring level 678
C897 Interior lighting, SH cab, co-driver’s side 310, 331
D503 Electronic unit, mechanical lifting gear 607
D529 Remote control system, ECAS 620, 643, 672
D609 Light switch diode 210
D610 Diode, main beam/dipped beam 224
D611 Diode, damping valve for lowering mechanical lifting gear 608
D612 Diode, damping valve for lifting mechanical lifting gear 614
D613 Diode for pump damping relay, mechanical lifting gear 611
D622 Diode for mechanical lifting gear, lifting lock 614
D623 Diode for mechanical lifting gear, lowering lock 609
D703 Diode for switching off cab heater/door, contact on driver’s 494
side
D705 Diode for switching off the cab heater with running engine 491
D709 Interior lighting diode to prevent feedback to co-driver’s 312, 329
side switch
D710 Interior lighting diode to prevent feedback to driver’s side 308, 334
switch
D715 Alarm system LED 70, 378
D758 Diode to prevent feedback to VIC 300
D759 Diode to prevent feedback to stop lights 295
D782 Diode to prevent feedback to door lock, driver’s side 95
D783 Interior lighting diode, driver’s side 366
D791 Door switch diode 370
D792 Door switch diode 371 10
D802 ECAS-2 (6x2) electronic unit 660, 690
D814 UPEC electronic unit 934
D826 Electronic unit for VLG current limiter 7
D850 Electronic unit for ABS/ASC, D model 818
D851 Electronic unit, ECAS-3 (4x2) 632
D871 Electronic unit, cab heater 505, 514
D879 Rear axle modulator 855
 200340 2-9
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5

number bar
D880 EBS electronic unit 855
D895 Electronic unit for converter (10A) with power supply for 706
radio memory
D899 DIP-4 instrument panel 57
D900 VIC electronic unit 78, 92, 137, 486
D902 Electronic unit, ZF intarder with EST 42 1009
D904 Menu control switch, MCS 139
D905 Electronic unit for central door locking 550
D909 Electronic unit, alarm system, ultrasonic 381
D910 Electronic unit, battery charger 374
D911 Electronic unit, ALS-S alarm system 386
D912 Electronic unit, immobiliser 45
D924 Electronic unit for main switch 6
D931 LED unit, immobiliser 72
D932 EMAS electronic unit 729
D954 AS Tronic gearbox modulator 1040
D955 AS Tronic gear lever unit 1028
D969 CAN data manager, CDM 197
D979 Electronic unit for Hydronic 10 cab heater 531
E000 Fuse, rear left width marker light 229
E001 Fuse, rear right width marker light 242
E004 Fuse, dipped beam on driver’s side 254
E005 Fuse, dipped beam/warning lamp, co-driver’s side 255
E006 Fuse, main beam on driver’s side 258
10 E007
E008
Fuse, main beam/warning lamp, co-driver’s side
Fuse, spotlights
260
261
E009 Fuse, front fog lamps 264
E010 Fuse, rear fog lamps 267
E013 Fuse, stop lights 286
E016 Fuse, reversing lights/gearbox neutral position/windscreen 273
wiper motor/cross-axle differential lock
E023 Fuse, cold start switch/tachograph clock/cab heater 46
program clock/alarm system
2-10  200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

number bar
E025 Fuse, windscreen wiper motor/headlamp 99
washer/windscreen washer motor
E026 Fuse, cigar lighter/door switches/electronic unit, 24/12 V 405
converter with power supply for radio memory
E028 Fuse, interior lighting/bunk lights/central door lock 301
E031 Fuse, heater fan 453, 522
E033 Fuse, electric drop glass motor, co-driver’s side 415
E034 Fuse, electric drop glass motor, driver’s side 419
E035 Fuse, instruments and warning lamps/parking brake 65
switch/power supply after contact
E036 Fuse, 24V socket 403
E037 Fuse, ignition switch 30
E043 Fuse, drawn vehicle ABS/EBS 801, 832
E044 Fuse, mirror heating/electric mirror adjustment/electric 422
drop glass operation
E048 Fuse, drawn vehicle power supply 749
E051 Fuse, ECAS/EMAS 627, 656, 683, 721
E052 Fuse, ECAS remote control/work lamp 36
E053 Fuse, diagnosis connector (16-pin)/LED unit/alarm system 182
E062 Fuse, mechanical lifting gear/ECAS/EMAS 601, 620, 641, 783
E084 Fuse, lighting 202
E091 Fuse, air dryer heating element/stalk switch/PTO/clutch 471
switch/engine speed control application connector
E108 Fuse, VIC 103
E112 Fuse, glow warning lamp 20
E114 Fuse, cab heater/warning lamps 502, 511, 524
E117 Fuse, search light 228 10
E118 Fuse, UPEC power supply 920
E142 Fuse, accessories before contact 764
E153 Fuse, main switch for timer/engine stop/main switch 4
power supply
E157 Fuse, automatic lubrication 561
E163 Fuse, accessories after contact (connector A027)/rotating 751
beams/roof hatch
 200340 2-11
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5

number bar
E168 Fuse, accessories/microwave 799
E170 Fuse, electronic unit for fuel filter/water separator, Racor 568
E171 Fuse, heating element for fuel filter/water separator, Racor 567
E184 Fuse, extra functions 918
E189 Fuse, rear axle EBS 809, 837
E190 Fuse, ABS-D / ABS / ASC-E/EBS front axle 810, 838
E199 Fuse, ZF intarder 1004
E277 Fuse, VIC 104
E279 Fuse, airbag and seat belt tensioner/generator voltage 17
check
E280 Fuse, VIC 105
E286 Main fuse 10
E301 Fuse, AS Tronic 1034
E330 Fuse, ‘sens’ wire main switch 11
E350 Fuse, various electrical systems 41
E507 Proximity switch for axle-load protection lifting gear (10 605
tons)
E508 Temperature switch for air conditioning compressor 457
E509 Air conditioning operating switch, high/low pressure 456
E511 Stop light operating switch 287
E514 Operating switch for stepwell/interior lighting, driver’s side 366
door switch
E515 Operating switch for stepwell/interior lighting, co-driver’s 367
10 E524
side door switch
Mechanical lifting-gear operating switch, oil pressure limit 613
switch
E525 Operating switch for central upper storage compartment 303, 350
lighting
E526 Operating switch for central lower storage compartment 305
lighting
E527 Operating switch for right-hand storage compartment 306
lighting
E528 Operating switch for left-hand tool compartment lighting 320, 351
E529 Operating switch for right-hand tool compartment lighting 322, 353
2-12  200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

number bar
E560 Operating switch for left-hand storage compartment 349
lighting
E564 Engine brake operating switch 69
E566 Operating switch, Eberspächer Airtronic cab heater 507
thermostat
E570 Proximity switch, clutch PTO N10 499
E571 Thermo 90/Hydronic 10 cab heater operating switch 533
E575 Clutch pedal proximity switch 66
E579 Operating switch for thermostat/cab heater, fan, 536
Eberspächer (water)
Eberspächer (timer)
E581 Timer unit, cab heater 516
E584 Proximity switch for axle-load protection lifting gear (7.5 604
tons)
E589 ECAS operating switch, driven axle 784
E590 AS Tronic selector switch 1029
E592 Reversing light operating switch 274
E593 Neutral position switch 1010
E595 Low-range switch 133
F000 Parking brake switch 65
F006 Control switch for differential lock, 1st differential 120
F007 Control switch for differential lock, 3rd differential 124
F011 Control switch for engine oil pressure 116
F038 Control switch for differential lock, 2nd differential 123
F047 Control switch for steering system (1st circuit) 118 10
F048 Control switch for steering system (2nd circuit) 119
F050 Control switch for differential lock pressure, 1st and 2nd 122
differential
F087 Control switch, gearbox PTO 485
F097 Proximity switch for mechanical trailing axle lifting gear 601
F107 Control switch for brake lining wear, front left 879
 200340 2-13
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5

number bar
F108 Control switch for brake lining wear, front right 880
F109 Control switch for brake lining wear, front left, 2nd front 881
axle
F110 Control switch for brake lining wear, front right, 2nd front 883
axle
F111 Control switch for brake lining wear, rear left 884
F112 Control switch for brake lining wear, rear right 886
F113 Control switch for brake lining wear, rear left, 2nd rear axle 887
(6x2)
F114 Control switch for brake lining wear, rear right, 2nd rear 888
axle (6x2)
F118 Control switch for splitter signalling 115
F120 Gearbox switch for gate 3-4 136
F509 Cab temperature sensor, cab heater 516, 537
F512 Wheel speed sensor, front axle, left 808, 837
F513 Wheel speed sensor, front axle, right 809, 851
F514 Wheel speed sensor, driven axle, left 810
F515 Wheel speed sensor, driven axle, right 812
F533 Speed sensor (4-pin, 1st) 47
F544 Coolant temperature sensor, intarder 1017
F552 Crankshaft sensor 919
F558 Camshaft sensor 918
F565 Fuel temperature sensor 921
F566 Engine coolant temperaturesensor 922
F603 Ultrasonic transmitter 381
10 F604
F608
Ultrasonic receiver
Fuel level sensor
383
110
F612 Height sensor, ECAS, rear axle, left 625, 654, 680
F613 Height sensor, ECAS, rear axle, right 627, 655, 682
F614 Height sensor, ECAS, front axle 629, 656, 683
F615 ECAS pressure sensor, driven axle, left/right 658, 685
F616 Cab locking sensor 298
F619 Cab locking sensor, alarm system 379
F628 Foot brake valve 861
F649 Inlet air boost pressure sensor/ temperature sensor 924
2-14  200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

number bar
F651 Ambient temperature sensor 105
F652 Air pressure sensor 107
F656 Coolant level sensor 110
F672 Accelerator pedal sensor 925
F673 Engine oil level and temperature sensor 136
F686 Alarm system radar sensor 385
F687 EMAS front axle angle sensor 723
F688 EMAS trailing axle angle sensor 724
F705 Speed sensor 1043
G000 Rear light/marker light/search lighting relay 209, 226
G001 Dipped beam relay 223, 254
G002 Main beam relay 225, 258
G003 Spotlight relay 257, 261
G004 Fog lamp relay, front 212, 264
G005 Fog lamp relay, rear 129, 267
G014 Glow plug relay 19, 932
G015 Relay, contact 1, 30
G028 Electric drop glass relay, co-driver’s side 414, 421
G029 Electric drop glass relay, co-driver’s side 416, 422
G030 Electric drop glass relay, driver’s side 418, 428
G031 Electric drop glass relay, driver’s side 420, 429
G036 Stop light relay 286, 289
G052 Motor relay, mechanical lifting gear 610, 618
G066 Takeover relay, mechanical lifting gear 610, 612
G095 Traction assistance relay, 60 sec. bleeding 794 10
G126 UPEC supply 919, 920
G170 Heater fan relay, cab heater 524, 534
G185 Starting circuit interrupter relay 27, 1024
G236 Windscreen wiper relay (speed 1 or 2) 93, 96
G237 Windscreen wiper relay (automatic zero position) 93, 94
G238 Headlamp washer relay 91, 98
G247 Heater fan relay, Eberspächer Hydronic cab heater 522, 528
 200340 2-15
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5

number bar
G257 Recirculation valve relay 462, 465
G259 PTO control takeover relay 498, 499
G267 Air conditioning relay 453, 457
G297 Cab air suspension relay 296, 299
G299 Relay, roof spotlights 764, 776
G301 Light D+ relay 125, 204
G302 Swedish lighting relay 204, 208
G303 Starter motor lock relay 26, 126
G328 Engine stop relay 39, 905
G350 Reversing light relay, automatic gearbox 273, 274
G367 Main switch relay, power supply 5, 10
G377 Relay, accessories power supply for radio 702, 712
G380 Relay, mechanical lifting axle upwards 602, 605
G381 Relay, mechanical lifting axle (7.5 tons) 604, 615
G421 Relay, ECAS, leading rear axle lowering 783, 786
G424 Time relay, ECAS, leading rear axle, lowering 787
G462 Work lamp relay 36, 227
G469 Braking signal relay 942, 944
G516 Central cab earth, co-driver’s side 584
G535 CAN distribution block 176
G723 Through-connection for central door locking 557
10 G732 Through-connection, cab heater (Eberspächer) 537
G734 Through-connection for brake lining wear 884
G736 V-CAN connection 191
G745 Through-connection, mechanical lifting gear 613
G755 Through-connection for Swedish lighting 210
G757 Through-connection for main switch 31
I020 Diode, gearbox gate protection 134
2-16  200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2.3 SECTION DIAGRAMS FROM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1426261/13
A Voltage before and after contact

B Overview of earthing points
C CAN overview
1 Main switch
2 Ignition/starter switch/charging circuit
3 MTCO tachograph
4 Immobiliser
5 Pre-glowing
6 DIP-4
7 Direction indicators and warning lamps
8 VIC
9 FA marker/parking lights
10 FT marker/parking lights
11 UPEC
12 Reversing lights
13 Light switch/fog lamps/dipped/main beam switch, FA/FT
14 Swedish lighting
15 Stop lights/cab tilting gear
16 Differential lock
17 Interior lighting, XL/XH cab
18 Interior lighting, XC cab
19 Mirror heating/mirror adjustment
20 Search lighting
21 Air conditioning/recirculation valve/heater fan
22 Seat heating/accessories connection 10
23 Horn/cigar lighter/work lamp/air dryer
24 ABS-ASC-D
25 DEB
26 Intarder EST42
27 EBS
28 AGS
29 EMAS
30 AS Tronic
 200340 2-17
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
31 Brake lining wear switch

32 PTO
33 Roof spotlights/cooler box/rotating beams
34A ECAS-3
34B ECAS-2
34C ECAS-2 FT low deck + FA large volume
35 Headlight-height adjustment
36 24V/12V converter/radio/CB set
37 Electric drop glass/central door locking/roof hatch, XL/XH/XC cab
38 Mechanical lifting gear
39 Heating element/fuel filter water separator
40 Windscreen wipe/wash system
41 D3LC cab heater (ACH-EA) with/without timer unit
42 Hydronic 10 (ACH-EW) cab heater with timer unit
43 UPEC / superstructure functions application connector
44 Alarm system/battery charger for BV3 alarm system
45 Sockets, FA/FT
46 CDM + FMS
10
2-18  200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
10
 200340 2-19
10
A VOLTAGE BEFORE AND AFTER CONTACT
2-20
VOLTAGE BEFORE CONTACT OPERATION VARIANTS
A constant voltage is supplied to pin 1 of When the accessories/ignition/starter switch
connector 416 through wire 1008, point 30 on (C539) is set to the ‘accessories’ position Location
the starter motor, fuse E286, the + bolt in the (connection between points 1 and 6), a 26 Connection to ALS-S, ECAS-3 (4x2),
dashboard connector lead-through and the voltage is supplied to relay G377 (radio ECAS-2 (6x2), EST-42
voltage distribution block. accessories power supply relay) via wire
Electrical system
Power is also supplied (via wire 1008) from 1000, fuse E037, accessories/ignition/starter
point 30 of the starter motor to the B+ switch (C539) (contact points 1 - 6) and wire
connection of the alternator and to relay G014 1130.
(glow plug relay).
When the accessories/ignition/starter switch
Only wire 1000 to the + bolt in the dashboard (C539) is set to the ‘contact’ position
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
connector lead-through is fuse-protected by a (connection between points 1 and 4), relay

125A fuse. G015 is energised through wire 1000, fuse
The other wires are NOT fuse-protected and E037, accessories/ignition/starter switch
they can only be made dead by disconnecting (C539) (contact points 1 - 4) and wire 4001.
the battery leads.
This then connects wire 1000 (voltage before
Power is also supplied to the “S” contact) to wire 1010 (voltage after contact).
(sens) connection of the alternator from point
30 of the starter motor via fuse E279 and wire When the accessories/ignition/starter switch
3084. (C539) is turned against the pressure of the
spring (connection between points 1 and 2),
VOLTAGE AFTER CONTACT relay G015 remains energised and a voltage
A voltage is supplied to contact relay G015 is supplied to the alarm system (D911) (if
(point 30) via the starter motor (connection present) or to D979 (Hydronic 10 cab heater
point 30). This connection point may be electronic unit) (if fitted) via wire 1000, fuse
connected to wire 1010 over contact relay E037, accessories/ignition/starter switch
G015. (C539) (contacts 1 - 2) and wire 4004. If no
This wire is NOT fuse-protected. alarm system is installed, the voltage is
applied directly to connection point 30 of relay
G303 (starter motor lock relay). The engine
will start, depending on the activation of relay
G303 by VIC. When the key is released, the
accessories/ignition/starter switch
automatically springs back and remains in the
‘contact’ position.
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000
1000
1010
1010
XF95 series
4001 1100
1234 1234
85 30
10A
10A
15A
E350
E351
E037
G426
86 87A 87
1/416
1/417
6/403
7/403
8/403
8/401
4/403
12/403
10/403
25/400
15/402
1000
1010
4001
9050
1234
1234
1380
1234
1381
1100
1100
G462
1010 1100 30
2
87 85
!
4001
1380
1000
G015
30 86
1100
1000
1/222
D912 D979
C539
1000
9050
1 B1
4 42
DVB
1380
1380
4004
A
9050
2/222
4/222
6/222
4004
913
20
G303
1000
4004
4001
1130
87
2
9999
D911 G377
1380
A3 1
1 44 36
4002
G516
G014
125A
1
E286
2 5 E279
1 2
913
1
3084
5A
4002
1008
1008
1008
1426261/13
3084
1380
1008 1008 1008
B+ S /4 15 /3
D900
50 30 D29/
3 595
M
G
A500
B010
A513
1020
B L /2
31
914
20
1020
G525
G525
EL001206
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-21
10
10
B OVERVIEW OF EARTHING POINTS
2-22
This section diagram gives an overview of all
the earth connections, with wire markings and
connector points.
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
18 XC light connection
25 Conn. 161 on XC cab
63, 72 Connector 658: superstructure
connector (optional)
70 Connector 582:
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
ACH-EW cab heater: Conn. 582

ACH-EA cab heater: Conn. 483
71 Connector 583: on AS Tronic
44 On FA: Conn. 873
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
 200340
C110 C068 C016 C695 C696 C150 C066 C774 A007 C731 C884
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 B 2 B B
XF95 series
M4
M12
M16
M11
M4
M5
M6
M4
M5
C064 C064 B175 C139 C148 C129 C774 C884 C002
3 2 4 3 3 2 5 4 2
M20
M17
!
M3
E575
M11
M15
M10
6
C725
M4
597
B 12 C046 C047 C774 C000 B129
M13
M14
M15
M16
2 2 3 M9 2 M3 M5 2
M2
M1
M3
M2
M1
M3
M1
M1
M12
M2
M10
C764 C736 C733
5 7 M7 M6 B
867
553
A043 21 C697 B017 12 B199 B026
692
407
2 2 2 4
17 6 2 M5
M9
C072 C014
M33
M11
M34
2 2
M8
M12 M6
M9
M36 M99
M1
C764 C751 C111 C736
B B 2 B
M34 M35 C151
M11
M10
M12
3
M5
190
7
M3
M10
C149 C130
M7
9 3 3
M5
M4
692
M1 M31 18 C765 C735 C008 B294
C727 C750
B B 560 B M2 M3 B 2 M2 M8 2
B000 C832
M10
31 A10 M2
M9
M2
C882 B030
6 31 M4
M3
C763 !
M2
M3
B M8
M1
3
M96
M1
M1
E511
M100
2
161
M1
F628 F628
B245 A2 B2
2
252
566
1 10
397
697
284
12 21 12
M1
M2
B
M1
M96
M97
M92
B365 A076
M3
8 3 F047
M46
C010 C011
M12
2 2 M190 2
M93 M95
176
21
18 M10
F087 M98 M101 M32 M1
M2 2 M11
695
F048
2
M1
M91
M5
C741
B
878
M94
21
M102
650
5 1
M2 M11 M61 A004 A004 B001 B002
M1 4 3 2 M8 M7 4
M1
M10
626
696
M6
12 12
M3
M2
M4
M12 C740 C739
M1
B M4 M11 B
1426261/13
288
144
M1
M1
546
8
M13
M64
M65
B042
2
M1
M4
M1
M1
A038 C062
143
3 2 2
M3
M2
M2
M6
M5
!
873
C063 D895 D895 C737 C853 C802 C890

C
2 A1 A3 1 B 1 B
M5
M15
M16
M1
M1
M5
M4
M7
M8
M6
M7
M8
M9
M3
M2
M4
M3
M7
865
590
2 2
F120 B079 F118 B293 B130 C003 C001 C015 C009 B028 C737 C760 C742 C748 C749 C890
M1
M3
M4
2 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 B 1 B B B 1
G516
EL001207
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-23
10
10
2-24
G029 G028 G031 G030
86 86 86 86
M52
M54
M56
M58
G029 G028 G031 G030
87A 87A 87A 87A
Electrical system
M51
M53
M55
M57
D802 D802 D802
16 19 27
9009
9009
9009
D929 G303
D21 M76 M59 86
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
D929
M77 B32 9009
D929 D929
627
B3 C3 2
9009
9009
M73
M77
M75
M105
9009
B166 F614
D929 D929 4 2
B5 M72 M74 C4
D929 D929
A14 M78 M80 D26
9009
9009
9009
9009
D929 C742 F612 F613 F615 D529 D912 D899
D7 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
B
M23
M26
M25
M24
M41
!
9050
9009
9108
9126
9126
866
591
588
864
583
9 12 1 9 11
307
562
563
2 2 2
M1
M1
M1
M1
B525 G015 B525 D900 D900
M104
A6 86 A5 A5 E5
C698 B018 B200 A068 D905 D902
2 M3 2 M2 M3 4 1 8 20
9009
9009
9009
9108
9126
9126
9050
9001
9127
9127
9025
C740 C741 A021
1 1 2
M21
M22
1426261/13
M4
M5
M6
DVB
692
692
878
862
867
16 15 20 21 20
B358 C067 C017
580
580
5 6
2 2 2
9025
9050
9001
9009
9009
9107
9108
9126
9127
M1
M2
M18
M19
M43
656
574
883
582
656
1 18 9 10 2
M1
M1
M2
!
D931 D969
18 3
658
658
7 8
44 46
! !
M2
9999
EL001208
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
10
 200340 2-25
10
C CAN OVERVIEW
2-26
the CAN connections, with wire markings and
connector points.
SEE THE SYSTEM MANUAL FOR MORE
INFORMATION
Electrical system
VARIANTS
Location
6 D954: on AS Tronic
36, 39 On FA: Conn. 873
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
37 For EBS: unit D880

For ABS: unit D850
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
 200340
XF95 series
G535
A1 A2 G1 G2 C1 C2
3700D
3701D
3700C
3701C
7
3700D
869 3700B
8
3701D 3701B
3700K
3701K
869
391
391
6 7
3700C
3701C
3701B
3700B
3700D
3701D
562
562
6 3
A13/ A14/ ! B20/ B21/ 13/ 11/

880 880 604 604 563 563
D954
D911
D912
D899
D955
D814
A12/ A8/ A6/ A3/ C3/ C1/ B11/ B12/ 5/ 7/ 12/ 14/
880 880 880 880 879 879 295 295 563 563 563 563
C
3731
3732
3732
3731
3700X
3701X
3700G
3701G
3700A
3701A
391
391
390
390
868
868
914
914
4 5 4 3 4 3 10 11
3731
3732
3732
3731
3700X
3701X
3700G
3701G
869
869
869
869
692
692
3565
3566
10 11 4 5 3700F 9 12
3701F
1426261/13
A021
16 15
3700X
3701X
3700E
3701E
3700A
3701A
D900
C15/ C14/ C2/ C1/ D19/ D17/ A8/ A4/
594 594 594 594 595 595 598 598
B525
EL001209
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-27
10
10
2-28
G535
Electrical system
D1 D2 F1 F2 B1 B2
3700J
3701J
3700L
3701L
3700M
3701M
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
A1/ A3/ 49/ 22/ 12/ 9/

612 612 622 622 884 884
D880
D902
D969
B3/ B6/ B4/ B1/ 3/ 6/
613 613 613 613 922 922
C
3558
3559
3620
3619
921
921
2 3
3558
3559
3754
3753
! !
3771
873
873
608
608
11 12 5 4
3770
3558
3559
1426261/13
A004
A098
A097
7 6 10 11 7 8 8 7
3620
3619
A3 A4
D879
EL001290
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
10
 200340 2-29
10
1 MAIN SWITCH 1000
1009
2-30
MAIN SWITCH FOR VLG/ADR
1 1
Basic code
number Description
E153
E286
A500 Batteries 2 1008 2
B525 Modular tachograph, 1
Electrical system
4176 1167
MTCO
E330
C853 Cab main switch
C853 G367 2
0 1 86 88
D826 Electronic unit for VLG
G367
current limiter B A 7 1 88A

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
85B 85A
D924 Electronic unit for main
switch
4177
4174
4175
3173
E117 Fuse, search light
E153 Fuse, main switch for +
3 4 0 1 -
A1
A3
A4
timer/engine stop/main D826
A500
C854
D924
A7
A2 A5
C4 C1
C5 C2
switch power supply 1 2 +
2 -
E286 Main fuse
4178
4179
E330 Fuse, ‘sens’ wire main 2
switch G757
M
9303
1123
2630
G367 Main switch relay, power
9050
supply
G757 Through-connection for
main switch, wire 4179 B525 B525 E117 G015 G426
to G015 and G426 A5 A1 2 86 86
G015 Relay, contact E501753
G426 Relay, contact
Relay, main switch power supply

Relay G367 is a bi-stable relay. If one of the
two coils is briefly energised, the relay will
remain in this position. If the other coil is
energised, the relay will switch over and then
remain in the new position.
XF95 series
5
 200340
Electrically closing the main switch Electrically opening the main switch Connection point A5 is connected to the 5
The main switch (D924) can be closed: The main switch (D924) can be opened: positive pole via wire 3173 and fuse E330
- Electrically in the cab using switch C853 - Electrically in the cab using switch C853 after connection point 88 of relay G367. This
- Electrically on the chassis using - Electrically on the chassis using connection transmits a signal to the ECU to
 200340
switch C854 switch C854 indicate that relay G367 has switched.
XF95 series
ATTENTION: Switches C853 and ATTENTION: Switches C853 and Note:

C854 are connected in series. C854 are connected in series. When one of the switches (C853 or C854)
When C853 or C854 is switched When C853 or C854 is switched that activate the electronic unit (close main
on, the other switch must be in on, the other switch must be in switch) is operated, relay G367 is activated
the ‘main switch on’ position. the ‘main switch on’ position. after approximately 3 seconds. If one of the
switches is operated again within the 3
When C853 or C854 is operated, the C1 and seconds, the main switch electronic unit
When C853 or C854 is operated, the C1 and (D924) will select the priority ‘main switch
C2 connections are connected to the C4 and C2 connections are disconnected from the C4
and C5 connections through wire 4176, ON’.
C5 connections through wire 4176, contacts
5-7 of switch C853, wire 4177, contacts 1-2 of contacts 5-7 of switch C853, wire 4177,
MECHANICAL MAIN SWITCH
switch C854 and wire 4178. contacts 1-2 of switch C854 and wire 4178.
Relay G367 is immediately energised through Two actions are carried out immediately after When C694 (mechanical main switch) is
wire 4174 and connection point A3 (A3 is switch C853 is opened: operated, connections B and G are
connected to earth in the unit for 0.5 1 Connection point A7 is disconnected from connected. The earth of the batteries is now
seconds). This connects point 88a to 88 of earth (A2) in the unit. connected to the chassis. The earth
relay G367. The positive pole of the batteries If the engine is running, it is switched off. connection of B525 (modular tachograph,
is now connected to the vehicle’s power 2 After a delay of approx. 6 seconds, relay MTCO) is independent of the position of the
supply. G367 is connected to earth in the unit for main switch.
Immediately after switch C853 closes, approx. 0.5 seconds via wire 4175 and
connection point A7 is internally connected to connection point A4. This breaks the
earth. connection between points 88a and 88 of
relay G367. The batteries are now
Connection point A5 is connected to the disconnected from the vehicle’s power
positive pole via wire 3173 and fuse E330 supply.
after connection point 88 of relay G367. This
connection transmits a signal to the ECU to
indicate that relay G367 has switched.
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-31
10
10
VARIANTS
2-32
Location
22 Conn. 696: Attach wire 4176 to
pin 5.
pin 6.
27 G757 DVB in wiring harness next
Electrical system
to PCB. When main switch is

used, earth wire 4179 is
connected to pin 86 of relays
G015 and G426.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
pin 15.
pin 3.
pin 15.
XF95 series
5
 200340
2-33  200340
EL001210 1426261/13 1
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
4
1000 1000 1010

2
1
1010
E286
6
1000
1010
1008
A500
30
87
1009 G015
9
10A 5A
10
88A
88
1009 1008 3173 3173

A5
2
1
2
1
11
E153 E330
12
1167
85B
4174 4174
86
1167
13
4175
A3 A4
4175
14
85A
10
15
G367
16
1167
1167
17
1167 1167
A1
18
19
4176
C2
0 I
20
5
3
3
21
4176 4176 4176 4176 4176
D924
C1
C853 696 638 639

22
!
4177
4178
C4
23
0 l
24
4178 4178
C5
6
4
4
1
4177 4177 4177
25
C854
!
696 638 639
26
27
D929
5
7
1
2
2
86
28
9050 9050 4179 4179
A7
G015
G757 638 639
29
DVB
30
5
31
A2
639
32
33
34
35
8
1
15
3
1
9303 9303 9303 9001
A5/
598
36
!
639 638 692
37
D826
6
6
3
4
2
38
1167 1123 1123 1123 1127
A1/
598
639 638 692
39
B525
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
2-34
D929
1000
1000
1010
1010
Electrical system
1/416
1/417
1000
1010
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1010
87
G015
30
1000
1000
B525
1000
A5/
1
598
1
9001
125A
E286
2 !
692
15
1008
9307
B010
30
2
638
2
1008
9307
1426261/13
A500
B D+
9307
C694
G
EL001211
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
10
 200340 2-35
10
2 IGNITION/STARTER SWITCH/CHARGING CIRCUIT
2-36
CONTACT CIRCUIT When the alarm has been switched off and measures the voltage on connection point 30
If accessories/ignition/starter switch C539 is the door has opened, the start interrupter will of the starter motor. If the voltage on
turned (contact 1 is connected to pin 6), the be deactivated for 60 seconds. If the engine is connection point 30 drops, the voltage is
‘radio accessories power supply relay’ (G377) not started within this time, the start immediately corrected by the control IC. The
will be energised. interrupter is reactivated. If the alarm is alternator will increase the voltage until a
A voltage is now applied to contact 1 of relay switched off and the doors are not opened, value of 28.5V is reached again.
Electrical system
G377 through fuse E037, wire 1100, contacts the start interrupter remains deactivated for 9
1-6 of switch C539, wire 1130. When G377 is minutes. VARIANTS
energised, a connection is made between
contacts 3 and 5 of relay G377 and voltage is CHARGING CIRCUIT Location
switched from the converter to the radio. If the contact is activated, there is voltage on 15 DVB in wiring harness next to PCB
connection 15 of the alternator. 42 Conn. 574: If no alarm: pins 14
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
STARTING CIRCUIT An internal resistor in the alternator is and 16 connected through

If the ignition switch (C539) is turned (contact energised by an IC in the carbon brush holder. 45 If no AS Tronic: 30, G303
1 is connected to 4), the contact relay (G015) This resistor ensures that a low level of connected to wire 4004
will be activated via wire 4001. current passes through the energising 49 G185 and E599 on AS Tronic
If the ignition switch is turned to the ‘start’ resistor. This excites a magnetic field in the
position, a contact is made in this switch alternator.
between contacts 1 and 2. The power is now
supplied from the batteries through fuse E037, After starting, the voltage on terminals B+ and
the connection 1-2 from the ignition/starter 15 will rise to about 28.5V. Once this voltage
switch and wire 4004 on connection point A3 is reached, the IC in the regulator interrupts
of the alarm system. the pre-exciter coil to enable the voltage to be
When the alarm system has been switched off controlled. The magnetic field will now
using the remote control, or by activating the disappear, so that the generator will not be
contact (the immobiliser switches the alarm off energised for a short period of time. As a
via CAN), wire 4004 of connection point A3 is result, the voltage on outputs B+ and 15 will
connected to wire 4004 of connection drop.
point A1. The regulator reactivates when the voltage
Relay G185 fitted on AS Tronic. When the drops below 27.6V. This means that the
contact is switched on and the gearbox is in voltage supplied by the generator remains
neutral, relay G185 will be energised. relatively constant. The batteries are supplied
The voltage is now applied to connection point through the B+ generator output.
50 of the starter motor, through wire 4004, The alternator charging current warning in the
contacts 30-87 of relay G185, contacts DIP is activated through wire 1020, which is
30-87A of relay G303, causing the starter connected to connection point D29 of the VIC
motor to turn. (D900). The VIC controls the DIP via the
As soon as the motor turns, the VIC applies a CAN network. The voltage on wire 1020 is
voltage to connection point C42. The voltage switched by the control IC.
is then applied to connection point 85 of relay
G303 via wire 3157. This relay is energised, The alternator is also equipped with a
‘sens’ line. This connection continuously
XF95 series
breaking the starting circuit.

5
 200340
2-37  200340
EL001212 1426261/13 2
1
2
A500
3
4
1008
B010 1/416
1000
1
4002
1000
50
913
7
1000
4002
125A 1/417
1008 1000 1000 1010
2
1
9
1010
E286
30
5
1
1008
10
G014
1008
11
1000
1010
12
G525
31
5A
1008
13
E279
30
87
14
6/403
10
15
9999 9050 9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
16
G015
DVB
85
7/403
17
9050
4001
86 87A
18
1008
3084
8/403
G
19
1234
B
87
30
B+
1100
20
21 G426
3084 12/403
1234
3
S /4
22
1234
10A
20
10/403
23
1380 1380 1380 1380 1380
L /2
913 E350
24
15 /3
A513
4/403
25
1100
4001
2/222
26
4004
1020
4/222 1/222 15/402 15A
27
1100 1100
6/222
D929
E037
28
4004
C539
29
3/403
36
A4
1108
1130
D895
914
30
20
1108
19/403
31
1130
1020
4004
32
1130
2
1
21/403
33
4
34
1/403
36
A7
35
1363
5
3
B365
36
G377
37
86
1020 3157 3157 3157
38
595
594
D29/
C42/
85 87A
39
4002
4186
40
D900
87
30
4004
41
G303
42
574
14
43
4004
A3/
603
44
1
626
!
!
16
30
87
45
4004 4004 4186
A1/
603
46
574
637
D911
12
87A
47
48
5
6
2
2
1
33/403
4690 4690 4690 1211 1211
49
86
85
650 E599 390 869
G185
50
10A
!
16/401
!
1211
51
E035
52
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
3 MTCO TACHOGRAPH
2-38
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
19 Connector 699: on AS Tronic

For manual gearbox,
connector 626
37 Connector 861:
For ECAS-2 (4x2): conn. 860,
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
For ECAS-3 (6x2): conn. 861

For EMAS: conn. 862
44 XC cab: conn. 190
XL/XH cab: conn. 291
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000
1000
1010
1010
XF95 series
4001 1100
85 30
15A
10A
E037
E023
G426
86 87A 87
1127
1/416
1/417
6/403
7/403
8/403
4/403
D911
15/402
31/402
C539 A2
4 44
2
1000
1010
4001
9050
1234
1100
1100
1127
D899
4001
1
1010 6
87 85
1234
1127
G015
692
692
30 86 5 3
1000
1234
1127
B525
A3/ A1/
1000
9050
598 598
3
DVB
A6/ A5/ B4/ B2/ B3/ B1/ A8/ A4/ B7/ B6/ D8/ A2/
598 598 599 599 599 599 598 598 599 599 923 598
1000
9050
9025
9001
3018
3020
3019
3021
3514
3502
3225
2630
3700A
3701A
2630
! !
125A
E286
692
692
692
692
692
692
692
692
692
692
190
291
693
16 15 7 8 10 11 9 12 14 13 19 5 9
2
3502
3225
3018
3020
3019
3021
3514
2630
9025
3502
1008
! !
9050 9001
699
699
699
699
914
861
883
883
694
B010 4 7 5 8 12 8 5 4 1
1426261/13
30
2
3018
3020
3019
3021
3514
3502
2630
2630
3502
3225
3225
3700A
3701A
4 2 3 1
12/ 14/ B29/ D802 C813 E117
22 7 A27
N 563 563 295 34B 20 20
A098
D899
D814
2 9
F533
9999
EL001213
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-39
10
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
IMMOBILISER
INFORMATION
4
2-40  200340
5
D929
 200340
1000
1000
1010
1010
XF95 series
4001 1100 1234
85 30
15A
10A
E037
E350
G426
86 87A 87
1/416
1/417
6/403
7/403
8/403
4/403
15/402
12/403
10/403
C539
G535
1000
1010
4001
9050
1234
1100
1100
1234
1380
4
2
1234
4001
1010
C1 C2
1380
87 85 1380
913
3700C
3701C
20
G015
30 86
1380
562
1000 1
D912
A513
15
A
1000
9050
4
DVB
2 3 6
1000
9050
562
562
562
1 3700C
3701C
125A
E286
2
9126
3701B
3700B
1008
1426261/13
B010
30
2 13/ 11/
563 563
9050
9126
D899
9126
9999
EL001214
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-41
10
10
5 PRE-GLOWING
2-42
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
37 If no pre-glowing system is fitted,

the wires are NOT present.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000
1000
1010
1010
XF95 series
1100 1234
4001
85 30
15A
10A
E037
E350
G426
86 87A 87
1/416
1/417
4/403
6/403
7/403
8/403
15/402
12/403
10/403
1000
1010
4001
9050
1100
1100
1234
1234
1380
C539
4
2
4001
1010
1380
87 85
1000
D814
G015
30 86 B10/ B1/ B2/
295 295 295
1000
1000
4013
5
9050
1000
G303
87
2 1
DVB
1008
4013
125A
E286
4002
1380
2
9050
1 85
1
E279 2
913
913
1 20
3084 !
G014
5A
2 86
4002
1008
1008
1008
4014
1426261/13
3084
1380
1008 1008 1008 1
4014
1248
B+ S /4 15 /3
D900
5A
50 30 D29/ C8/
E112
3 595 594
M 2
G 1
A500
B010
A513
1248
1020
4019
4019
B341
B L /2
31 2 E184
2
914
913
20 17 11
1020 4019
9999
G525
EL001215
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-43
10
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
INFORMATION
DIP-4
6
2-44  200340
5
D929
 200340
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
10A
E023
1127
D911 G535
31/402
A2
44
1127
D899 C1 C2
n P
3700C
3701C
µP
1/ 12/ 14/ 2/ 3/ 5/ 7/ 11/ 13/
1127
563 563 563 563 563 563 563 563 563
6
1127
9126
4733
3565
3566
3700A
3701A
3700B
3701B
3700C
3701C
692
692
692
3 9 12
1127
3700A
3701A
562
562
6 3
A1/ A8/ A4/ D19/ D17/

598 598 598 595 595
B525
A021
D900
D912
12
1426261/13
9126
9999
EL001216
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-45
10
10
7 DIRECTION INDICATORS AND WARNING LIGHTS
2-46
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
10, 15, 29, 31, 37 On FA: conn. 873

29, 31, 34 Connector 877: only if
buffer beam is present.
15 A000 = 7-pin model
A058 = 15-pin model
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
10A
15A
E035
E108
33/403
16/401
32/402
1211
1211
1114
1114
2029
D900
697
3
6 5
0 I
1114
C765
D38/ D39/ A7/ A8/ E8/ E9/ E4/ E7/ D23/

595 595 592 592 596 596 596 596 595 2 7 1 A B
2003
2630
2036
2029
1211
2008
2009
2007
2006
2037
2036
2003
2007 2006 D911 4 5
A8 2003 2003
44
915
915
866
695
1 2 4 1 574 697
7
6
2001
2002
2008
2009
2006
2036 2036
! ! 697
873
873
288
867
284
916
916
2007
3 4 2 8 1 5 4
697
21
2007
2006
2006
2008
2009
2037
2036
6/566
7/566
! !
1 1 1 1
873
873
2 1
L
C016
A000
2037
2036
C832
C017
C015
C014
2630
R 3 5
2 2 2 2 ! !
!
877
877
2 1
697
11
13/566
2037
2036
1426261/13
2630
1 1
1211
1211
866
288
867
284
1211 9 12 21 12
C019
C018
C832 2 2
2630
A4
40 !
18 8
! E117
2
695 877 20
873
EL001217
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-47
10
10
8 VIC
2-48
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
142 Connector 580: superstructure

201 Connector 584 for EBS conn. 584;
for ABS, conn. 585
216, AS Tronic situation.
219
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Manual gearbox D900-G535

XF95 series
5
 200340
2-49  200340
EL001218 1426261/13 8
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1008 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9999 9050 9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
4001
9127
11
2
4
12
C539
32/401
13
I020
5131
14
6
12
34/401
10
15
5131 5131 5131 5131 5131

546 626
16
5131
593
17
B21/
85
7/403
18
1
2
9050
E595 5131
86 87A
594
19
C11/
4987
8/403
20
1234
2
1
87
30
1
1100
15
21
3492
593
D758
B16/
G426
4/403
B293
22
1100
1234
23
9127 9127 15A
A5/
592
15/402
24
1100
E037
25
9127
E5/
596
27/402
26
1000 1000
1000
27
1
3
24/402
D929
3208 3208 3208 1000

593
2
1
B13/
28
F120 546 626
1000
26/402 15A
29
1198 1198
E3/
596
4
10
E277
30
4030 4030 4030
593
2
1
B19/
546 626 25/402 15A
31
1199 1199
A9/
592
8
E280
546
B079
32
12/403
33
1234
D900
3
9
2
1
1234
34
3438 3438 3438
593
B20/
546 626 10/403 10A

F118
35
1380 1380
E1/
596
626
E350
36
18
9
2
1
37
3518 3518
594
C30/
695 695 32/402 15A
38
F047 1114 1114
A2/
592
E108
39
10
2
1
40
3524 3524
594
C31/
695
41
F048
42
8
3
1
43
3022 3022
595
D15/
914
44
F656
45
P
46
12
47
3014 3014
593
2
1
B15/
F011 913
48
49
50
13
51
3408 3408
594
2
1
C34/
F006 916
52
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
2-50
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
D900
D13/ D3/ D2/ D12/ B17/ D14/ D4/ D21/ D16/ D11/ D31/ B1/ B7/ B10/ B9/ D26/ C33/ D19/ D17/
8
595 595 595 595 593 595 595 595 595 595 595 593 593 593 593 595 594 595 595
3636
3637
9005
3503
3406
4592
4593
3638
3640
3641
3639
3009
3010
3431
3432
3402
3427
3565
3566
695
695
916
916
586
176
176
11 12 1 16 9 12 13
F000
3402 2
3636
3637
9005
3503
3406
4592
4593
32
913
913
861
861
914
584
10 11 6 7 7 6
3638
3640
3639
3638
3641
3639
284
284
625
625
8 10 2 1
F107
A 5 9
636
636
636
636
636
636
4 2 3 7 5 6
3636
3637
9005
3503
31
1426261/13
C763
3638
3640
3639
3638
3641
3639
3009
3010
3431
3432
3402
3427
3565
3566
1 1 3
1 2
T 33/ 34/ B22/ A18/ 5/ 7/
F651
F608
340 340 295 612 563 563
2 2
P1 P2
U
D802
D814
D880
D899
3636 9005 U U
F673
F652
EL001219
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
D900
D24/ D25/ C22/ C23/ C24/ C25/ C26/ C49/ C13/ C36/ C47/ C42/ C5/ D34/ A4/ D28/ C9/
8
595 595 594 594 594 594 594 594 594 594 594 594 594 595 592 595 594
G303 G301
85 1
3417
3420
5160
9033
3642
3643
3644
2622
3647
3652
3733
3157
2114
2142
2610
3705
2155
2 14
B030
2
23 E004 G004
2 87
693
862
915
3157 13 9 5 10 6
3157
3647
2622
2114
2142
2610
3705
2155
2155
583
583
864
574
574
862
1 2 3 19 11 11
C149 D932 C071 C725
1 A13 1 1
878
878
878
878
878
878
9 10 6 7 8 5
17 29 23 23
3157
1426261/13
4
5160
9033
3642
3643
3644
2622
3647
3647
3652
3733
3157 2142
3417
3420
580
582
695
695
288
8 4 7 8
52/ 29/ 1 3 2 4 6 5 2/ B16/ A9/ A3/
622 622 600 604 603 871
3157
2114
2142
2142
D902
D905
D911
D932
D979 C000 C008 C009

A3 1 1 1
42 13 13 9
D904 !
EL001220
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-51
10
10
2-52
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
D900
D29/ C12/ D36/ D8/ C8/ C51/ D35/ D1/ C6/ C7/ C40/ D5/ C19/ C17/ C18/ D6/ D7/ C32/ C4/ C2/ C1/
8
595 594 595 595 594 594 595 595 594 594 594 595 594 594 594 595 595 594 594 594 594
1020
3150
3469
4659
4019
4602
2150
2600
2122
2630
2168
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3428
4047
3700E
3701E
914
585
397
913
176
20 1 21 9 17 7
588
588
588
588
588
588
584
5 6 7 8 9 10 7
1020
3150
3469
4659
4659
4019
4602
2150
2600
2122
2630
2168
A513 B378 B344 G257 C802 E112 G036 C727 E515 G003 E117 G005
L B2 4 86 3 2 86 3 2 85 2 85
2 39 28 21 21 5 15 13 17 13 20 9
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3428
4047
3700F
3701F
1426261/13
A068
A004
A021
5 6 7 8 9 10 5 9 15 16
EL001221
160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
D900
D954
C15/ C14/ A8/ A12/
8
594 594 880 880
! !
3700X
3701X
3701X
3700X
391
391
5 4
3700X
3701X
3701X
3700X
1426261/13
11
869
10
869
EL001222
213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-53
10
10
9 FA MARKING AND PARKING LIGHTS
2-54
Switching the lighting switch (C622) to the 1st
position (connection between contacts 2
and 1) energises the rear light/width marker
light relay (G000) through fuse E084, wire
1101, contacts 2-1 of switch C622 and
wire 2100.
Electrical system
A voltage is applied to the left and right lights

through the G000 relay contacts (30-87
respectively) and fuses E000 and E001.
Linked to fuse E000 are: C010, C012, C022,
C074, C156 and C158. There is also a
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
connection in connector A000 (pin 2) and

A098 (pin 14).
connection in connector A000 (pin 6).
VARIANTS
Location
25, 68 Connector 161: Only for
vehicle type XC
29, 34, 51 Connector 877: Only for
vehicle with buffer beam
45 A000: 7-pin model
A058: 15-pin model
XF95 series
5
 200340
2-55  200340
EL001223 1426261/13 9
1
2
1010
1000
0 I II
1/231 2/231 14/403 10A

1101 1101 1101
4
4/231 E084
C622
5
2100
2110
7/401
6
2110 2110 2110 2110

7
5
3
176
695
3
1
8
35
35
2110 2110 2110

B129
C764
24/401
D609
2100
9
10
D610
2154
28/401
13
11
2154
A14
C832
12
22/401
13
2100
14
85
5/401
10
15
M
86 87A
16
17
87
30
18
3
2102 2102 G000

14
19
883
20
2101
A098
2102
21
10A
18
12
2
2
2
1
33/400
22
2102 2102 2102 2102
695 284 C012 284 695 E000
23
2102
2102
2102
24
!
!
18
3
1
1
2
1
25
2102 2102 2102
692 161 C010 161 693
26
27
3
6
915
916
D929
28
2
1
2102
29
2102
C156
30
2
1
2
1
31
2102 2102
924 C158 924
32
2102
33
!
3
5
2
1
34
2102 2102 2102
C074 877 873
35
2102
36
37
C022
38
39
!
8
40
877
41
42
D
43
873
44
45
1
46
47
2
2102
48
6
49
2103
50
A000
51
52
2103
1010
1000
2101
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
2-56
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
2101
Electrical system
10A
E001
28/400
2103
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2103
4
2103 2103 2103 2103
915
873
916
693
6 7 2
2103
2103
2103
2103
925
1
2103
2103
2103
2103
9
2103
! !
877
288
161
4 3 2
2103
2103
2103
2103
2103
1 1 1 1 1
C023
C075
C159
C157
C013
C011
2 2 2 2 2
1426261/13
925
2
288
12
EL001224
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
10
 200340 2-57
10
10 FT MARKING AND PARKING LIGHTS
2-58
Switching the lighting switch (C622) to the 1st
position (connection between contacts 2
and 1) energises the rear light/width marker
light relay (G000) through fuse E084, wire
1101, contacts 2-1 of switch C622 and
wire 2100.
Electrical system
A voltage is applied to the left and right lights

through the G000 relay contacts (30-87
respectively) and fuses E000 and E001.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
connection in connector A000 (pin 2) and

A098 (pin 14).
connection in connector A000 (pin 6).
VARIANTS
Location
19, 51 Connector 161: Only for vehicle
type XC
XF95 series
5
 200340
2-59  200340
EL001225 1426261/13 10
1
2
1010
1000
0 I II
1/231 2/231 14/403 10A

1101 1101 1101
4
4/231 E084
C622
5
2100
2110
7/401
6
2110 2110 2110 2110

7
5
3
176
695
3
1
8
35
35
2110 2110 2110

B129
C764
24/401
D609
2100
9
10
D610
2154
28/401
13
11
2154
A14
C832
12
22/401
13
2100
14
85
5/401
10
15
M
86 87A
16
17
87
30
18
3
2102 2102 G000

14
19
883
20
2101
A098
2102
21
10A
18
12
2
2
2
1
33/400
22
2102 2102 2102 2102
695 284 C012 284 695 E000
23
2102
2102
2102
24
!
!
18
3
1
1
2
1
25
2102 2102 2102
3
915
692 161 C010 161 693
26
2102
27
D929
28
2
1
29
2102 2102
C156
30
2102
31
6
2
1
2102 2102 2102
32
C158 916
33
34
2
1
2102
35
C074
36
2
1
37
C154
38
39
40
41
1
42
2
43
2102
44
6
2103
45
46
A000
47
48
49
50
51
52
2103
1010
1000
2101
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
2-60
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
2101
Electrical system
10A
E001
28/400
2103
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2103
2103 2103 2103
693
2
2103
2103
2103
916
7
2103
2103
2103
10
!
288
161
3 2
2103
2103
2103
2103
2103
1 1 1 1 1 1
C155
C075
C159
C157
C013
C011
2 2 2 2 2 2
1426261/13
288
12
EL001226
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
10
 200340 2-61
10
11 UPEC
2-62
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
19 For manual gearbox: see stop

lights section diagram.
23 G469 on AS Tronic
116 Wire 6158 ends in lead-through
connector 575, pin 11.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000
1000
1010
1010
XF95 series
4001 1100 1248 1247

1248
85 30 3 1
15A
10A
15A
E037
E184
E118
G426
G469
86 87A 87 4 5 2
!
C539
4
1/416
1/417
6/403
7/403
8/403
4/403
2/400
1/400
3/400
2
15/402
21/400
11/403
13/403
18/402
9050
1234
1100
1100
4001
1000
1010
4001
4605
4602
1248
1248
1248
1247
1150
1150
1010 !
G036
86
914
87 85 15 19 30 85
15
1247 1247
914
G126
4605
1234
G015
30 86 87 86
914
18
1000 9050
1247 4954
1248
4605
1247
1247
4954
1000
9050
D814
B26/ B3/ B4/ B27/
295 295 295 295
DVB
913
19
11
B9/ B10/ B30/ A16/ A9/ A15/ B35/ B23/ B16/ B25/ B17/
1000
9050
295 295 295 294 294 294 295 295 295 295 295
1248
1
4087
4013
4161
4163
4162
4160
4678
4679
4677
4680
4166
125A
E286
2 G014
628
628
628
913
913
913
913
913
85 5 4 3 5 6 4 8 7
5
1008
1248
1248
1248
4161
4163
4162
4160
4678
4679
4677
4680
4166
B010
30 G014
2 86 1 2 3 5 B A C F D
1426261/13
5 1
9050
B192
B335
9107
2
4 F672 F672
4087
1248
A021
12
1234
9999
EL001227
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-63
10
10
2-64
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
1234
9029
2 3
Electrical system
10A
E035
G328
1 4 5
16/401
27/403
35/403
33/403
34/403
251
1211
1234
9029
1211
1211
4099
4051
4051
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
4109
4109
4109
4109
4109
4109
4110
4110
4110
4110
4110
4110
867
11
1 1 1 1 1 1
4051
E564
1211
1 2
B131
B132
B133
B134
B135
B136
2 2 2 2 2 2
914
914
13 14
1211
4051
4099
4109
4101
4102
4103
4110
4104
4105
4106
D814
251
2 B14/ B15/ A24/ A35/ A33/ A34/ A25/ A28/ A26/ A27/
295 295 294 294 294 294 294 294 294 294
1211
11
B21/ B5/ B20/ A14/ A2/ A13/ A1/ A11/ A6/ A22/ A5/ A17/ A12/ A23/ A21/ B1/ B2/
295 295 295 294 294 294 294 294 294 294 294 294 294 294 294 295 295
867
5
1211
1211
3039
3003
4684
3032
3033
3031
3030
3042
3043
3028
3029
3025
3023
3024
3026
1211
914
2
914
914
4 3
3032
3032
3031
3031
1211
4684
3039
3003
3003
3 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 4 3 2
407
407
1 2
1426261/13
D932 θ θ
588
588
588
2 4 3 D17 N N θ
29
1211
4684
U U U
9029
3039
3003
Bn Zt F558 F552 F565 F566 F649
E575
Bw
A068
2 4 3
407
6
1234
EL001228
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
10A
15A
E053
E091
18/403
18/400
1229
1240
1240
12/561
C831
D814
4/561
3/561
1/561
2/561
10/561
4693
4692
4691
3123
3124
11
B18/ A8/ B29/ B28/ B22/ B11/ B12/ B13/ B24/ B31/ B34/ B32/ B33/
295 294 295 295 295 295 295 295 295 295 295 295 295 913
913
913
914
914
15 14 13 5 6
4697
3124
3123
4691
4692
4693
4693
4692
4691
3123
3124
4093
4164
3514
6158
3402
3700G
3701G
628
914
913
914
914
913
914
2 12 3 7 10 11 16
!
4093
4164
3514
3402
3700G
3701G
3700F
B247 B248 F000
2 2 2
692
14
1426261/13
25 25 32 3701F
3514
3402
4697
1229
3700E
3701E
B7/ D26/ C2/ C1/
599 595 594 594
A021
16 15 5 1
B525
D900
EL001229
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-65
10
10
12 REVERSING LIGHTS
2-66
When contact has been made, power is
supplied to the operating switch of the
reversing lights (E592) via E016 and
wire 1217.
This switch is mounted in the gearbox. The
contacts are closed when the gearbox is set
Electrical system
to the reverse position. The voltage is then

applied to connection point 1 of G350
(reversing lights relay) through fuse E016,
wire 1217, contacts 1 and 2 of switch E592
and wire 5655. This relay is activated, closing
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
contacts 3 and 5. A voltage is then applied to

the reversing lights (C026 and C027),
reversing buzzer (B176) and to the drawn
vehicle connector (A001 or A070) through
wire 1217, contacts 3 and 5 of G350 and
wire 4591.
The above description applies to vehicle
type FA.
VARIANTS
Location
9 Conn. 626 for manual gearbox.
AS Tronic: conn. 699
19 Connector 873:
On FA: conn. 873
For vehicle type FT: conn. 874
27 A001: 7-pin model
A058: 15-pin model
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
1217
5655
1 3
10A
E016
G350
2 4 5
2/403
13/401
24/403
26/403
23/403
1217
1217
5655
4591
9
4591 4591
916
1217
!
4591
626
626
21 13
915
10
1217
5655
4591
!
873
9
4591
1217
12
546
5
1217
4591
4591
4591
4591
4591
1 1 1 1
E592
B176
A001
A070
C026
C027
3 1 4
2 2 2 2
!
1426261/13
5655
546
7
5655
!
873
D
EL001230
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-67
10
10
13 LIGHT SWITCH / FOG LAMPS / FA/FT DIMMED BEAM AND MAIN BEAM SWITCH
2-68
MARKING AND PARKING LIGHTS The voltage is also applied to connection point A connection is now made between contacts
85 of G001 through wire 2110. This relay is 30 and 87 and this applies a voltage to lights
FOR SECTION DIAGRAM AND activated. A voltage is now applied to dipped C002 and C003 through contacts 30-87, wire
EXPLANATION: SEE SECTION DIAGRAMS beam left (C000) and dipped beam right 2121, and fuses E006 and E007 and wires
9 AND 10 (C001) through contacts 30-87 of relay G001, 2122 and 2123 respectively. These lights
wire 2112 and fuses E004 and E005 and remain on as long as there is a ‘fixed’
LIGHTING SWITCH (C622)
Electrical system
wires 2114 and 2113 respectively. They will connection between contacts 8 and 9.
Position 1 (‘marker lighting’) now switch on.
The dipped beam does NOT go out while the
A voltage is applied to connection point 2 of Signalling light signalling light or main beam is in use.
the lighting switch, C622, through fuse E084, The voltage on connection point 85 of relay
wire 1101. If this switch is in the ‘town lights’ G001 is also on connection point 14 of stalk REAR FOG LAMPS (standard version)
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
position (connection between contacts 2 and switch C832 through diode D610, via wire To activate the rear fog lamps, the lighting
1), the voltage is transmitted to connection 2154. If this (spring-loaded) part of the switch switch, C622, must be in the dipped beam
point 85 of relay G000 (rear light/width marker is operated (connection between points 14 position (connection between contacts 2 and
light relay) through wire 2100. This relay is and 9), relay G002 is energised through wire 4). The voltage is then applied to D609
energised and contacts 30-87 will close. 2120. A connection is now made between through fuse E084, wire 1101, contacts 2-4 of
Through contacts 30-87 of relay G000, wire contacts 30 and 87 and this applies a voltage switch C622 and wire 2110. The voltage is
2101, a voltage is now applied to corner to lights C002 and C003 through contacts split after this diode. The voltage is applied to
marker lights, marker lights and rear lights 30-87, wire 2121, and fuses E006 and E007 connection point 85 of G000 through a PCB
through fuses E000 and E001 and wires 2102 and wires 2122 and 2123 respectively. These track. This switches on the corner marker
and 2103 respectively. lights remain on as long as there is a lights, marker lights and rear lights. The same
connection between contacts 14 and 9 of stalk voltage is also applied to connection point 5 of
switch C832. C773 through wire 2100. The VIC also
Position 2 (‘dipped beam’) receives a voltage on pin C5 of relay G001
If switch C622 is put in the 2nd position Main beam (dipped beam relay). The VIC receives a
(connection between contacts 2 and 4), the A voltage is applied to connection point 8 of voltage signal at pin D35 when the fog lamp
following takes place: stalk switch C832 through fuse E084 and wire switch (C773) is operated (connection
A voltage is applied to connection point 2 of 1101. If this part of the switch is operated between 5 and 1).
the lighting switch, C622, through fuse E084, (‘fixed’ connection between points 8 and 9), The VIC then activates the rear fog lamp relay
wire 1101. Through contacts 2-4 of C622 the relay G002 is energised through wire 2120. (G005) via pin C40 of the VIC, so that the rear
voltage is applied to connection point 85 of fog lamps come on. The VIC then switches on
G000 through wire 2110 and diode D609. The the “rear fog lamps” indicator on the
voltage is also applied to connection point 5 of instrument panel via the I-CAN.
C773 through wire 2100.
XF95 series
5
 200340
FRONT FOG LAMPS (optional) VARIANTS 5
To activate the front fog lamps, the lighting
Location
switch, C622, must be in the parking lights
position (connection between contacts 2 18 C773 is fitted as standard. If the
 200340
and 1). There is now a voltage on connection front fog lamps option is selected,
switches C773 and C727 should
XF95 series
point 85 of G000 (rear light/width marker light

relay). Turning the fog lamp switch (C727) to be swapped over.
position I (connection between contacts 2 85-95 FA vehicles
and 6) (front fog lamps) activates relay G004. 90 Connector 877 if the vehicle has
A voltage is now applied through fuse E009, a buffer beam.
wire 2141, contacts 30-87 of relay G004 and 96-106 FT vehicles
wire 2142. The left and right front fog lamps 94, 105 A001: 7-pin model
(C008 and C009 respectively) will come on A058: 15-pin model
now.
A voltage is also sent to the VIC via wire 2142
and pin D34. The VIC controls the DIP, which
ensures that the “front fog lamps” warning
indicator illuminates on the instrument panel.
The VIC receives a voltage signal at pin D35
through wire 2150 when the fog lamp switch
(C727) is turned to position 2 (connection
between contacts 2 and 3). The VIC also
receives a voltage on pin C5 of relay G001
(dipped beam).
The VIC then activates the rear fog lamp relay
(G005) via pin C40 of the VIC, so that the rear
fog lamps come on. The VIC then switches on
the “rear fog lamps” indicator on the
instrument panel via the I-CAN.
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-69
10
 200340 2-70
EL001231 1426261/13 13
1
2
1010
1000
14/566 28/401
2154 2154
4
D610
2110
9/566 8/566 14/403 10A

2120 1101 1101 1101
6
C832 E084
7
8
0 l ll
1101
2140
9
6
4
22/401
2100 2100 2100
2
10
176 D609
2150
11
2150
2100
3
2100
12
2100
C727
13
85
14
2100
86 87A
10
15
87
30
16
0 I II
1/231 2/231 G000

17
2100 1101
2110
4/231
18
C622
2101
10A
19
33/400
9
1
2110 2102
C010
20
E000
0
21
28/400 10A
9
1
2103
I
2110
7
C011
2100
22
E001
5
24/401
3
35
2150 2110 2110

C764
23
C773 176
24
2110
25
3
1
35
2110 2110 2110

B129
7/401
26
695
2110
27
85
D929
28
86 87A
2150
29
7
2150 2114
C5/
595
594
D35/
87
30
30
176
G001
31
D900
32
2114
2112
10A
33
4
4
2
1
2114 2114 2114 2114
16/403
34
C000 284 695 E004
35
10A
5
2
1
17/403
36
2113 2113 2113
C001 288 E005
37
38
5/402
2120
39
2120
40
85
41
2140 2140
86 87A
176
42
87
30
43
5
2
1
2122 2122
G002
44
C002 284
45
10A
2
1
28/402
2121
46
2123 2123 2123
5
C003 288 E007
47
695
30/402 10A
6
33
48
2122 2122 2122
C813
E006
49
22/402
50
2122
51
52
2122
2140
1010
1000
M
2122
53
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-71  200340
EL001232 1426261/13 13
54
M
55
1010
1000
2122
2122
2140
56
85
57
4/402
18
12
86 87A
58
6
6
2
1
21/402
695 284
59
2132 2132 2132

87
30
284 695
2131
C006
60
G003
61
2132
12
7
2
1
62
2132 2132
288 C007 288
63
9/403
64
65
2131
17/402 15A
66
E008
67
19/401
2140
10
68
2140
5/401
M
69
70
85
3/401
71
86 87A
72
7
7
2
1
2/401
2142 2142 2142 2142
87
30
73
284 695
2141
C008 2142
G004
74
8
2
1
4/401
75
2142 2142
C009 288
76
2141
10A
77
33/402
78
2122 E009
C6/
594
79
2142
80
D929
81
6/401
2168 2168
595 594
D34/ C40/
82
2168
83
D900
84
85
D
8
2
1
86
2152
!
873 877 C024
87
88
2
1
2152
89
C025 5
8
90
85
2152 ! 2152 2152
91
877 916
86 87A
92
7
5
24/400
7
2152 2152 2152 2152 2152
93
87
30
873 915
2151
G005
94
!
A001
95
10A
96
E010
2
1
97
2152
C024
98
99
2
1
2152
C025
8
2152 2152
1
916
5
24/400
7
2152 2152 2152 2152
!
915
!
A001
1010
1000
100 101 102 103 104 105 106

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
14 SWEDISH LIGHTING
2-72
Conditions: Engine running, switch C622 connection point 85 of relay G000 through energised. When relay G001 is energised, a
has NOT been operated. fuse E084, wire 1101, contacts 5 -3 of relay voltage is applied to both the left and right
G301 . When relay G000 is energised a dipped beam through contacts 30-87, wire
If the engine is running and switch C622 has voltage is applied through relay contacts 2112, fuses E004 and E005 and wires 2113
NOT been operated, relay G301 is activated 30-87 of relay G000, wire 2101, fuses E000 and 2114 respectively. A voltage is also
by a voltage from connection point C42 of and E001 and wire 2102 and wire 2103 applied to connection point C5 of the VIC via
Electrical system
D900 (VIC). A voltage is then applied to respectively. The corner marker lights, marker wire 2114.
connection point 85 of relay G001 (dipped lights and rear lights (on both the driver’s and
beam relay) through fuse E084, wire 1101, co-driver’s side) now come on. VARIANTS
contacts 5 - 3 of relay G301, wire 2100, There is also a voltage on connection point 1
contacts 3 - 4 of relay G302 and wire 2110. of relay G302 through fuse E084, wire 1101, Location
The same voltage is also applied to contacts 2-1 of switch C622, wire 2105. 43 Conn. 580: superstructure
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
connection point 85 of relay G000 (rear Relay G302 is energised, breaking connector (optional)
light/width marker light). Both relays are contacts 3-4. 12, Connector fitted for
energised. There is no longer a voltage on wire 2110 15, 24 Swedish lighting
When relay G000 is energised (connection and, as a result, relay G001 is no longer 20 Conn. 584: EBS
between contacts 30 and 87), a voltage is energised. Contacts 30-87 are broken and, as Conn. 585: ABS
applied to the left and right width marker lights a result, the driver’s and co-driver’s side
in the headlights through contacts 30-87 of headlights go out.
relay G000, PCB track 2101, fuses E000 and
E001 and wires 2102 and 2103. Conditions: Engine not running, switch
When relay G001 is energised (connection C622 in position: dipped beam (position 2).
between contacts 30 and 87), a voltage is
applied through contacts 30-87 of relay G001, When the engine is not running and switch
PCB track 2112, fuse E004 and fuse E005. C622 is in the dipped beam position (position
The voltage through wire 2114 is applied to 2) (connection between 2 and 4), the following
connection point 1 of C000 (left dipped beam) takes place:
through fuse E004. The voltage through Relay G301 is not energised, so there is no
wire 2113 is applied to connection point 1 of connection between contacts 5 and 3. The
C001 (right dipped beam) through fuse E005. voltage is now applied to wire 2110 through
A voltage is also applied to pin C5 of D900 fuse E084, wire 1101, contacts 2-4 of switch
(VIC) through wire 2114. C622, and to connection point 85 of relay
G000 through diode D609. When relay G000
Conditions: Engine running, switch C622 is energised a voltage is applied through relay
in position: marker lights (position 1). contacts 30-87 of relay G000, wire 2101,
fuses E000 and E001 and wire 2102 and wire
When the engine is running and switch C622 2103 respectively. The corner marker lights,
is in the ‘marker lights’ position (connection marker lights and rear lights (on both the
between 2 and 1), the following occurs: driver’s and co-driver’s side) now come on.
Relay G301 is energised, making a Because there is a voltage on connection
connection between contacts 5 and 3. The point 85 of relay G001 through contacts 2-4 of
voltage is now applied to wire 2100 and to switch C622, wire 2110, this relay is
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
2110 2110 2112

2100 2101
85 30 85 30
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
E084
E000
E001
E004
E005
D609
G000
G001
86 87A 87 86 87A 87
M M
7/401
3/401
5/401
14/403
22/401
33/400
28/400
24/401
16/403
17/403
1101
2100
2100
2102
2103
2110
2114
2114
2113
2110
C727 C010 C011 C5/
2 1 1
1101 13 9 9 594
! !
695
D900
529
529
1 2
C42/
594
2114
2113
1101
1101
1101
2100
2110
3157
!
284
288
20 4 5
3157 3157 3157
584
1101
2114
2113
2/231
14
1 1
0 I II
C000
C622
C001
2 2
1/231
4/231
2110
3157
! 3
2105 2110 2110 2110 2110 3157 !
529
176
695
582
580
5 3 8 4
284
12
2110
2110
3157
3157
1101
2105
2105
2110
C764 B129 D901
5 1 10
1426261/13
1 5 4 1 5 4 35 35 42
695
288
18 12
G301
G302
2 3 2 3
2100
2100
2100
EL001233
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-73
10
10
18 STOP LIGHTS/CAB TILTING GEAR
2-74
STOP LIGHTS CAB TILTING GEAR VARIANTS
When the brake pedal is pressed, the stop A voltage is applied to connection point 1 of
light operating switch (E511) is activated the cab locking sensor (F616) through fuse Location
(connection between contacts 1 and 2) and E018 and wire 1114. A voltage is also applied 9 On FA: conn. 873
relay G036 will be energised. Voltage is now to connection point 1 of G297 (cab air 9 Wire 4605 for manual gearbox
applied to connection point 85 of relay G036 suspension relay). 17 A000: 7-pin model
Electrical system
through fuse E013, PCB track 1209. The When the sensor is activated, wire 3412 is A058: 15-pin model.
earth is formed through wire 4602 and switched to earth, thereby also switching 30 E511 not fitted for EBS.
contacts 1-2 of switch E511. The relay is connection point 2 of G297 and connection
activated. A voltage is now applied to stop point B16 (through wire 3412 and diode D758)
lights left (C020) and right (C021) through in sensor F616 to earth. Relay G297 will be
fuse E013, PCB track 1209, contacts 30-87 of energised, causing voltage to be applied to
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
relay G036 and wire 4601. A voltage is also connection point 1 of valve B294 (cab air
applied to connection point 4 of the drawn suspension valve, switching off height control,
vehicle plug socket (A000) and to connection front) through contacts 3-5 of relay G297, wire
point C51 of the VIC (D900), connection point 4589.
13 of the FMS connector (A098) and
connection point 3 of the superstructure The VIC now sends a message to the DIP,
application connector (A070). The stop lights which then activates the “cab tilted” warning
will now light up. A voltage is also applied to lamp.
connection point 1 of valve B294 (cab air
suspension valve, switching off height control,
front) through diode D759 and wire 4589.
When relay G036 is energised, the connection
30-87a is broken. The voltage on D814
(UPEC electronic unit) is lost.
XF95 series
5
 200340
2-75  200340
EL001234 1426261/13 15
1
2
1010
1000
7/402 10A
3
1209
15
4605 4605 E013

4
295
B26/
914
5
6/402
1209
D814 1209
6
1209
7
2
1
86
85
20/401
4601 4602
8
C021
87A
9/402
9
!
4605
!
!
10
D
2
1
10
4601 4601
87
30
873 C020 873 8/402

11
4601 G036
12
4601
13
1
14
11
10
915
15
4
4601
16
!
17
A000
4601
18
4601
19
6
20
4601 4601 4601 4601
13
26/401
883 D759
4589
21
22
A098 4589
4601
13/402
23
24
12
4601 4601
25
916
26
A070
D929
27
27
B5
4602
P
F628
28
4602
29
4602 4602
2
1
E511
30
31
4602
32
4602
594
C51/
33
34
3492 3492
593
B16/
18
25/401
35
3492
695
3412
36
D900 29/401
D758
37
4589
38
18
9
13
4589 4589 4589 4589
2
1
31/403
39
284 284 695
40
4
B294
3
41
5
42
3412
4
18
2
1
43
3412 3412 3412
2
30/403
916
44
1114
1
G297
F616
45
1114
3412
1114
46
28/403
47
3
3
3412
48
1114
580 1114
22/403
49
A027
15A
50
21
1114 1114 1114
32/402
51
916 E018
52
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
16 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
2-76
When the contact is switched on (supply
voltage at 1010), a voltage is applied to the
cross-axle differential lock operating switch
(C748) and the longitudinal controlled slip
differential operating switch (C749) through
fuse E016 and wire 1217.
Electrical system
When switch C748 is activated (connection

between connection points 5 and 1), a voltage
is applied to the cross-axle differential lock
operating valve (B243) through wire 4517. As
a result, the valve is activated.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
When switch C749 is activated (connection

between connection points 5 and 1), a voltage
is applied to the longitudinal controlled slip
differential operating valve (B244) through
wire 4518. As a result, the valve is activated.
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
10A
E016
13/401
1217
G350
3
12
878
2
1217
1217
1217
1217
1217
5 5
0 I 0 I
C748
C749
16
7 1 7 1
4517
4518
878
878
11 12
4517
4518
916
916
14 15
4517
4518
1426261/13
1 1
B243
B244
2 2
EL001235
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-77
10
10
17 XL/XH CAB INTERIOR LIGHTING
2-78
CAB STEPWELL LIGHTING/INTERIOR CAB STEPWELL LIGHTING/INTERIOR INTERIOR LIGHT WITH MAP-READING
LIGHTING DOOR SWITCH, DRIVER’S SIDE LIGHTING DOOR SWITCH, CO-DRIVER’S LIGHT (DRIVER’S SIDE AND CO-DRIVER’S
SIDE SIDE)
If the door on the driver’s side is opened, door
switch E514 is activated (connection between If the door on the co-driver’s side is opened, In the cab, against the roof console on the
1 and 2). As a result, there is a voltage on cab door switch E515 is activated (connection driver’s side, there is a single map-reading
Electrical system
stepwell lighting, driver’s side (C062), and cab between 1 and 2). As a result, there is a light. In the central part of the roof console
stepwell lighting, co-driver’s side (C063), voltage on cab stepwell lighting, driver’s side there is a combined interior light and
through fuse E028 (interior lighting fuse), wire (C062), and cab stepwell lighting, co-driver’s map-reading light.
1107, contacts 1-2 of door switch E514, wire side (C063), through fuse E028 (interior The map-reading light operates in the same
2647, diode D783 (driver’s side interior lighting fuse), wire 1107, contacts 1-2 of door way on the driver’s side and in the central
lighting diode) and wire 2600. This activates switch E515, wire 2600. This activates the cab part.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
the cab stepwell lighting on both the driver’s stepwell lighting on both the driver’s side and A voltage is applied to connection point 1 of
side and the co-driver’s side. the co-driver’s side. C046 and C047 through fuse E028 and wire
The VIC (D900) also receives a voltage on The VIC (D900) also receives a voltage on 1107 respectively. Depending on the switch
connection point D1. The VIC activates the connection point D1. The VIC activates the position, the interior light or the map-reading
interior lighting (C148, C149) through interior lighting (C148, C149) through light is now switched on individually or
connection point A4 of the VIC. connection point A4 of the VIC. together.
When the door on the co-driver’s side is
When the door on the driver’s side is closed closed (contacts 1-2 of E515 interrupted), the
(contacts 1-2 of E514 interrupted), the voltage voltage to connection point D1 of the VIC is
to connection point D1 of the VIC is lost. From lost. From this moment, voltage will continue
this moment, voltage will continue to be to be supplied to connection point A4 of the
supplied to connection point A4 of the VIC for VIC for approximately another 9 seconds.
approximately another 9 seconds. After After approximately 9 seconds, the supply
approximately 9 seconds, the supply voltage voltage is switched off and the interior lighting
is switched off and the interior lighting (C148, (C148, C149) goes out. If the vehicle contact
C149) goes out. If the vehicle contact is is activated within 9 seconds, the supply
activated within 9 seconds, the supply voltage voltage of connection point A4 of the VIC will
of connection point A4 of the VIC will be be switched off immediately. The lighting will
switched off immediately. The lighting will be be switched off immediately.
switched off immediately. If the alarm system sends a signal to the VIC
If the alarm system sends a signal to the VIC to indicate that the doors have locked
to indicate that the doors have locked correctly, the lighting will also go off
correctly, the lighting will also go off immediately.
immediately.
XF95 series
5
 200340
INTERIOR LIGHTS TWO-WAY SWITCHING TOOL COMPARTMENT LIGHTING PL LIGHTING 5
(co-driver’s side)
Conditions: When C129 (interior lighting with switch) is
Switches C859 and C733: contact 5 When the tool compartment is opened, the operated, there is a voltage through fuse
 200340
connected through to 7. tool compartment light switch, co-driver’s side E028 (interior lighting fuse), wire 1107,
(E529), is activated (connection between 1 contacts 1-2 of lighting switch C129. This
XF95 series
A voltage is applied to C148 and C149 and 2). As a result, there is also a voltage on switches the light on. The light works
through fuse E028, wire 1107, contacts 5-7 of C068 through fuse E028 (interior lighting independently of the contact.
C733, wire 2644, contacts 7-5 of C859 fuse), wire 1107, contacts 1-2 of E529 and
through diode D710 and wire 2610. The wire 2616. This switches on the tool VARIANTS
lamps will now switch on. compartment light. The tool compartment light
works independently of the contact. Location
Interrupting the voltage with switch C859 will 7 Wire 1107 if no alarm system fitted
disconnect wires 2644 and 1107 from wire BUNK LIGHT (top)
2632. The lamps will then go off.
When a connection is made between wires The bunk light C115 is switched on by a
1107, 2645 and, through contacts 1-5, wire switch in the light fitting. The bunk light works
2632, using switch C733, the lights will go on independently of the contact. Voltage is
again. applied to connection point 1 of C115 through
fuse E028 and wire 1107. When the switch is
The two-way switching of switches C731 and operated (connection between contacts 1 and
C897 works according to the same principle 2), connection point 2 is connected to earth.
as the switching above. The lamp will now switch on.
TOOL COMPARTMENT LIGHTING (driver’s INTERIOR NIGHTLIGHT
side)
When switch C735 (interior nightlight switch)
When the tool compartment is opened, the is operated (connection between 5 and 1), a
tool compartment light switch, driver’s side voltage is applied to C148 through fuse E028
(E528), is activated (connection between 1 (interior lighting fuse), wire 1107, contacts 5 -1
and 2). As a result, there is also a voltage on of C735 and wire 2617. This switches the
C067 through fuse E028 (interior lighting nightlight on. The nightlight works
fuse), wire 1107, contacts 1-2 of E528 and independently of the contact.
wire 2608. This switches on the tool
compartment light. The tool compartment light
works independently of the contact.
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-79
10
 200340 2-80
EL001236 1426261/13 17
1
2
1010
1000
9
2
2
1
2608
1
866 1107 1107

4
C067
1
E528
5
866
6
2
!
1107
15A
15
9
15/403
7
1107 1107 1107 1107

E515
8
574 574 E028

9
1107
2
1
10
2
1107
1107
697
E514
11
2600
2647
31/401
12
2647
D783
2600
13
1107
14
10
2600 2600 2600
D1/
595
15
33/401
16
D900 2600
17
3
1
2
1
18
2600 2600
143 C063 143
19
20
21
2600
18
3
1
8
2
1
22
2600 2600
695 144 144 695
23
C062
24
1107
25
21
2
2
1
2616
26
2
867 C068 1107 1107 1107
27
E529 867
D929
28
1107
18
1
29
692
692
30
31
1107
2
1
32
1107 1107
291
33
C115
34
1107
1107
7
2
35
2
1
1107 1107
36
291 C046 291
37
38
1107
39
40
2
1
1107
41
C047
42
2
1
2605
1107
1107
43
C064
44
2
2
1
2605
45
E525
46
47
2
2
1
1107
2607
48
C066
E527
49
1
50
1107
51
2
1107
52
1107
1107
C151
1010
1000
53
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-81  200340
EL001237 1426261/13 17
54
55
1010
1000
1107
1107
56
2
1
1107
57
C129
58
0 I
8
9
3
2
5
59
2617 2617 2617 2617 1107

1
693 697
60
C148 C735
1107
1107
61
2610
62
63
3
1
2632
64
C149
65
2
2610
66
67
2632
2610
10
68
5
9
10
2
1
2610 2610 2610 2610 2632

A4/
592
69
693 291 D710 291

70
2632
2610
71
D900
72
73
14
6
74
2632 2632 2632
867 693
75
76
9
12
2644 2644 2644
77
0 I
0 I
867 697
5
78
2632 1107
10
13
5
1
1
2645 2645 2645
79
C859 C733
867 697
80
D929
81
11
8
2
1
2610 2610 2633
82
291 D709 291
83
2633
84
15
7
2633 2633 2633
85
867 693
86
3
7
87
2611 2611 2611
0 I
0 I
88
867 697
5
2633 1107
4
8
5
1
1
89
C897 2612 2612 2612 C731
90
867 697
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
1010
1000
100 101 102 103 104 105 106

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
18 XC CAB INTERIOR LIGHTING
2-82
CAB STEPWELL LIGHTING/INTERIOR CAB STEPWELL LIGHTING/INTERIOR INTERIOR LIGHT WITH MAP-READING
LIGHTING DOOR SWITCH, DRIVER’S SIDE LIGHTING DOOR SWITCH, CO-DRIVER’S LIGHT (DRIVER’S SIDE AND CO-DRIVER’S
SIDE SIDE)
If the door on the driver’s side is opened,
driver’s side door switch E514 is activated If the door on the co-driver’s side is opened, There is a combined interior light and
(connection between 1 and 2). As a result, door switch E515 is activated (connection map-reading light on both sides of the cab
Electrical system
there is a voltage on cab stepwell lighting, between 1 and 2). against the roof. The lamps operate in the
driver’s side (C062), and cab stepwell lighting, As a result, there is a voltage on cab stepwell same way on the driver’s side and co-driver’s
co-driver’s side (C063), through fuse E028 lighting, driver’s side (C062), and cab stepwell side.
(interior lighting fuse), wire 1107, contacts 1-2 lighting, co-driver’s side (C063), through fuse A voltage is applied to connection point 1 of
of door switch E514, wire 2647, diode D783 E028 (interior lighting fuse), wire 1107, C046 and C047 through fuse E028 and wire
(driver’s side interior lighting diode) and wire contacts 1-2 of door switch E515, wire 2600. 1107 respectively. Depending on the switch
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2600. This activates the cab stepwell lighting This activates the cab stepwell lighting on position, the interior light or the map-reading
on both the driver’s side and the co-driver’s both the driver’s side and the co-driver’s side. light is now switched on.
side. The VIC also receives a voltage on
The VIC (D900) also receives a voltage on connection point D1. The VIC activates the
connection point D1. The VIC activates the interior lighting (C148, C149) through
interior lighting (C148, C149) through connection point A4 of the VIC.
connection point A4 of the VIC.
When the door on the co-driver’s side is
When the door on the driver’s side is closed closed (contacts 1-2 of E515 interrupted), the
(contacts 1-2 of door switch E514 interrupted), voltage to connection point D1 of the VIC is
the voltage to connection point D1 of the VIC lost. From this moment, voltage will continue
is lost. From this moment, voltage will to be supplied to connection point A4 of the
continue to be supplied to connection point A4 VIC for approximately another 9 seconds.
of the VIC for approximately another 9 After approximately 9 seconds, the supply
seconds. After approximately 9 seconds, the voltage is switched off and the interior lighting
supply voltage is switched off and the interior (C148, C149) goes out.
lighting (C148, C149) goes out. If the vehicle contact is activated within 9
If the vehicle contact is activated within 9 seconds, the supply voltage of connection
seconds, the supply voltage of connection point A4 of the VIC will be switched off
point A4 of the VIC will be switched off immediately. The lighting will be switched off
immediately. The lighting will be switched off immediately.
immediately. If the alarm system sends a signal to the VIC
If the alarm system sends a signal to the VIC to indicate that the doors have locked
to indicate that the doors have locked correctly, the lighting will also go off
correctly, the lighting will also go off immediately.
immediately.
XF95 series
5
 200340
INTERIOR LIGHTS TWO-WAY SWITCHING TOOL COMPARTMENT LIGHTING INTERIOR NIGHTLIGHT 5
(co-driver’s side)
Conditions: When switch C735 (interior nightlight switch )
Switches C859 and C733: contact 5 When the tool compartment is opened, the is operated (connection between 5 and 1), a
 200340
connected through to 7. tool compartment light switch, co-driver’s side voltage is applied to connection point 2 of
(E529), is activated (connection between 1 C130 and 2 of 139 (nightlight) through fuse
XF95 series
A voltage is applied to connection point 2 of and 2). As a result, there is also a voltage on E028 (interior lighting fuse), wire 1107,
C148 and C149 through fuse E028, wire C068 through fuse E028 (interior lighting contacts 5-1 of nightlight switch C735 and
1107, contacts 5-7 of C733, wire 2644, fuse), wire 1107, contacts 1-2 of E529 and wire 2617. This switches the nightlight on. The
contacts 7-5 of C859 through diode D710 and wire 2616. This switches on the tool nightlight works independently of the contact.
wire 2610. A voltage will also be applied to compartment light. The tool compartment light
connection point 1 of C149 and to connection works independently of the contact. PL LIGHTING
point 1 of C130 via wire 2632. The lamps will
BUNK LIGHT (bottom) When C129 (interior lighting with switch) is
now switch on.
operated, there is a voltage through fuse
Interrupting the voltage with switch C859 will The bunk light C110 is switched on by a E028 (interior lighting fuse), wire 1107,
disconnect wires 2644 and 1107 from wire switch in the light fitting. The bunk light works contacts 1-2 of lighting switch C129. This
2632. The lamps will then go off. independently of the contact. Voltage is switches the light on. The light works
When a connection is made between wires applied to connection point 1 of C110 through independently of the contact.
1107, 2645 and, through contacts 1-5, wire fuse E028 and wire 1107. Connection point 2
of C110 is connected to earth. When the VARIANTS
2632, using switch C733, the lights will go on
again. switch is operated (connection between
contacts 1 and 2), the lamp goes on. Location
The two-way switching of switches C731 and 7 Wire 1107 if no alarm system fitted
C897 works according to the same principle BUNK LIGHT (top)
as the switching above.
The bunk light C111 is switched on by a
TOOL COMPARTMENT LIGHTING switch in the light fitting. The bunk light works
(driver’s side) independently of the contact. Voltage is
applied to connection point 1 of C111 through
When the tool compartment is opened, the fuse E028 and wire 1107. Connection point 2
tool compartment light switch, driver’s side of C111 is connected to earth. When the
(E528), is activated (connection between 1 switch is operated (connection between
and 2). As a result, there is also a voltage on contacts 1 and 2), the lamp goes on.
C067 through fuse E028 (interior lighting
fuse), wire 1107, contacts 1-2 of E528 and
wire 2608. This switches on the tool
compartment light. The tool compartment light
works independently of the contact.
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-83
10
 200340 2-84
EL001238 1426261/13 18
1
2
1010
1000
9
2
2
1
2608
1
866 1107 1107

4
C067
1
E528
5
866
6
2
!
1107
15A
15
9
15/403
7
1107 1107 1107 1107

E515
8
574 574 E028

9
1107
2
2
10
1107
1107
697
2600
2647
E514
11
31/401
2647
12
D783
2600
1107
13
2600 2600 2600

D1/
595
14
33/401
10
15
D900 2600
16
3
1
2
1
17
2600 2600
143 C063 143
18
19
2600
20
18
3
1
8
2
1
21 2600 2600
695 144 C062 144 695
1107
22
23
21
2
2
1
2616
2
24
867 C068 1107 1107 1107
E529 867
25
18
1107
1107
26
692
2
1
1107
27
D929
C110
1
28
1107 1107
29
692
2
1
1107 1107
30
C111
31
32
1107
33
7
1
190
190
34
35
1107
2
1
1107 1107
36
C046
37
38
1107
1107
39
40
2
1
1107
41
C047
42
2
1
1107
43
2605
C064
44
2
2
1
2605
45
1
46
E525
47
2
2
1
1107
2607
48
1
C066
49
E527
50
1
1107
51
2
1107
52
1107
1107
1107
1010
1000
C151
53
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
5
D929
 200340
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
1107
1107 1107
1107
1107
1107
2633 2633
2632 2632
190
5 8
1107 0 I 5 5
190
10 0 I 0 I
1107
C735
C733
C731
7 1
2632
2633
7 1 7 1
1 1
2617
2632
2644
2645
2633
2611
2612
D710
D709
1 9 2 2
697
6 12 13 7 7 8
693
697
697
693
697
697
18
2610
E560
2617
2
2610
2632
2644
2645
2610
2633
2611
2612
693
9 14 867 9 10 15 3 4
867
867
867
867
867
190
2636
2617
2610
2632
2644
2645
2633
2611
2612
2610 7 1 7 1
C859
C897
1 0 I 0 I
2610
1107
2617
2633
2610
2632
2610
5 5
1426261/13
2632 2632
C150
5
693
2 1 2617 2633
2632
2633
2610
2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2
C129
A4/
C130
C139
C148
C149
592
2
3 3 3 3
D900
EL001239
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-85
10
10
19 MIRROR HEATING/MIRROR ADJUSTMENT
2-86
MIRROR HEATING VARIANTS
When the mirror heating switch (C746) is Location
operated, a voltage is applied to the mirror 7 If RHD, pin 2 is connected to wire
heater, B017 (driver’s side) and B018 1208 and pin 4 is connected to
(co-driver’s side), through fuse E044, wire earth.
Electrical system
1208, switch C746 (contacts 1-2) and 17 If RHD, pin 2 is connected to wire
wire 4532. 1208 and pin 4 is connected to
The mirror heating can only be switched on earth.
when the contact relay has been energised
(contact ‘on’).
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
MIRROR ADJUSTMENT
The outside mirrors are adjusted using two
so-called ‘joystick’ switches: C695 (driver’s
side) and C696 (co-driver’s side). If the
handle of the switch is moved from the rest
position (centre) in a particular direction,
power will be supplied to mirror adjustment
motor B005 (driver’s side) or B006 (co-driver’s
side) and the mirror in question will follow the
movement of the handle.
For this, wires 4770 and 4774 (driver’s side)
or 4771 and 4775 (co-driver’s side) supply
power to the motor for the left/right movement.
Wires 4772 and 4774 (driver’s side) or 4773
and 4775 (co-driver’s side) supply power to
the adjusting motor for the up and down
movement.
The mirror adjustment system can only be
used if the contact relay is energised.
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
10A
E044
26/400
1208
2
1208 1208
553
591
2
1208
1208 1208 C745
4
37 C743
4
1208
1208
37
! ! 1208
C744
1208
1208
C696 4 C695 4 4
37
Y1 Y1 1
0 I
X1 X1
C746
X1 Y1 X1 Y1
19
2 5 1 3 2 5 1 3 2
4532
553
9
4771
4775
4773
4532
553
553
553
14 16 15
591
9
4771
4775
4773
4772
4774
4770
4532
4532
4532
591
591
591
14 16 15
1
1426261/13
4771
4775
4773
1
4775 4774
B018
2
2 3 1 4 2 3 1 4
B017
2
M M M M
X Y X Y
591
12
B006 B005 12
553
EL001240
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-87
10
10
20 SEARCH LIGHTING
2-88
SEARCH LIGHTING LIGHT BUZZER
Search lighting refers to lights or LEDs in the When the lighting switch (C622) is operated, a
various function switches. supply voltage is present on connection point
When the lighting switch (C622) is operated, a 85 of relay G000 through fuse E084, the
supply voltage is present on relay G000 lighting switch (C622) (contacts 2-4) and
(connection point 85) through fuse E084 and wire 2100.
Electrical system
the lighting switch (C622), contacts 2-1, Relay G000 is energised, so that a voltage is
wire 2100. applied to the search lighting (wire 2630)
Relay G000 is energised (connection between through fuse E117. This wire is also
points 30 and 87). A voltage is now applied on connected to connection point C7 of the
the search lighting through PCB track 2101, VIC (D900).
fuse E117 (via wire 2630). All search lighting If the pre-programmed condition in the VIC is
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
connected to this will come on. met, the VIC sends a message to the DIP
which, in its turn, activates the buzzer (fitted in
The following switches are illuminated by a the DIP).
light: C052, C053, C072, C073, C716 and
C813. VARIANTS
The following switches are illuminated by an Location
LED: 34 C737: ASC switch (optional)
C725, C727, C731, C733, C735, C736, C737,
C739, C740, C741, C748, C749, C750, C751,
C760, C763, C764, C765, C774, C742, C802,
C835, C836, C844, C853, C890
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
2100 2101
2154
85 30
10A
10A
E084
E117
D609
D610
G000
86 87A 87
M
5/401
2630 2630 2630
14/403
24/401
28/401
22/401
27/400
20/402
1101
2110
2154
2100
2630
2630 2630
C832 2630
A14 2630
13
574
3 2630
1101
2110
2630
3 11
2630 2630
2630
695 697
696
11 2630
2630
601
2
2110
2110
2630
2630
2630
B129
1
35
1101
5
20
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
176
2/231
2110
2110
A A C7/ A 5 A A
! 6 7 1
C764 594 1 1
0 I II 3 0 I 0 I
35
C073
C622
C835
C836
D900
C765
C735
C072
C853
C737
2 2
2 5 A B
B B B 7 1 B B
1/231
4/231
2029
1426261/13
2110
2100
601
696
6 12
EL001241
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-89
10
10
2-90
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
2630 2630
2630
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
9
2630 2630 2630 2630
693
291
5
2630
2630
A2/
176
2630 598 9
2630
B525
2630
2630 2630
20
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
6 7 6 7
7 1 A A A A 3 6 A A A A A A 5 A
I 0 II
C774
C731
C844
C733
C736
C751
C750
C763
C727
C764
C725
C813
C716
II 0 I
3 B B B B 7 1 8 2 B B B B B B 3 9 B
2 10 2 10
1426261/13
176
21
6 17
291 692
21
697
EL001242
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
4
2630 2630
878
2630
2630
2630
2630 2630
397
2
2630 2630
2630 2630
2630
2630
20
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
A A A A 5 A A A
2 2
1 1 0 I
C053
C052
C739
C760
C802
C742
C748
C749
C890
C740
C741
2 2
3 5 1 4 3 5 1 4
B B B B 7 1 B B B
2630 2630
1426261/13
397
12
21
878
EL001243
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-91
10
10
21 AIR CONDITIONING/RECIRCULATION VALVE/HEATER FAN
2-92
AIR CONDITIONING HEATER FAN Position 3:
Connection between contacts 3 and 6.
SEE THE SYSTEM MANUAL FOR MORE A voltage is applied to connection point 8 of The fan runs at the highest speed but one.
INFORMATION B015 (4-speed heater fan) through fuse E031 Voltage is applied to connection point 8 of
(heater fan) and wire 1201. B015 through fuse E031 and wire 1201. The
RECIRCULATION VALVE Depending on the position of C882 (heater fan earth is formed through connection point 7 of
Electrical system
switch), the fan will start operating. B015, wire 4658, contacts 6-5 of thermal
When C802 is operated (connection between The knob has five positions:
contacts 2 and 3), a voltage is applied to switch B015, wire 4654, through one resistor
connection points 1 of G257 and G258 (B015), wire 4652 and contacts 3-6 of C882.
Off: (position 0):
through fuse E031, wire 1201, contacts 2-3 of Heater fan (B015) off. Position 4:
C802, wire 4659. This relay is energised and, Connection between contacts 1 and 6.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
as a result, a connection is made between Position 1: The fan runs at the highest speed.
contacts 3 and 5. This causes a voltage to be Connection between contacts 2 and 6. Voltage is applied to connection point 8 of
applied to connection point 1 of B252 through B015 through fuse E031 and wire 1201. The
fuse E031, wire 1201, contacts 5-3 of relay The fan runs at the lowest speed. Voltage is
applied to connection point 8 of B015 through earth is formed through connection point 7 of
G257 and wire 5053. The other connection B015, wire 4658, contacts 6-5 of thermal
point 2 is connected to earth through wire fuse E031 and wire 1201. The earth is formed
through connection point 7 of B015, wire switch B015, wire 4654 and contacts 1-6 of
5054, contacts 3-5 of relay G258. The C882.
recirculation valve, driven by B252, will now 4658, contacts 6-5 of thermal switch B015,
close. wire 4654, through three resistors (B015), VARIANTS
The VIC (D900) also receives a voltage signal wire 4650 and contacts 2-6 of C882.
on connection point D8. The VIC activates the Location
“recirculation” warning indicator on the Position 2:
30 DVB: in wiring harness next to
instrument panel via the I-CAN. Connection between contacts 4 and 6.
PCB
The fan runs slightly faster.
Voltage is applied to connection point 8 of
B015 through fuse E031 and wire 1201. The
earth is formed through connection point 7 of
B015, wire 4658, contacts 6-5 of thermal
switch B015, wire 4654, through two resistors
(B015), wire 4651 and contacts 4-6 of C882.
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
15A
E031
15/401
1201
1201
1 1
1201 1201 1201 1201 1201 1201 1201
878 DVB 397
1 2 1 2
C760
4
1201
20
C802
C760
4656
5 3 5 3
2630
1
D900
P
4659
4659
4655
4655
D8/ C7/
E509
595 594
2
878
878
878
21 17 16
2630
4658
4659
2630
4
4656
4657
4659
6 7
4655
878
21
4659 2630 M
175
175
913
2 3 18
397
3
B015
397
9
2630
1 2 3 4 5 8
4655
4656
4657
5055
4655
397
1 M 2 2
397
397
668
4 5 1
4650
4650
4651
4652
4654
4654
1201
B252
4659
5053
5054
2630
1201
4656
4657
1201
5055
4655
4655
4650
4659 2630
2 4 3 1
1 3 1 3 1 1 1 1 4 5 1 3 1
C882
5055
1426261/13
E508
B043
C052
C053
G257
G258
G279
G267
2 4 5 2 4 5 2 2 3 2 3 2 4 5 2
6
5055
1201
4656
12
397
668
8 3
397
1201
EL001244
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-93
10
10
22 SEAT HEATING/ACCESSORIES CONNECTION
2-94
SEAT HEATING
When the contact is activated, a voltage is
applied to switch C697 (driver’s side seat
heating switch) and switch C698 (co-driver’s
side seat heating switch) through fuse E091
and wire 1240.
Electrical system
When one of the switches (C697 or C698) is

operated, heating element B032 or B033 is
switched on. When the maximum temperature
is reached, a thermal switch in the seat
switches off the heating element.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
ACCESSORIES CONNECTION
In the middle roof console is a 2-pin connector
(connector number. 180, basic code number:
A038). A microwave can be connected to this
connector. The wire is connected before
contact (wire 1000) and is fuse-protected with
fuse E168 (40A).
A 2-pin accessories connector (A043) is fitted
in the driver’s seat. The wire is connected
after contact (wire 1240) and is fuse-protected
with fuse E091 (15A).
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
15A
E091
18/400
1240
1240
1240
1240
867
866
7 3
1000
1240
1240
1240
1000
1 3 1 3
C697
C698
22
2 2
1000
1000
1 A1
1 1
40A
125A
E286
E168
2 A2
1008
1175
B032
B033
B010
30
1426261/13
2
865
865
1 2
2 2
1175
1240
867
21
866
A038
A043
1 2 1 2
EL001245
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-95
10
10
23 HORN/CIGAR LIGHTER/WORK LAMP/AIR DRYER
2-96
HORN WORK LAMP AIR DRYER
A voltage is applied to connection point 5 of When light switch C622 is put in the marker A voltage is applied to connection point 1 of
C832 (direction indicator/windscreen wiper light position, relay G000 (rear light/width B042 (air dryer heating element) through fuse
stalk switch) via fuse E036 and wire 1103. marker light relay) is energised. Relay G462 E091 (power supply after contact) and wire
When this switch is operated (connection (work lamp relay) is energised through 1240. If the built-in temperature switch is
between contacts 5 and 12), voltage is contacts 30-87 of relay G000, fuse E117 and closed (connection between contacts 1
Electrical system
applied to connection point 1 of valve B028 wire 2630. A voltage is now applied through and 2), a current flows through an internal
(horn) via wire 4535. The horn is activated. fuse E037, wire 1100, contacts 30 and 87 of resistor. If the temperature exceeds a specific
The air duct in the pneumatic horn is now relay G462 through fuse E052 to connection value, the temperature switch turns the
released. point 5 of C725 (work lamp switch). When the heating element back off.
work lamp switch is operated (connection
CIGAR LIGHTER between connection points 5 and 1), the work 24V PLUG SOCKET
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
A voltage is applied to connection point 1 of lamp (C071) is supplied with voltage through Through fuse E036 (24V plug socket fuse)
B030 (driver’s side cigar lighter) through fuse wire 2155 and will light up. The VIC (D900) and wire 1103 a 24V supply voltage before
E026 (power supply before contact) and wire also receives a voltage signal on connection contact is supplied to A007 (24V plug socket,
1105. When the cigar lighter is pressed in point C9. The VIC switches on the “work 2-pin).
(connection between contacts 1 and 31), a lamp” indicator on the instrument panel via the
current flows through an internal resistor. I-CAN. VARIANTS
When the temperature exceeds a specific
value, the heating element springs back and Location
the electric circuit is broken. 46 Connector A070 if fitted. Only for
an FA version.
XF95 series
5
 200340
2-97  200340
EL001246 1426261/13 23
1
2
1010
1000
125A
2
3
30
1008 1000 1000

2
1
B010
E286
5
7,5A
1000
1000
6
C1
C2
E026
7
1105
21
1
31
1
1105 1105
697 697
9
2
10
B030
11
2622
12
15A
13
20
12
35/402
1
1103 1103 1103 1103

288
14
697 E036
10
15
A007
1103
16
17
10
12/566 5/566
4535 4535 1103
2
1
18
288 C832
19
B028
20
21
15A
22
1
2
1
18/400
1240 1240 1240 1240
23
288 E091
B042
24
25
22/401
1
20
2100
C622
2622
26
2100
85
5/401
10
27
D929
697
28
86 87A
2622 2622
594
29
C49/
87
30
30
G000
2155
C9/
594
31
27/400 10A
2101
32
2630
D900 E117
33
15/402 15A
34
1100
E037
35
19/402
1100
36
1100
20/402
37
2630
2630
2630
38
85
3/402
39
86 87A
40
10A 1/402
41
1147
87
30
A2
A1
E052
42
0
G462
2155
I
43
6
8
1
2
2155
44
2155 2155 1110 1110
1
915 176 C725 176
45
!
A070
46
2155
47
48
3
1
2
1
49
2155 2155
669 C071 669
50
51
52
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
24 ABS-ASC-D
2-98
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
22, 25, 27 On FA: conn. 873

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
XF95 series
5
 200340
2-99  200340
EL001247 1426261/13 24
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1008 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
1010
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9999 9050 9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
2
4
4001
C539
1000
11
85
7/403
12
9050
86 87A
13
!
2
C
8/403
14
1234
1000
87
30
10
590 873
1100
15
G426
4/403
A1
16
1100
1234
25A
17
4
15/402 15A
E043 A2
18
1100
E037
19
3
12/403
1119
20
1234
A
1
1234
21
1
1119 1119 1119

!
873 590
22
23
10A
13
6
4
11/401
2
1288 1288 1288 1288
24
!
873 921 585 E172
25
8
4
7
26
5 3428 3428 3428 3428
!
873 921 585
27
D929
28
A004
29
3428
594
C32/
30
31
D900
32
33
10A
34
3
10/403
9128 1380 1380 1380
A7/
453
35
585 E350
36
9128 9128
37
9128
453 453 453

A11/ A12/ A10/
38
39
15A
1
14/401
40
3425 1186 1186
A9/
453
453
A14/
585 E189
41
5
42
3425 3425
453
A13/
D850
585
43
2 12/401 15A
44
A021 1187 1187
A8/
453
585 E190
45
0
46
I
47
1
8
5
3487 3487 3487
A6/
453
48
3701L
A3/
453
C737 696 585
D2
49
G535
50
3700L
A1/
453
12
D1
51
696
52
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
2-100
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
D850
24
B4/ B5/ C4/ C5/ D5/ D6/ D8/ D9/ B1/ B2/ B3/ C7/ C8/ C9/ D1/ D2/ D3/ D10/ D11/ D12/ D7/ D4/
454 454 455 455 456 456 456 456 454 454 454 455 455 455 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456
4620
4621
4622
4623
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
5056
4634
4635
5057
4640
4641
5058
4642
4643
5059
4578
5060
611
611
611
611
610
610
610
610
611
611
611
611
611
611
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
10 11 19 20 4 5 16 17 7 8 9 16 17 18 10 11 12 13 14 15 18 21
1426261/13
4632
4633
5056
4634
4635
5057
4640
4641
5058
4642
4643
5059
4578
5060
4620
4621
4622
4623
4628
4629
4630
4631
BN3 ZT3 BN1 ZT1 BN1 ZT1 BN2 ZT2 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
1
N N N N B256
B257
B258
B259
B237
2 2 2 2 2
F512 F513 F514 F515
EL001248
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
10
 200340 2-101
10
25 DEB
Voltage is applied through fuse E118 and
2-102
relay G126 to D814 (UPEC electronic unit)
and through fuse E184 to valves B192, B247
and B248.
Depending on unit D814, relay G126 is
activated, after which voltage is applied to
Electrical system
exhaust brake valve B192 and engine brake

valves (DEB) B247 and B248.
Depending on unit D814 these valves are
connected to earth or are not connected to
earth.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
18 G469 on AS Tronic
XF95 series
5
 200340
2-103  200340
EL001249 1426261/13 25
1
2
1010
1000
18
85
4954 4954 1150

914
4
86 87A
18/402 15A
5
1247 1247 1150 1150

87
30
E118
6
G126
13/403
7
1247 1247
1247
8
1247
11
86
1248
G014
10A
1
19
11/403
10
1248 1248 1248 1248 1248

628 913 E184
11
1248 21/400
1248
12
3/400
1248
1248
13
1248
14
1/400
15
86
4602
10
G036
1
1248
15
2 5
3
16
15
2/400
4087 4087 4605 4605
B9/
4
1
2
295
295
B26/
17
914
1248
G469
18
!
B192
19
2
20
1248 4093 4093
1
2
295
B18/
21
628
B247
22
23
1248 4164 4164
A8/
1
2
294
24
25
B248
D814
26
19
27
1247 1247 1247
B3/
295
D929
914
28
1247
B4/
295
29
30
4954
295
B27/
31
32
B1/
295
33
34
4051
B2/
295
295
B14/
35
36
10A
37
3
11
13
1 2
3
16/401
1211 4051 4051 4051 4051 1211
38
E564 251 867 914 E035
39
1211
40
2
5
41
1211 1211 1211 1211 1211
33/403
251 867
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
26 INTARDER EST42
2-104
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
16 The housing is connected to earth

by a separate wire.
26 Connector 583 directly to earth in
the case of AS Tronic
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
XF95 series
5
 200340
2-105  200340
EL001250 1426261/13 26
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1008 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
1010
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9999 9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
2
4
4001
C539
11
85
7/403
1000
12
9050
86 87A
13
10A 8/403
14
1234
87
30
B1
B2
10
1100
15
!
E199 G426
4/403
1197
16
1100
1234
17
1197
54/
622
583 15/402 15A

18
9131 9131 1100

27/
622
1197
E037
19
9131
28/
55/
25/400
622
622
20
1234
1234
21
10A
22
12
8/401
1381 1381 1381
1
3
31/
622
23
4690
2
1
583 E351
620 E593 620
24
1381
4690
25
53/
622
11
26
4690
20/
622
583
27
D929
28
29
8
4883 4883
11
14/
622
30
583
31
A021
32
D902
33
1
34
3417 3417 3701J
22/
52/
622
595
622
D24/
583
F2
35
2
G535
36
3420 3420 3700J
49/
29/
622
595
622
D25/
583
F1
37
D900
38
39
6
1/
4878 4878
622
40
620
41
7
9
5/561
4888 4888 5147 5147
34/
18/
2
1
622
622
42
620 583
10
6/561
43
5148 5148
44/
622
B089 583
44
9
3/
4960 4960
622
45
4
620 7/561
4711 4711
15/
622
46
C831
8
583
4/
4887 4887
5
8/561
2
1
622
47
4712 4712
42/
622
620
583
48
6
9/561
B088 4713 4713
16/
622
49
5
583
3516 3516
37/
11/561
622
50
4714 4714
30/
622
620
583
51
4
9/
3515 3515
1
2
622
52
F544 620
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
27 EBS
2-106
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
13, 19, 22,

24, 33, 36 On FA: conn. 873
122 E511 not fitted for EBS
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
XF95 series
5
 200340
2-107  200340
EL001251 1426261/13 27
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1008 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
1010
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
2
4
4001
1000
C539
11
85
7/403
12
9050
2
C
86 87A
13
1000
590 873 8/403

14
1234
87
30
10
A1
1100
15
G426
3
4/403
25A
16
1100
1234
E043 A2
17
4
15/402 15A
18
1100
!
1119
E037
19
A
1
1119 1119 12/403

20
873 590 1234
1234
21
!
10A
13
6
4
22
1288 1288 1288 1288 1288
11/401
873 921 584 E172
23
!
24
8
4
7
3428 3428 3428 3428
25
873 921 584
26
3428
594
C32/
27
A004
D929
3427
594
C33/
28
9
A
31
3406 3406
593
F107
C17/
29
586
6
D900
30
584
31
32
3427
612
A18/
!
10A
33
11
2
10/403
7
3558 3558 3558 1380
B3/
613
34
873 921 E350
35
12
3
3
6
3559 3559 3559 1380 1380
A7/
B6/
612
613
36
873 921 584
37
15A
1
38
1186 1186
A9/
612
14/401
18
584 E189
39
5125 5125 5125
C6/
2
1
608 614
40
15A
2
B309
41
1187 1187
A8/
612
12/401
584 E190
42
43
D880
3
3425 3425
612
A13/
44
584
45
A021
46
47
9050
48
9028 9028
612
A11/
49
9999
50
9128 9128
612
A12/
51
52
9129
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
2-108
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
D880
B4/ B1/ B7/ D7/ D8/ D12/ D10/ D11/ D9/ D6/ D1/ D2/ B13/ D3/ B14/ B10/ B11/ C3/ C1/ C2/ C4/ C5/ B8/ B12/
613 613 613 615 615 615 615 615 615 615 615 615 613 615 613 613 613 614 614 614 614 614 613 613
3620
3619
5158
4620
4621
5056
4632
4633
3609
3610
5119
5120
3617
9026
3616
5121
5122
5057
4634
4635
4622
4623
5123
5124
27
608
608
608
5 4 6
9026
3620
3619
5158
609
609
609
609
609
609
609
609
609
609
608
608
608
608
608
609
609
609
609
609
608
608
10 11 9 7 8 3 2 4 5 6 11 1 10 12 13 18 16 17 19 20 16 17
D879
A3 A4 A1
4620
4621
4622
4623
A2 C1 C2 B1 B2
1426261/13
9129
ZT1
BN1
3609
9026
3610
5119
5120
3617
9026
3616
5121
5122
5057
4634
4635
5123
5124
ZT3
BN3
5056
4632
4633
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2
608
2
1 3 1 3
N N N N 1
9129
P P
B256
B257
B306
2 U U 2 2
F514 F515 F512 F513
B307 B308
EL001252
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
D880
E4/ E6/ E5/ E1/ E3/ E2/ A6/ B9/ A3/ A1/
616 616 616 616 616 616 612 613 612 612
3607
3608
3606
3604
3603
3605
3487
5719
E511
1
!
27
15
584
584
584
584
584
584
584
584
14 15 13 11 10 12 8 16
3607
3608
3606
3604
3603
3605
4602
4602
3487
5719
3701L
3700L
G036
560
560
560
560
560
560
560
696
878
5 6 4 2 1 3 7 86 1 13
15
3607
3608
3606
3604
3603
3605
4602
3487
5719
D2 D1
A1 A3 A4 B1 B3 B4 B5 5 5
0 I 0 I
G535
1426261/13
C737
C890
F628
7 1 7 1
A2 B2
696
878
12 21
560
EL001253
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-109
10
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
INFORMATION
AGS
28
2-110  200340
5
D929
 200340
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
15A
E157
18/401
1262
919
6
1262
B344
1
2 3 4
28
3470
3469
919
919
919
1 4 3
3469
584
21
3470
3469
1426261/13
D36/
595
A021
13
D900
EL001254
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-111
10
10
29 EMAS
2-112
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
42 Wires coming out of connectors:

679 and 680 are NOT provided
with DAF markings.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
XF95 series
5
 200340
2-113  200340
EL001255 1426261/13 29
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1008 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
1010
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9999 9050 9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
2
4
4001
C539
11
9133
A2/
85
7/403
871
12
9050
86 87A
13
9133 9133
676
B18/
8/403
14
1234
87
30
9133
B3/
10
676
1100
15
G426
2
4
4/403
16
3708 3708 3708 1100

1234
677
2
C14/
684 674
17
3
19
3709 3709 3709 15A

C3/
15/402
677
18
F687
684 674 1100

L
1
1
E037
19
9036 9036 9036

C4/
677
684 674 12/403

20
1234
1234
21
3
3709 29/400
3
22
685 1000 1000
1
1000
23
9036
1
F688
685
L 15A
24
2
1
30/400
3712 3712 3712 1117 1117 1117
B1/
677
676
2
C12/
25
685 674 862 E051
26
1117
B2/
676
2
9
5182 5182
676
27
B14/
686 674
D929
28
10A
3
1
8
10/403
5181 5181 1380 1380 1380
A1/
2
1
676
871
29
B13/
686 674 862 E350
30
B372
31
32
2
21
D932
3714 3714
D4/
872
33
680 674
3
10
34
3715 3715
C9/
677
680 674
35
4
11
3716 3716
677
C10/
36
680 674
5
3
37
9038 9038 D3/
872
680 674
38
6
5
5192 5192
B4/
676
39
680 674
7
7
40
5193 5193
B5/
676
680 674
41
!
42
B386
43
1
12
5183 5183
44
679 674
2
13
45
5184 5184
679 674
46
3
14
5185 5185
47
679 674
4
15
48
5186 5186
676 676 676 676

B16/ B17/ B10/ B11/
679 674
49
5
16
5187 5187
B7/
676
50
679 674
6
17
51
5188 5188
B8/
676
679 674
52
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
2-114
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
D932
29
B15/ D12/ A13/ A3/ D5/ D17/
676 872 871 871 872 872
3661
3502
3705
3733
3646
3003
9 5
862
862
8 5 3646
3502 3502 3502
862 883
3646
3646
3003
3003
3502
3646
1426261/13
692
862
862
574
864
914
588
13 10 11 10 2 3 3
3661
3502
3502
3502
3705
3733
3646
3646
3646
3003
3003
35/ 22/ B6/ D28/ C47/ B15/ 10/ B5/

340 340 599 595 594 604 600 295
B525
A098
A021
A068
D802
D900
D911
D905
D814
2 8 3
EL001256
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
10
 200340 2-115
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
AS TRONIC
INFORMATION
30
2-116  200340
2-117  200340
EL001257 1426261/13 30
1
2
1/416
3
1000
1000
125A 1/417
2
5
30
1008 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
1010
E286
6
7
1000
1010
1000 1000
30
87
6/403
10
9999 9050 9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
11
G015
DVB
12
86
85
7/403
9050
13
4001
14
87A
4/403
1100
10
30
15
87
4001
16
1234
G426
1100
2/222
17
4/222 1/222 15/402 15A

18
1100 1100
6/222
E037
19
C539
20
21
22
3700X
594
23
C15/
24
3701X
594
25
C14/
26
D900
27
D929
28
29
11
5
8/403
3701X 3701X 3701X 1234 1234
A8/
880
30
869 391
31
10
4
21
3700X 3700X 3700X 1234

880
A12/
32
869 391 869
33
1
9079 1234 1234

A1/
880
34
390
1
8
35
9079 9079 9079 9079
880 880
A16/ A17/
869 391
36
D954
37
6
2
38
3065 3065 3065
10
A2/
880
39
869 390
40
A021 3700D
880
A13/
41
42
3701D
880
A14/
43
44
45
7
8
46
3701D 3701D 3701D
391 869
A2
47
G535
6
7
48
3700D 3700D 3700D
391 869
A1
49
50
51
52
1000
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
2-118
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
1604
Electrical system
10A
E301
32/400
34/400
1604 1604 1604
G350
1
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
3
12
5 20
1000
1604 1604 1604 869
390 869
1604
5715
5715
5655
868
390
868
868
7 5 1 6
1604
1604
1604
5715
5715
5655
3739
3739
D954 D955
A4/ A5/ A11/ C7/ C6/ C9/ C14/ C15/
880 880 880 879 879 879 879 879
A6/ A3/ C3/ C1/ C8/

B7 B8 B9 B12 B17 B16 B20 B10 B15 B11 B6 B18 880 880 879 879 879 D1 D3 D5 D2 D4 D6
30
3731
3732
3732
3731
9080
390
390
868
868
868
4 3 4 3 2
4 2 1
Y15 Y14 Y17 Y16 0-5V 5V 1 3 5 2 4 6
3731
3732
3732
3731
9080
5
N
869
4
F705
869
1426261/13
B385 E590
1000
EL001258
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
10
 200340 2-119
10
31 BRAKE LINING WEAR SWITCH
If one of the brake linings is too thin,
2-120
connection point B17 of the VIC (D900) will be
interrupted by the corresponding brake lining
wear control switch (F107 or F108 or F111 or
F112 or F113 or F114) through wire 3406. The
VIC will send a message to the instrument
Electrical system
panel, which will then activate the “brake

lining wear” indicator.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
D900
B17/
593
1 2
G734
3406
3406
3407
31
586
610
9 3
3406
3406
611
611
1 21
3406
3406
3407
3406 3406 3407
1426261/13
Zt2
Zt4
Bn2
Bn4
Wt1
Wt2
Wt3
Wt4
Wt5
Wt6
Wt7
Wt8
A C A C A C A C A C A C
F107 F108 F111 F112 F113 F114
EL001259
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-121
10
10
32 PTO
‘REQUEST’ PTO 1 (= SWITCH ON) switch on, F087 is NOT operated and OPERATION
2-122
When the PTO operating switch (C750) is connection point B14 of the VIC is NOT When the PTO request is implemented, the
operated, a voltage is applied to connection connected to earth. After a period of time following takes place:
point D27 of D900 (VIC) through fuse E091, programmed in the VIC a ‘message’ is sent to A voltage is applied from connection point
wire 1240, contacts 5-1 of switch C750 and the DIP and the “PTO fault” warning symbol is C46 of D900 to connection point 1 of E570
wire 4594. The PTO can also be switched on activated. (clutch PTO N10 proximity switch) (if present)
Electrical system
via connection point 11 of A068 (engine speed and to connection point 3 of relay G259
control application connector). This means ‘CANCEL’ PTO 1 (= SWITCH OFF) (PTO operation takeover relay) (if present)
that a ‘request’ to use the PTO has been Breaking contacts 5-1 of C750 switches the through wire 4595. When switch E570 is
made. PTO off. This interrupts the voltage from operated by depressing the clutch pedal
This ‘request’ is implemented depending on connection point D27 to D900 (VIC). One of (connection between contacts 1 and 2), a
the conditions programmed in the VIC. A the switch-on conditions for operation of the voltage is applied to connection point 1 of
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
condition might be that the parking brake must PTO is now absent. The VIC responds to this relay G259 through wire 4595 and to
be engaged. In this case, a voltage is applied by also removing the voltage from connection connection point 1 of B245 (PTO operating
to connection point 1 of parking brake switch point B23, causing the voltage to at valve). Relay G259 is energised and, as a
F000 through fuse E035, wire 1211. If parking connection point 1 of B245 to be lost. The result, a connection is made between contacts
brake switch F000 is closed (connection valve is no longer energised and the PTO is 3 and 5 of relay G259. Relay G259 now
between contacts 1 and 2), this voltage is also switched off. remains energised irrespective of E570 (this is
on connection point B22 of D814 (UPEC a ‘memory’ function). B246 is also activated
electronic unit) through wire 3402 and on ‘REQUEST’ PTO 2 (= SWITCH ON) and this switches the PTO on.
connection point D26 of D900 (VIC). When the PTO operating switch (C751) is
operated, a voltage is applied to connection
OPERATION point D22 of D900 (VIC) through fuse E091,
When the PTO request is implemented, the wire 1240, contacts 5-1 of switch C750 and
following takes place: wire 5241. This means that a ‘request’ to use
A voltage is applied from connection point the PTO has been made.
B23 of D900 to connection point 1 of B245 This ‘request’ is implemented depending on
through wire 4596, causing the PTO to be the conditions programmed in the VIC. A
switched on. condition might be that the parking brake must
be engaged. In this case, a voltage is applied
The VIC checks whether the PTO is actually to connection point 1 of parking brake switch
switched on. This takes place as follows: F000 through fuse E035, wire 1211. If parking
When the PTO has been switched on, F087 is brake switch F000 is closed (connection
operated mechanically. Contacts 1-2 of F087 between contacts 1 and 2), this voltage is also
close. Connection point B14 of the VIC is now on connection point B22 of D814 (UPEC
connected to earth. The VIC then sends a electronic unit) through wire 3402 and on
message to the DIP and the “PTO active” connection point D26 of D900 (VIC).
warning is activated. If the PTO does NOT
XF95 series
5
 200340
The VIC checks whether the PTO is actually VARIANTS 5
switched on. This takes place as follows:
Location
When the PTO has been switched on, F088 is
operated mechanically. Contacts 1-2 of F088 7 Connector A068: optional
 200340
close. Connection point B11 of the VIC is now 42 DVB: in wiring harness
above PCB if there is NO
XF95 series
connected to earth. The VIC then sends a

message to the DIP and the “PTO active” clutch PTO N10 proximity
warning is activated. If the PTO does NOT switch
switch on, F088 is NOT operated and 24, 30, 32, 46 Connector 626:
connection point B11 of the VIC is NOT Conn. 626 for manual
connected to earth. After a period of time gearbox
programmed in the VIC a ‘message’ is sent to Conn. 699 on AS Tronic
the DIP and the “PTO fault” warning symbol is
activated.
‘CANCEL’ PTO 2 (= SWITCH OFF)
Breaking contacts 5-1 of C751 switches the
PTO off. This interrupts the voltage from
connection point D22 to D900 (VIC). One of
the switch-on conditions for operation of the
PTO is now absent. The VIC responds to this
by removing the voltage on connection point
C46 as well. The voltage on relay G259 is
interrupted and, as a result, the coil is no
longer energised. Contacts 5-3 open and, as
a result, the voltage on connection point 1 of
B246 is lost. The valve is no longer energised
and the PTO is switched off.
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-123
10
10
2-124
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
15A
10A
E091
E035
18
4595 4595 4595
18/400
16/401
33/403
4596 DVB ! DVB 626 !
1240
1240
1211
1211
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
! 4596
626
883
17 7
176
3
3668
3668
4596
4595
4595
4595
1240
1211
!
1240
626
650
650
650
16 2 3 4
4596
3668
3668
4596
4596
4595
4595
4595
4595
1211
4595
1240
1240
C46/ B23/ B11/
5 5 1 594 593 593 1 2
1 5 4 1 1
0 I 0 I
P P
32
F088
F000
E570
B245
A098
B246
C750
C751
D900
G259
2 12 2
7 1 7 1 2 D26/ D22/ D27/ A5/ E5/ B14/ 2 1 3 2
595 595 595 592 596 593
3402
4594
5241
4595
4595
3402
5241
4594
9127
9127
3410
!
176
176
914
14 15 7
626
15
4595
4594
5241
3402
D705
4
3410
42 D814
B22
11
D703
650
5
1
5241
1426261/13
42
4594
4594
3410
650
588
11 5
1
4594
9127
! 2 F087
!
626
A068
11
9999
EL001260
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
XF95 series
5
 200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
10
 200340 2-125
10
33 ROOF SPOTLIGHTS/COOLER BOX/ROTATING BEAMS
ROOF SPOTLIGHTS Roof spotlights ROTATING BEAMS
2-126
A voltage is applied to connection point 8 of The rotating beams are connected to voltage
Marker/parking lights in roof spotlights. C832 (direction indicator/windscreen wiper BEFORE contact. Voltage is applied to
A voltage is applied to connection point 2 of stalk switch) via fuse E084 and wire 1101. connection point 6 of C716 (rotating beams
C622 (lighting switch) via fuse E084 and wire When this switch is operated (connection switch) from fuse E142 via wire 1154. When
1101. When this switch is operated between contacts 8 and 9), voltage is applied the switch is closed (connection between
Electrical system
(connection between contacts 2 and 1), to connection point 85 of relay G002 (main contacts 6 and 2), voltage is applied to C144
voltage is applied to connection point 85 of beam relay) via wire 2120. This relay is (left rotating beam) and C145 (right rotating
relay G000 (tail light/width marker light relay) activated. A voltage is now applied through beam) via wire 2017. These rotating beams
via wire 2100. This relay is activated. A contacts 30-87 of relay G002, fuse E006 and will now light up. The switch concerned may
voltage is now applied through contacts 30-87 wire 2122 to C002 (left main beam) and be C715 rather than C716.
of relay G000, fuse E000 and wire 2102 to connection point 6 of C813 (roof spotlights
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
C074 (left rear width marker light) and C012 switch) respectively. When this switch is VARIANTS
(left front width marker light) respectively and closed (connection between contacts 6 and
to C163, C165, C167 and C169 (width marker 2), voltage is also applied to connection point Location
light in roof spotlights) respectively. The 85 of G299 (roof spotlights relay). This relay is 8, 10 Connector 580: superstructure
marker and parking lights in the spotlights activated. A voltage is now applied through connector (optional)
now come on. fuse E142, wire 1154, contacts 30-87 of G299
and wire 2135 to connection point 1 of C162,
C164, C166 and C168 (roof spotlights)
respectively. The spotlights will now light up.
COOLER BOX
The cooler box is connected to voltage
BEFORE contact. Voltage is applied to
connection point 1 of B356 (cooler box) from
fuse E142 via wire 1154.
XF95 series
5
 200340
2-127  200340
EL001261 1426261/13 33
1
1000 1000
2
1010
1000
125A
2
3
30
1008 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
1000
E286
5
B1
C1
1000
1010
6
25A
25A
30
87
7
E142 B2
E163 C2
G015
8
2
1154
1258
580
10
1
!
11
1154
580
12
1154
1154
9
2
13
1154 1154 1154

2
1
866 866
14
4
10
692
15
B356
16
1
2
1
2
6
1154
2017 2017 2017

17
12
C144 917 C716

291
18
2017
2
1
19
2017
1154
1154
20
C145
1154
21
22
4
3
2
6
2122 2122 2122
23
C813 291 693
2
24
2122 10A
5
30/402
1
13
917 2133 2122 2122

C002
25
695 E006
2121
17
6
86
22/402
26
2122
692 291
85 87A
27
D929
3
87
30
28
1154 2122
C6/
594
87
30
870
29
G299
2135
30
2
1 D900
87A 86
85
2135
2
31
G002
870
C162
32
2
1
5/402
2120
2135 2135 2120
33
C164
2
1
14/566
34
2120
2135
35
C166 9/566 8/566
2
1
36
2135 C832
37
1101
C168 0 I II
10A
38
1/231 2/231 14/403
2100 1101 1101 1101
39
4/231 E084
C622
40
41
22/401
2100
42
2100
43
86
85
5/401
44
M
45
87A
1
21
2
1
46
2102 2102 2102 2102
87
30
870 291
47
C169
2102
G000
2102
2
1
48
2102
1
2102
49
C167 693
2
1
10A
2
2
33/400
2101
50
2102
1
10
2102 2102 2102 2102
C012
C165 284 695
51
E000
2
1
52
2102
1010
1000
C163
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
34A ECAS-3
2-128
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
85 Valve B250:
For vehicle type FA: B250
For vehicle type FT: B238
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
XF95 series
5
 200340
2-129  200340
EL001262 1426261/13 34A
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1008 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
1010
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
2
4
4001
C539
11
85
7/403
12
9050
86 87A
13
8/403
14
1234
87
30
10
1100
15
G426
4/403
16
1100
1234
17
15/402 15A
18
1100
E037
19
25/400
20
1234
1234
21
29/400
22
1000 1000
3
1
1000
38
23
34B
C739
C741
3
1221 1221 1221
24
878
25
10A
20
6
9/401
2/
1/
26
9108 9108 1221 1221 1221
307
307
9050
867 867 E062
27
D929
18
3/
28
9999 4734
307
867
29
17
9009
9009
4/
30
4731
307
867
31
878
20
D529
0 I
32
9009
5
33
9009 4756
1
4731
4734
C740
34
18
35
878
36
15
19
37
4756 4756 4731
11/
23/
446
446
860 860
38
17
6
2/
39
3431 3431 4734
13/
593
446
446
B10/
860 860
40
15A
1
7
30/400
5/
41
3432 3432 1117 1117 1117
25/
B9/
593
446
446
860 860 E051
42
D900
43
44
D851
45
13
3502
B6/
599
46
692
47
10A
4
B525 8/401
1/
48
1381 1381 1381
446
860 E351
49
3502
50
5
8
2
3502 3502 3502
12/
446
51
883 860
52
9009
A098
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
2-130
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
D851
19/ 7/ 6/ 18/ 14/ 10/ 21 20/ 8/ 4/ 3/
34A
446 446 446 446 446 446 446 446 446 446 446
4739
4736
4727
5207
9009
9009
4751
4740
4742
4741
4732
4732
4740
634
634
635
635
635
634
634
634
860
11 10 4 6 5 4 6 5 16
4739
4736
4727
4751
4740
4740
4742
4741
4732
1426261/13
1 1 1
3 1 1 3 2
L L L
!
F612
F613
F614
B166
B250
A021
4 4 7
2 2 2
635
634
860
635
2 2 21 1
5207 9009
5207
9009
5207 5207
9009
EL001263
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
10
 200340 2-131
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
34B ECAS-2
INFORMATION
2-132  200340
2-133  200340
EL001264 1426261/13 34B
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1008 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
1010
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
2
4
4001
C539
11
85
7/403
12
9050
86 87A
13
8/403
14
1234
87
30
10
1100
15
G426
4/403
16
1100
1234
17
15/402 15A
18
1100
E037
19
25/400
20
1234
1234
21
29/400
22
1000 1000
1000
23
18
3/
4734 4734
307
24
867
9050
25
20
17
2/
4/
9108 9108 4731 4731

307
307
26
9999
867 867
27
6
D929
9009
1/
1221
9009
307
28
867
29
D529
878
20
1221
30
9009
31
18
15
32
4735 4731 4731
17/
21/
340
340
861 861
33
4735
0 I
34
17
9009
4734 4734
16
20/
5
340
35
4735
1
861
C742 878
36
15A
37
19
1
30/400
1/
4756 1117 1117 1117
23/
340
340
9009
38
861 861 E051
4756
39
0 I
7
D802
18
40
4756
1
878
41
C740
10A
42
20
4
8/401
9/
4757 1381 1381 1381
24/
340
340
9009
43
861 861 E351
44
4757
7
I 0 II
45
19
4757
46
3
38
1221 878
C739
1221
47
C741
10A
3
9/401
48
1221 1221 1221
878 E062
49
1221
50
2
1221
51
861
52
9009
1221
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
2-134
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
D900
B10/ B9/
593 593
3431
3432
861
861
6 7
3431
3432
D802
33/ 34/
340 340
5/ 6/ 25/ 8/ 26/ 27/ 19/ 16/ 11/ 15/ 31/ 13/ 30/ 12/ 2/ 4/ 22/
34B
340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340
4753
4753
4739
4736
4727
9009
9009
9009
4751
4740
4742
4741
4755
4754
4732
4732
3502
1221
4740
861
627
627
627
627
635
635
635
627
627
627
627
627
861
12 7 11 10 4 6 5 4 6 5 9 8 16
3502
3502
4751
4740
4740
4742
4741
4755
4754
4732
1426261/13
692
883
13 5
1221
4753
4739
4736
4727
9009
9009
9009
9009
1 3 1 1 1
3 1 3 2 1 3 1
3502
3502
P L L L
635
627
861
635
2 2 21 1 B6/
F615
F612
F613
F614
B166
B253
B254
U 4 4 4 599
2 2 2 2
A021
B525
A098
9009 7 2
9009
9009
9009 9009
9009
9009
EL001265
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
10
 200340 2-135
10
34C ECAS-2 FT LOW DECK + FA LARGE VOLUME
2-136
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
84 Valve B250:
For vehicle type FA: B250
For vehicle type FT: B238
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
XF95 series
5
 200340
2-137  200340
EL001266 1426261/13 34C
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1008 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
1010
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
2
4
4001
C539
11
85
7/403
12
9050
86 87A
13
8/403
14
1234
87
30
10
1100
15
G426
4/403
16
1100
1234
17
15/402 15A
18
1100
E037
19
25/400
20
1234
1234
21
29/400
22
1000 1000
1000
23
24
18
3/
4734 4734
307
25
867
9050
26
20
17
2/
4/
9108 9108 4731 4731

307
307
27
9999
867 867
D929
28
6
9009
1/
1221
307
29
9009
867
30
1221
D529 10A
9/401
878
20
31
1221
E062
32
2
9009
1221 1221
33
861
34
15
35
4731 4731
21/
340
861
36
17
37
4734 4734
20/
340
9009
861
38
0 I
7
15A
1
1/ 30/400
39
1117 1117 1117
16
5
340
4735
1
861 E051
40
C895 878
41
4735
10A
42
18
4
8/401
9/
4735 1381 1381 1381
9009
17/
340
340
43
861 861 E351
0 I
44
18
5
D802
45
4756
1
C740 878
46
6
4756 3431 3431
33/
340
593
B10/
47
861
19
4756
23/
340
48
861
49
3432 3432
34/
B9/
340
593
861
50
3432
51
D900
18/
340
52
9009
1221
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
2-138
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
D802
5/ 6/ 25/ 8/ 26/ 27/ 19/ 16/ 11/ 15/ 31/ 13/ 30/ 12/ 2/ 4/ 22/
34C
340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340
1221
4753
4753
4739
4736
4727
9009
9009
9009
4751
4740
4742
4741
4755
4754
4732
4732
3502
4740
861
1 1 8
627
627
627
627
635
635
635
627
627
627
861
12 7 11 10 4 6 5 4 6 5 16
B404
B403
3502
2 2
3502
4751
4740
4740
4742
4741
4732
1426261/13
692
883
13 5
1221
4753
4739
4736
4727
9009
9009
9009
9009
1 3 1 1 1
3 1 3 2 1
3502
3502
P L L L
!
635
627
861
635
2 2 21 1 B6/
F615
F612
F613
F614
B166
B250
U 4 4 599
2 2 2 2
A021
B525
A098
9009 7 2
9009
9009
9009 9009
9009
9009
EL001267
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
10
 200340 2-139
10
35 HEADLAMP HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
Parking/marker lights position
2-140
A voltage is applied to connection 2 of switch
C622 (lighting switch) through fuse E084,
wire 1101.
Dipped beam position
Electrical system
When a connection is made between contacts

2 and 4 through switch C622, a voltage is
applied to connection point 85 of relay G000
through fuse E084, wire 1101, switch C622,
wire 2110, via D609 (light switch diode) .
There is also a voltage on both B129 (left
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
headlamp height adjustment motor),

connection point 1, and on B130 (right
headlamp height adjustment motor),
connection point 1 and connection point 5 of
C764 (headlamp height adjustment C622
potentiometer). Depending upon the position B129 / B130
of C764 (headlamp height adjustment
+ +
potentiometer), the motor in the headlamp will
be activated. The headlamp height adjustment G G
C764
motor remains activated until there is an
electrical equilibrium. This equilibrium refers
to the voltage difference that exists between
wires 2110 and 4953 of C764, B129 and
B130. The voltage difference should be the
same for all three components.
C764
UG 100
[%]
UB 80
65
60
40
20
2 4 6 8
5.2 [mm]
K100380
XF95 series
5
 200340
2-141  200340
EL001268 1426261/13 35
1
2
1010
1000
3
0 I II
1/231 2/231 14/403 10A

4
1101 1101 1101

E084
5
4/231
C622
6
2100
2110
22/401
2100
8
9
85
5/401
10
M
86 87A
11
12
87
30
13
G000
14
10
2101
10A
15
27/400
2630
16
E117
17
9
8
A
2630 2630 2630 2630

C763
20/402
18
176
19
2630
20
21
A
13
2630
2110
C727
B
A
21
176
5
22
2110 2110 2110
3
5
176
23
24
9
25
C764
4953
26
16
4953
27
176
D929
28
4953
4953
29
M
11
16
30
4953 4953
3
2110
284 695
31
18
12
3
7/401
32
2110 2110 2110 2110
2
695 284 1 284 695
33
B129
34
2110
2110
35
2100
36
24/401
M
9
D609
37
4953 4953
3
288
38
D610
2154
12
4
39
2110 2110
2
1
288 288
40
B130 28/401
13
41
2154
A14
C832
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
36 24V/12V CONVERTER/RADIO/CB SET
The following description of the operation VARIANTS
2-142
and connection is intended as a general
guideline only. Location
20, 23 Connector 190:
Also refer to the manufacturer’s For XC cab: 190
installation instructions supplied with the For XH/XL cab: 291
Electrical system
radio.
33, 37 Connector 291:
If the accessories/ignition/starter switch Only for XH/XL
(C539) is switched to accessory position, pin 41, 44 Connector 190:
1 is connected to pin 6 (wire 1100 is For XC cab: 190
connected to wire 1130). As a result, a voltage For XH/XL cab: 291
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
is applied to connection point 1 of relay G377.

The relay is activated. There is now a power
supply of 12 volts to connection point A7 of
the ‘ISO’ connector through wire 1108 and
contacts 3-5 of relay G377 and wire 1363.
The radio has an aerial connection and 2
loudspeaker outputs which can be used to
connect loudspeakers B024 and B025. Two
high-tone and two low-tone speakers (B178,
B179, B180 and B181) can also be connected
to the radio.
CB SET
Wire 1108 is also available in a white
connector for a CB set (B026). This connector
is in the roof console on the driver’s side.
For more information: see also block 6:
Connection of accessories.
XF95 series
5
 200340
2-143  200340
EL001269 1426261/13 36
1
2
1010
1000
2/222
3
4/222 1/222 15/402 15A

1100 1100
4
6/222
E037
5
C539
1130
19/403
1130
7
1130
A1 A2 15/403 15A
9
1107 1107
24V
E028
10
A3 B2 18/400 15A
11
1240 1240
24V
E091
12
B1 A4 3/403
1
13
1353 1353 1108 1108

12V
12V
1108
14
D895
10
15
2
1108 1108
16
1108
1108
17
2
692
18
A076
19
1108
20
3
! 190
21
18
7
1108
12V
1
22
!
692 190
23
24
B026
21/403
25
1
2 4
26
1/403
3
A8
27
1108 1363
5
12V
A4
D929
28
G377
13
B8
29
4828 4828 1363
12V
867 A7
30
12
B7
4827 4827
31
867
B024 B6
32
4542
33
!
B5
4540
13
5
34
4542 4542 4542
35
291 694 B178
14
3
36
B365
4540 4540 4540
37
291 694
B179
6
B2
38
4832 4832
866
39
5
B1
4831 4831
40
866
!
B025
17
6
B4
41
4543 4543 4543 4543
42
190 694
18
4
B3
43
4541 4541 4541 4541
44
190 694
B181
45
4543
4541
46
47
B180
48
49
50
51
52
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
37 ELECTRIC DROP GLASS OPERATION/CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING/ROOF HATCH FOR XL/XC/XH CAB
ELECTRIC DROP GLASS OPERATION, ELECTRIC DROP GLASS OPERATION, CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING, CO-DRIVER’S
2-144
DRIVER’S SIDE (OPENING) CO-DRIVER’S SIDE (CLOSING) SIDE (STANDARD)
(Switch in door panel, driver’s side) (Switch in door panel, driver’s side)
When the driver’s side drop glass operation When the codriver’s drop glass operation Purpose:
switch (C745) makes a connection (contacts 2 switch (C743) makes a connection (contacts 4 To lock the co-driver’s side door using
and 4), relay G030 will be energised through and 1), relay G029 will be energised through button/key or switch C744.
Electrical system
fuse E044, switch C745 (wire 4526). As a fuse E044, switch C743 (wire 4523). As a
result of this, there is a supply voltage on result of this, there is a supply voltage on The driver can lock/unlock the co-driver’s side
connection point 2 of the motor (B003) connection point 1 of the motor (B004) door from the driving position using the
through fuse E034. The other connection through fuse E033. The other connection switch.
point (1) is connected to earth via relay G031. point (2) is connected to earth via relay G028.
The motor starts running anti-clockwise and The motor starts running clockwise and the Central door locking motor on co-driver’s side
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
the driver’s side window opens. co-driver’s side window will close. (B200):
ELECTRIC DROP GLASS OPERATION, ELECTRIC DROP GLASS OPERATION, The motor has two (internal) switches:
DRIVER’S SIDE (CLOSING) CO-DRIVER’S SIDE - An ‘end stroke’ switch (switches over at
(Switch in door panel, driver’s side) (Switch in door panel, co-driver’s side) the end of each stroke) (the bottom
When the driver’s side drop glass operation Operation of the drop glass on the co-driver’s switch in the diagram).
switch (C745) makes a connection (contacts 4 side through switch C744 works in exactly the - A switch that is mechanically connected
and 1), relay G031 will be energised through same way as on the driver’s side. When to the locking button (switches over at the
fuse E044, switch C745 (wire 4527). As a switch C744 is operated (connection between beginning of each upward or downward
result of this, there is a supply voltage on contacts 4 and 2), relay G028 is switched via movement of the locking button) (the top
connection point 1 of the motor (B003) switch C743 (contacts 5 and 2) and the motor switch in the diagram).
through fuse E034. The other connection (B004) will open the window. When switch Note:
point (2) is connected to earth via relay G030. C744 (connection between contacts 4 and 1) A mechanical connection (rod linkage)
The motor starts running clockwise and the is operated, relay G029 is activated through between the cylinder lock and the locking
driver’s side window will close. switch C743 (contacts 3 and 1), the motor button is maintained.
runs clockwise and the window closes as a
ELECTRIC DROP GLASS OPERATION, result.
CO-DRIVER’S SIDE (OPENING)
(Switch in door panel, driver’s side) The electric drop glass will only operate if the
When the co-driver’s drop glass operation contact is activated.
switch (C743) makes a connection (contacts 2
and 4), relay G028 will be energised through
fuse E044, switch C743 (wire 4522). As a
result of this, there is a supply voltage on
connection point 2 of the motor (B004)
through fuse E033. The other connection
point (1) is connected to earth via relay G029.
The motor starts running anti-clockwise and
the co-driver’s side window will open.
XF95 series
5
 200340
Conditions: door unlocked.
5
- The door is locked using the
button/key.
 200340
The top switch is directly switched over 31
via the rod linkage. As a result, a current B200
XF95 series
will flow through the fuse, connection DO DL

30B, the motor, the bottom switch and the
top switch through connection 31 to
earth. Because of the mechanical
connection between the motor and the
locking button, the button moves DL
downwards. Having reached the lower
position, the “end stroke” switch reverses. 7 1 DO
(bottom switch in diagram). The forces
are transmitted from the motor to the I 0 II
locking button via a crank/connecting rod C774
linkage.
3
- The door is locked using switch C774.
When spring-loaded switch C774 makes M
a connection between connections 3 and
7, connection point DL of B200 is
connected to earth. As a result, a current 30B
will flow through the fuse, connection
30B, the motor and the bottom switch to
earth. A brief moment is sufficient to start
the motor. Since there is a mechanical
locking button, the top switch will switch 1000 E501714
over immediately. A current will pass until
the ‘end stroke’ switch interrupts the
circuit.
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-145
10
10
Conditions: door locked.
- The door is unlocked using the
2-146
button/key.
The top switch is directly switched over 31
via the rod linkage. As a result, a current B200
will flow through the fuse, connection DO DL
30B, the motor, the bottom switch and the
Electrical system
top switch through connection 31 to

earth. Because of the mechanical
locking button, the button moves DL
upwards. Having reached the lower
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
position, the “end stroke” switch reverses. 7 1 DO

(bottom switch in diagram). The forces
are transmitted from the motor to the I 0 II
locking button via a crank/connecting rod C774
linkage.
3
- The door is unlocked using
switch C774. M
When spring-loaded switch C774 makes
a connection between connections 3 and
1, connection point DO of B200 is 30B
connected to earth. As a result, a current
will flow through the fuse, connection
30B, the motor and the bottom switch to
earth. A brief moment is sufficient to start
the motor. Since there is a mechanical
connection between the motor and the 1000 E501715
locking button, the top switch will switch
over immediately. A current will pass until
the ‘end stroke’ switch interrupts the
circuit.
XF95 series
5
 200340
CENTRAL DOOR LOCK (OPTION) VARIANTS 5
SEE THE SYSTEM MANUAL FOR MORE Location
INFORMATION 3, 7 Connector 694:
 200340
For an XH/XL cab: motor B009
XL/XH/XC CAB ROOF HATCH For an XC cab: motor B175
XF95 series
OPENING ROOF HATCH

When the roof hatch switch (C736) is 39 If the standard version is installed,
operated and a connection is made between the driver’s side central door
contacts 2 and 6 and therefore between locking motor (B199) and the
contacts 1 and 3, a voltage is applied to central door locking electronic unit
connection point 1 of the roof hatch motor (D905) will not be installed.
(B175 for XC version and B009 for
XL/XH version) through fuse E028, wire 1107, The connections on B200 are as follows:
switch C736 and wire 4761. The roof hatch
will open. Connec- Wire Description
tion point number:
CLOSING ROOF HATCH
When the roof hatch switch (C736) is 1 1101 Power supply
operated and a connection is made between 2 5061 Open door
contacts 8 and 6 and therefore between
contacts 7 and 3, a voltage is applied to 3 5062 Close door
connection point 2 of the roof hatch motor
(B175 for XC version and B009 for 4 M Earth
XL/XH version) through fuse E028, wire 1107,
switch C736 and wire 4760. The roof hatch Wire 5062 is directly connected to connection
will now close. point 7 of switch C774.
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-147
10
10
2-148
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
15A
10A
E028
E084
15/403
14/403
1107
1101
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1101 1101 1101 1101 1101 1101
697
1107
2
231
2
1107
1101
10 4 7 11
4537 5062
553
591
1 1
1101
553 864 864 591
864
1
C622
2
1101
4537
4537
5062
5062
1101
13
1101
1107
1107
4706
1 B199 2 D905 3 B200 1
30B DO 13/ 16/ 12/ DL 30B
7 1 8 2 600 600 600
M M
II 0 I C736 15/ 10/ 2/ 3/ 14/ 8/

3 6
37
31 DL 600 600 600 600 600 600 DO 31
4 3 2 4
4761
4760
4706
4538
4538
3646
3647
5118
5061
5061
11 5
697
697
697
17 16 15 4538
2
864
864
864
864
591
553 864 3 8 6 10
3646 3647 5061
4761
4760
4706
3646
3647
694
694
694
553
5118
5061
9 8 7 12 3646
! !
862
574
574
9 10 19
4761
4760
4706
1426261/13
697
697
864
591
19 18 9 12
3646
3646
3646
3647
3647
1 2 3
5118
5061
M D5/ B15/ B16/ C13/
692
18 872 604 604 594
4 7 1
A021
D932
D911
D900
B175 8
C774
II 0 I
3
21
697
EL001270
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
15A
10A
15A
E033
E044
E034
17/401
26/400
35/401
1207
1208
1233
2
1208
591
C746
1
1208
19
1208
553
2
4521
1208
4520
1208
1208
5 4 3 5 4 3
C743
C745
2 1 1208 2 1
1208
C695
1208 4
37
19
4522
4523
4526
4527
3 5 4 3 3
591
591
553
553
7 8 7 8
591 553
C744
2 1
4522
4524
4524
4523
4526
4528
4528
4527
2 2
85 30 85 30 85 30 85 30
4525
4520
4521
4521
4520
4529
M M
B004
B003
G028
G029
G030
G031
86 87A 87 86 87A 87 86 87A 87 86 87A 87
553
553
6 4
591
591
591
4 5 6 5 553
1 1
1426261/13
4521
1207
1207
1207
4525
1233
1233
1233
4525 4520 4529

1207 1233
EL001271
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-149
10
10
38 MECHANICAL LIFTING GEAR
Manual lifting: relay G052 at the same time through D623, motor (B073), so that the trailing axle is
2-150
When switch C739 (mechanical lifting gear wire 4552, contacts 30-87a of relay G066, lowered. This is to prevent the legal maximum
switch) is operated (connection between wire 4557. This relay is activated and closes axle load from being exceeded.
contacts 3 and 7), a voltage is applied to contacts 1-2. A voltage is now applied to If the dashboard switch is operated within 2.5
connection point 1 of B071 through fuse connection point 1 of B073 through contacts minutes, the electronic unit will be reset and
E062, wire 1221, contacts 3-7 of switch C739, 1-2 of relay G052, wire 4554. The oil pump another 2.5 minute period will start.
Electrical system
wire 4550, contacts 3-4 of relay G381 and motor starts to run. As a result, the mechanical lifting-gear motor
wire 5180. This valve is energised. The If the oil pressure becomes too high (>160 relay (G052) will also be activated, thus
voltage is applied to connection point 85 of bar), E524 will close. Voltage is now applied activating the mechanical lifting-gear pump
relay G052 at the same time through D622, to connection point 85 of relay G066 through motor (B073). The motor is activated through
wire 4552, contacts 30-87a of relay G066, contacts 1-2 of E524. This relay is energised D623, relay G066 (connection between points
wire 4557. This relay is activated and closes and breaks the connection 30-87a. Voltage is 30 and 87a) to connection point 85 of relay
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
contacts 1-2. A voltage is now applied to now applied to connection point 85 of relay G052. When a pressure of 160 bar is
connection point 1 of B073 through contacts G066 from wire 4552 through contacts 30-87 reached, the limit switch (E524) switches the
1-2 of relay G052, wire 4554. The oil pump of relay G066 and wire 4558. This relay lifting-gear pump motor (B073) off through
motor starts to run. continues to be activated. At the same time relay G066 and relay G052.
If the oil pressure becomes too high (>160 the voltage through relay G052 is lost. The trailing axle cannot be lifted for a period
bar), E524 will close. Voltage is now applied Contacts 1-2 open and the voltage on of 2.5 minutes as the valve (B072) remains
to connection point 85 of relay G066 through connection point 1 of B073 is lost. The pump energised. This valve should be in the
contacts 1-2 of E524. This relay is energised motor is no longer driven and the oil pressure non-activated position for lifting.
and breaks the connection 30-87a. Voltage is drops.
now applied to connection point 85 of relay VARIANTS
G066 from wire 4552 through contacts 30-87 Automatic axle load protection:
of relay G066 and wire 4558. This relay If the pressure on the driven axle is greater Location
continues to be activated. At the same time than the legal maximum, sensor E584 is 40 G745: In connector 882, pin 20 is
the voltage through relay G052 is lost. activated. This puts sensor E507 in ‘stand-by’ a wire, 4757. On the other side is
Contacts 1-2 open and the voltage on mode. If the permitted axle load increases wire 4551. G745 is formed by the
connection point 1 of B073 is lost. The pump further (> 10 tons), sensor E507 pin connection.
motor is no longer driven and the oil pressure automatically lowers the trailing axle.
drops. If the axle has been lifted, F097 (proximity
switch for mechanical trailing axle lifting gear)
Manual lowering: ensures that relay G380 is energised through
When switch C739 (mechanical lifting gear wire 3661. A voltage is now applied through
switch) is operated (connection between fuse E062, wire 1221, contacts 3-5 of relay
contacts 3 and 1), a voltage is applied to G380 to connection point 1 of E507. E507 is
connection point S1 of D503 through fuse activated.
E062, wire 1221, contacts 3-1 of switch C739, The voltage is immediately transmitted to S2
wire 4757, through-connection G745 and wire on D503. The signal sent by the proximity
4551. A voltage is applied to connection point switch for axle load protection (E507) to S2
1 of B072 through connection point 87 of should last for at least 10 seconds before the
D503, wire 4553. This valve is energised. The lifting gear electronic unit (D503) will activate
XF95 series
voltage is applied to connection point 85 of the valve (B072) and the lifting-gear pump
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
1 4 12 14
4552 4552 4550 4550 4550
691 116 882 878 C741
1
4552
4552 4552
34B
3
1 1221 1221 1221
P
878
4552
4550
4552
1221
E524
3 2
926
2 3
2 2 1221
II 0 I
1221
4550
4550
4558
C739
C741
D622
D623
3
1 1 34B
1 7
691
661
2 3
4757
4558
4552
5180
4550
4553
4757
4558
5180 5180
116
6
878
85 30 5180 19
38
116
4558
4558
G066
4757
4551
86 87A 87 4553 4553

4551
1221
1221
4558
116
116
662
661
2 5 5 20 4
5179 2
4557
5180
4553
5180
4550
4553
5180
1/122
6/122
3/122
4555
G745 882
4557 1
4551
S1 15 87A
1 4 3 3 1 1 1
662
926
662
4553
4557 4 3 6
B072
B071
D613
D612
D611
D503
G381
5 4 2 2 2
1 85 5 87 31 S2
1426261/13
5180
4555
B010 4551
5179
G052
30
2/122
4/122
5/122
2 2 86 4553
5179
1008
1000
4554
1
M
116
7
A500
B073
2
G515
EL001272
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-151
10
10
2-152
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
10A
E062
9/401
1221
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1221 1221
1221
1221
882
1221 2
1221
1221
1221
1221
926
6
3 1
1221
1221
G380
5 4 2
116
661
1 1
38
1221
1221
5178
5177
3661
3 1
4555 3661
662
2
662 662
3661
1221
5178
5177
690
690
689
1 2 1
688
688
2 1
2 1 1 2 1
F097
E507
E584
1426261/13
3 2 3 3
689
2
5179
689
3 3
690
4
688
661
8
EL001273
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
10
 200340 2-153
10
39 HEATING ELEMENT/FUEL FILTER WATER SEPARATOR
HEATING ELEMENT
2-154
If the fuel temperature drops below 5_C, the
heating element will automatically be
activated. Voltage is then applied to
connection point A1 of B378 through wire
1000, fuse E171 and wire 1179. The heating
Electrical system
element will heat the fuel.

FUEL FILTER WATER SEPARATOR
When the vehicle contact is activated, there is
a voltage on both connection points A3 and
B1 of the fuel filter/water separator heating
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
element (B378) through wire 1010, fuse E170

and wire 1285. If there is water in the fuel
filter, this input signal is present on the VIC
through wire 3150. The VIC then sends a
warning to the DIP, after which the DIP will
activate the warning on the display.
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000
1000
1010
1010
XF95 series
1/416
1/417
1010
1000
1010
1010
1179
B1
1010
10A
A2
E170
87
B2
15A
E171
G015
30 A1
1285
1179
1000
1000 1000
681
681
3 6
1000
1285
39
1000
1285
1285
1179
B1 A3 A1
125A
E286
B378
D900
2 C12/
594
B2 A2 B3
1426261/13
1008
3150
3150
1008
50 30
681
1 2
M 3150
A500
B010
681
1
31
G525
EL001274
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-155
10
10
40 WINDSCREEN WIPE/WASH INSTALLATION
Speed I (low speed) Intermittent wipe When a voltage is applied to windscreen
2-156
When the windscreen wiper switch (C832) is When windscreen wiper switch C832 is set to wiper switch C832 through fuse E035, wire
set to position I (connection between contacts intermittent wipe (connection between 1211, contacts 4-11 of C832 and wire 3648 for
13 and 2), there is a voltage on connection contacts 13 and 1), there is a voltage on approximately 2 seconds, a voltage is applied
point D9 of D900 (VIC) through fuse E035, connection point D37 of the VIC through fuse to connection point A1 of the VIC, as a result
wire 1211, contacts 13-2 of switch C832 and E035, wire 1211, contacts 13-1 of C832 and of which the windscreen wiper pump (B001) is
Electrical system
wire 4501. The VIC switches connection point wire 4502. The VIC switches connection point activated. After approximately 1 second, C50
C50 to earth. Voltage is now applied to C50 to earth. Voltage is now applied to is connected to earth for a specific period of
connection point 1 of relay G237 through fuse connection pin 1 of relay G237 through E025, time. As a result, the relay (G237) is
E025, wire 1205. Because the VIC has wire 1205. The earth is formed through wire energised and the windscreen wiper motor is
connected wire 4505 to earth through 4505 and connection point C50 of the VIC. As operated.
connection point C50, relay G237 is a result, relay G237 is energised. A voltage is
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
energised. now applied to connection point 53 of B000 Headlamp washer

A voltage is now applied to connection point through fuse E025, wire 1205, contacts 5-3 of When a voltage is applied briefly to
53 of B000 through fuse E025, wire 1205, relay G237, wire 4506, contacts 3-4 of relay connection point D33 of the VIC and then is
contacts 5-3 of G237, wire 4506, contacts 3-4 G236, wire 4507. lost again (windscreen wiper switch no longer
of relay G236 and wire 4507. operated) through fuse E035, wire 1211,
A voltage is applied to connection point D32 contacts 4-11 of C832 and wire 3648 and the
Speed II (high speed) of the VIC through fuse E025, wire 1205, the light switch is in the dipped beam position,
When windscreen wiper switch C832 is set to cut-off switch in the windscreen wiper motor power is supplied to connection point C48 for
position II (connection between contacts 3 (B000) and wire 4509. The earth with a specific period of time. Relay G238 is
and 10), relays G236 and G237 are switched connection point C50 is broken and, as a energised. As a result, voltage is applied to
to earth through fuse E025, wire 1205, relays result, relay G237 is no longer energised. the headlamp washer pump (B002) through
G236 and G237, wire 4505, diode D782, wire fuse E205, wire 1205, contacts 3-5 of relay
4504 and switch C832 (contacts 3-10). If connection point D32 is earthed again via G328 and wire 4511.
Both relays are now energised. A voltage is the cut-off switch, connection point C50 will be
now applied to connection point 53b of B000 switched to earth again after the interval SEE THE SYSTEM MANUAL FOR MORE
through fuse E025, wire 1205, contacts 5-3 of period, so that relay G237 is re-activated. This INFORMATION
relay G237, wire 4506, contacts 3-5 of relay starts the cycle again.
G236 and wire 4508.
The VIC is bypassed at speed II (high speed). Wash/wipe
When a voltage is applied briefly to
connection point D33 of the VIC and then is
lost again (windscreen wiper switch C832 no
longer operated) through fuse E035, wire
1211, contacts 4-11 of C832 and wire 3648,
connection point 50 of the VIC is switched to
earth for a specific period of time. As a result,
the relay (G237) is energised and the
windscreen wipers perform 1 wiper stroke.
XF95 series
5
 200340
2-157  200340
EL001275 1426261/13 40
1
2
1010
1000
I
0
1
1/566
3
4502
4
2/566 13/566
4501 1211
D37/ D9/
595 595
16/401 10A
C832
6
E035
1211
D900
11/566 1211
8
3648 1211 1211 1211

595
D33/
4/566 33/403
C832
9
10
4510 4510
16/400
4510
11
4509
12
13
4505
594 595 594
C48/ D32/ C50/
14
5161
10
A1/
592
15
16
14/400
17
1
2 4
18
14
2
1
3
19
5161 5161
5
695
20
21 B001 G238
18
15
2
1
13/400
M
22
4511 4511 4511
695 695
23
12/400
1205
B002 1205
24
0
2
25
7/400
1205
26
1205
10/566 3/566
27
4504 4504
D929
C832
28
4504
1
29
5/400
1
5
31
53
2 4
30
4507 4507 4507
3
6/400
252 252
5
31
6
4508 4508 4508
32
4/400 G236
B000 252
53B
33
2
1205
1205
4509 4509
34
252
31B
15A
3
31/400
35
1205 1205 1205
252
36
E025
53A
22/400
4506
37
1205
1205
38
4506
20/400
39
40
4506
8/400
1205
41
5
4509
42
3
4509
4
43
10/400
2
1
9/400
44
4505
45
G237
4505
46
47
10/402
D782
48
12/402
4504
4504
49
11/400
1205
50
1205
51
52
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
41 D3LC (ACH-EA) CAB HEATER WITH/WITHOUT TIMER UNIT
2-158
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
4, 7 Only if the vehicle has been

equipped to transport hazardous
substances in accordance with
RTMDR requirements.
33, 51 Only if the vehicle has a
thermostat unit, then also switch
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
C778. Applies if the vehicle has

NOT been equipped to transport
hazardous substances.
43 Only if the vehicle has a timer unit.
51 C844: Only if the vehicle has been
equipped to transport hazardous
substances in accordance with
RTMDR requirements.
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
20A
E114
4
34/402
1156 1156 1156
697
1156
1 1
1156 1156 1156 1156
483 621 5
0 I
4660
1156
D911
C778
B9
D871 1/482 44
697
16 7 1
1 !
4660
5117
4660
! ! 7
4660
483
14 15 12 9 4 10 13 11 7 12
397
2 8
5117
4660
9/482
4/482
7/482
14/482
15/482
12/482
10/482
13/482
11/482
I 0
41
621
483
8 4
C844
3157
3462
3037
4936
9003
4941
4939
5117
5117 4 !
4660
621
621
621
621
5 7 6 4 4941
4660 4660
621
3
5117
624
631
1 2
3157
3462
3037
4936
2 4939
5117
1156
4660
1156
4660
5117
8
4936
483
483
483
5 11 6
T
F509
14/ 7/ 2/ 12/ 6/ 2/ 11/ 10/ 7/
1
3157
1 269 269 269 269 632 632 632 632 632
4936
4936
D705
D703
M 1
4 1 ! !
1426261/13
631
B122
E566
E581
916
17 2 10/ 11/ 3/ 4/ 12/ 9/
269 269 269 632 632 632
9003
9003
3157
3037
4594
5241
624
2
697
C42/ 21
9003
483
483
594 3 9
9003
9
9003
A021
D900
14
4594
5241
483 621
C750 C751 10
1 1
32 32
EL001276
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-159
10
10
42 HYDRONIC 10 (ACH-EW) CAB HEATER WITH TIMER UNIT
2-160
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
4, 9 DVB: in wiring harness next to

PCB
22 For ADR/VLG:
DVB: in environment of connector
582
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
15A
20A
E031
E114
7
15/401
34/402
1156 4660 4660
D900 D979 397 D979
1201
5 1
1156
0 I
697
4660
C802 B015 4
E571
C778
2 8
21 21 C42/ A3/ B2/ C3/ C2/ 7 1 2 3 A1/ A4/
594 920 920 920 920 920 920
582
4
697
1156 16
1201
1201
4660
C760
2
3157
3157
3462
1156
1156
4660
4660
4980
4980
4982
21
397
1
12 6 8 9
918
918
918
918
582
5 6 1 12 1
397
918
918
1201
1201
1
4980
4980
4982
3157
3157
3462
1156
1156
DVB
G732 582
878
1 2
8 !
3157
582
42
5
1201
1201
1201
582 DVB 1
1156 1156
4980
5117
630
D703
D705
DVB
1 4
D911
630
630
630
3 B9
5 6
44
5241
4594
1156
1156
1156
1156
4660
4980
4982
1201
1201
1201
4667
582
582
9 3 11/ 10/ 2/ 14/ 12/
85 30 30 85 633 633 633 527 527
5241
4594
E580
E579
G247
G170
1426261/13
86 87A 87 87 87A 86 C751 C750 4/ 12/ 7/ 3/ 1/ 2/
1 1 633 633 527 527 527 527
32 32
1156
4667
4766
4765
1156
4
4667
533
533
1 2
9 630
4766
4765
630 F509
582
10
T
EL001277
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-161
10
10
2-162
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
15A
E037
15/402
D979
1100
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
C4/ B3/ B1/

920 920 920
1100
4936
3037
4004
1/222
918
918
918
7 4 2 C539
4004
3037
4936
582
582
582
6 11 2
2/222
4/222
6/222
42
4004
3037
4936
916
4001
17
4004
1130
G015 G377
85 1
4936
2 36
4004
A021
624
1 14
4004
4936
D911
A3
44
1
1426261/13
M
B122
2
624
2
EL001278
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
10
 200340 2-163
10
43 UPEC APPLICATION CONNECTOR / SUPERSTRUCTURE FUNCTIONS
FOR MORE INFORMATION: SEE BLOCK 6:
2-164
CONNECTION OF ACCESSORIES
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
10 Connector 658: Optional

40 Connector 698: Optional
52 Connector 657: Superstructure
68 Wire goes to dashboard
lead-through connector 575
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
94 Connector A068: Optional

XF95 series
5
 200340
2-165  200340
EL001279 1426261/13 43
1
1/416
2
1000 1000
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1008 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
1010
1010
E286
5
1000
1000
30
87
6
DVB
6/403
7
9999 9050 9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
8
2
4
G015 4001
C539
9
!
85
7/403
9050
1000
1010
10
5
17
3700
86 87A
11
658 656
B1
8/403
C1
1234
12
6
18
87
30
3701
1100
25A
25A
13
658 656 G426

4/403
E142 B2
E163 C2
1100
14
1
20
1
1154 1154 1154
10
2
15
15
F616
658 656 580 15/402 15A

1100
16
2
21
2
1258 1258 1258 E037

27/403
3412
17
658 656 580 1234

18
18
1234
916
4
4
3
30/403
19
3412 3412 3412 3412

658 656 580
20
3
19
4
21
3157 3157 3157 3157 3157 3412
29/401
658 656 580
8
22
483
7
1
5
23
3157
658 656 580
24
8
2
6
25
41
14
D871
658 656 580
26
27
D929
28
3157
1
5
1
594
C42/
29
RES1 RES1
657 656 698
30
25/401
3412
3492 3492
2
6
2
595
B16/
31
RES2 RES2 D758
657 656 698
32
D900
3
7
3
33
RES3 RES3
657 656 698
34
4
8
4
35
RES4 RES4
657 656 698
36
5
9
5
37
RES5 RES5
657 656 698
38
6
10
6
39
RES6 RES6
657 656 698
40
7
11
7
41
RES7 RES7
657 656 698
42
8
12
8
43
RES8 RES8
657 656 698
44
9
13
9
45
RES9 RES9
657 656 698
46
10
14
10
47
RES10 RES10
657 656 698
48
11
15
11
49
RES11 RES11
657 656 698
50
12
16
12
51
RES12 RES12
657 656 698
52
!
1234
1010
1000
53
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
10
2-166
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
1234 1211
1 3
Electrical system
15A
E091
G328
2 4 5
33/403
35/403
34/403
18/400
1211
9029
4099
1240
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1240
E575
914
1 14
11
176
3
4099
1240
1240
D814 D900
B15/
295
1240
B5/ B21/ B28/ D5/ C19/ C17/ C18/ D6/ D7/ D27/
295 295 295 595 594 594 594 595 595 595
5
0 I
3003
3039
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
4594
6158
C750
43
7 1
914
914
913
4 3
4594
!
9029
3003
3039
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
4594
176
14
5
862
4594
1240
3 D705
3003
3003
4594 4594 4
42
582
D932
588
588
588
588
588
588
588
588
588
588
588
588
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1426261/13
D17
29
9029
3003
3039
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
4594
1240
!
A068
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
EL001280
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
10
 200340 2-167
10
44 ALARM SYSTEM/BATTERY CHARGER FOR BV3 ALARM SYSTEM
2-168
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
23 Wire 4004: Fitted if NO alarm

system installed.
21, 25, 26 On AS Tronic: On manual
gearbox G303, 30 to
wire 4004
49 NOT fitted on H1 version
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
57 Fitted if NO alarm system

installed.
61 Not fitted on BV02 version
69, 70 Fitted on BV03 version
91, 93, 96 Conn. 873: on vehicle
type FA.
115 Connection for F686
(optional).
152 D931, E023, E035: only if NO
alarm system fitted and
vehicle equipped with an
LED unit.
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000
1000
1010
1010
XF95 series
4001 1234 1234
85 87A 87
15A
10A
E037
E351
G426
86 30
1/416
1/417
6/403
7/403
4/403
8/403
8/401
15/402
25/400
1211
1000
1010
4001
9050
1100
1100
1234
1234
1381
8
1381
574
1010
1381
D911
1211
1100
87 85 A4/
4001
603
30 85
G015
1100
4004
30 86 !
G185
87 87A 86 A8/ A9/ B16/ B15/ A1/ A3/
1000 603 603 604 604 603 603
1/222
C539
1000
9050
!
4690
!
4004
4004
2003
3652
3647
3646
! E599
4186
DVB 1
2 10
574
44
2/222
4/222
6/222
3157
1000
9050
3646
4001
30 85 4 11 19
574
574
574
1 D932 9
2003 D5 3646
29
G303
87 87A 86 862
125A
E286
697
5
3647
3646
4004
3 2
4002
3157
2003
864 864
1008
B010 C765
50 2
2003
3652
3647
3647
3646
3646
B010 2 7
30
1426261/13
2
4004
4004
C42/ D23/ C36/ C13/ 2/ 10/
14 16 594 595 594 594 600 600
!
574
574
4004
A021
D900
D905
4004
4004
9050
9999
EL001281
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-169
10
 200340 2-170
EL001282 1426261/13 44
54
55
1010
1000
2
1211
56
1
1107
!
57
E514
2647
1107
58
2
15A
15
9
59
5
1
15/403
1107 1107 1107 1107 1107
60
E515 574 D791 574 E028

!
2600
1264
61
4
1211
D792
62
33/401
2600 2600
63
2600
64
31/401
2647 2647
65
D783
66
2
33/403
6/
2/
5162 1211 1211 1211

660
660
67
1
574
10
68
!
5/
5163
2600
2647
1211
660
69
2
10A
D910
16/401
5
6
A510
70
574
574
E035
4/
3/
1264
660
660
71
1264
2600
2647
72
1264
73
1264
A6/
603
1264
604
B11/
74
602
1264
75
1
1264
1264
3653 3653
604
B3/
B10/
604
76
1
602
77
2
3
3480 3480
A5/
603
78
3
659
B338 602
79
80
1264
1
D929
2
4
81
3479 3479 3479
B5/
604
6
3
659 602
82
602 659 F619
83
11
20
84
1264 1264 1264
693 574
85
1264
10
21
1
2
86
3482 3482 3482
604
B14/
693 574
87
D715
88
9132 9132
A7/
603
89
D911
90
16
5
3660 3660
91
!
873
92
15
2
3659 3659
93
!
873
94
14
6
3651 3651
95
!
873
96
A001
3651
97
3659
98
3660
99
9
13
7
3660 3660 3660 3660
B4/
604
915 574
8
12
6
3659 3659 3659 3659
B6/
604
915 574
7
7
5
3651 3651 3651
915 574
3651
A070
1010
1000
100 101 102 103 104 105 106

5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
5
D929
 200340
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
10A
10A
10A
E023
E023
E035
! !
31/402
31/402
33/403
16/401
D969 1211
1
46
1211
1127
1127
1127
D911
883
1
1127
1211
1127
574
1
A10/ B7/ A12/ A11/ B9/ B20/ B21/ B13/ B2/ A2/ !
574
574
2 1
603 604 603 603 604 604 604 604 604 603 D931
1127
3651
3654
3649
3650
5117
3658
3657
1127
3700K
3701K
3651
581
581
581
574
4 1 2 17
44
3654
3649
18 20 21
5117
1127
574
574
574
3651
3649
483
601
601
601
12 4 3 1
581
3
1264
3482
3651
3654
3649
3649
3650
5117
3658
3657
1127
693
693
11 10
7 1 7 1
1264
3482
672
672
672
673
673
673
3 4 1 3 1 2
C835
C836
0 I 0 I 2
3700K
3701K
3651
3651
3649
3650
5117
1426261/13
5 5
3651
3651
3654
3649
3 2 1 ! G1 G2
3 1 2 7/
D715
482 1
1127
1127
1264
F686
D909
D871
G535
1127
F603 F604
EL001283
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-171
10
10
45 PLUG SOCKETS, FA/FT
DIAGNOSTICS PLUS, 16-pin (A021)
2-172
The diagnostics plug is on the bottom right on
the outside of the central box. This is the plug
for the DAVIE connection. After the ignition is
switched on, power is supplied to pin 1 via
fuse E053. Pin 2 is connected to earth. The
Electrical system
remaining pins are for communication with the

various systems, and are connected to those
systems.
Pin no. Wire no. Colour Description

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1 1229 red Power supply for DAVIE

2 9107 white Earth
3 3425 blue ABS-ASC-D
4
5 4697 black UPEC
6
7 4732 black ECAS
8 3646 blue CDS, ALS-S, EMAS
9 4047 black VIC
10 3065 blue AS Tronic
11 4883 black ZF intarder
12 4733 black DIP-4
13 3470 blue AGS
14 3037 blue Cab heater
15 3700 yellow V-CAN-L
16 3701 blue V-CAN-H
XF95 series
5
 200340
24V SOCKET, 2-pin (A007) Pin 6 switches the right tail light. Pin 12 is connected to connection point 5
Pin 1 is connected directly to the power A10 of D911 (ALS-S) through wire
DRAWN VEHICLE PLUG SOCKET, 3651.
supply through wire 1103 and fuse
15-pin (A058)
E036.
 200340
Pin 1 is connected through wire 2008 to Pin 13 Not connected.
Pin 2 is connected to earth. connection point A7 of the VIC
XF95 series
(D900) (direction, left). Pin 14 Not connected.

ABS/EBS SOCKET, 7-pin (A004)
Pin 2 is connected through wire 2009 to Pin 15 Not connected.
Pin 1 is connected directly to power
before contact through fuse E043 connection point A8 of the VIC
(D900) (direction, right). REAR FOG LAMP/REVERSING LIGHT
and wire 1119. SOCKET, 7-pin (A001)
Pin 2 is connected directly to power after Pin 3 is connected via wire 2152 to Pin 1 is connected to earth.
contact through fuse E172 and connection point 87 of relay G005
(rear fog lamp relay). Pin 2 is connected via wire 3659 to
wire 1288.
connection point B6 of ALS-S
Pins 3 + 4 are both connected to earth. Pin 4 is connected to earth. (D911).
Pin 5 is connected to connection point Pin 5 switches the left tail light via wire Pin 3 is connected to connection point 5
C32 of the VIC (D900) through wire 2102. of G350 (reversing light relay)
3428. through wire 4591.
Pin 6 switches the right tail light via wire
Pin 6 is connected to connection point 2103. Pin 4 is connected to power before
B6 of D880 (EBS) through wire contact through wire 1113 and fuse
Pin 7 is connected to connection point 87 E048.
3559. Only if the vehicle has EBS.
of relay G036 (stop light relay)
Pin 7 is connected to pin B3 of D880 through wire 4601. Pin 5 is connected via wire 3660 to
(EBS) via wire 3558. Only if the connection point B4 of D911
Pin 8 is connected to connection point 5 (ALS-S).
vehicle has EBS.
of G350 (reversing light relay)
DRAWN VEHICLE PLUG SOCKET, through wire 4591. Pin 6 is connected to connection point
7-pin (A000) A10 of D911 (ALS-S) through wire
Pin 9 is connected to power before 3651.
Pin 1 is connected to earth.
contact through wire 1113 and fuse
Pin 2 switches the left tail light. E048. Pin 7 is connected via wire 2152 to
connection point 87 of relay G005
Pin 3 is connected through wire 2008 to Pin 10 is connected via wire 3659 to (rear fog lamp relay).
connection point A7 of the VIC connection point B6 of D911
(D900) (direction, left). (ALS-S).
Pin 4 is connected to relay G036 (stop Pin 11 is connected via wire 3660 to
light relay) through wire 4601. connection point B4 of D911
(ALS-S).
Pin 5 is connected through wire 2009 to
connection point A8 of the VIC
(D900) (direction, right).
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-173
10
10
APPLICATION CONNECTOR, PLUG SOCKET, SEAT CONSOLE, VARIANTS
SUPERSTRUCTURE, 8-pin (A070) DRIVER’S SIDE, 2-pin (A043)
Pin 1 is connected to power after contact Location
2-174
Pin 1 is connected to power before
contact through wire 1113 and fuse through wire 1240 and fuse E091. 29, 162 On FA: conn. 873
E048. 23, 26, Connector 585:
Pin 2 is connected to earth. ABS conn: 585.
Pin 2 is connected to connection point 1 EBS conn: 584.
ACCESSORIES SOCKET, 40A, 2-pin (A038)
of C725 (work lamp switch) 61 Connection to: D850 or D880
Electrical system
through wire 2155.

contact through wire 1175 and fuse 60 Connection to: D851 or D802
Pin 3 is connected to connection point 87 E168. 132,150 A000 and A001: 2 x 7-pin
of G036 (stop light relay) through connector or 1 x 15-pin
Pin 2 is connected to earth. connector
wire 4601.
132, 203 Only applicable to vehicle
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
ACCESSORIES SOCKET, 6-pin (A027)

Pin 4 is connected to connection point 5 type FA.
of G350 (reversing light relay) 29 - 46,
contact through wire 1154 and fuse
through wire 4591. 161- 197 Connector 873:
E142.
Pin 5 is connected to connection point Either a 7-pin or a 15-pin
Pin 2 is connected to power after contact connector can be connected to
A10 of D911 (ALS-S) through wire
through wire 1258 and fuse E163. this.
3651.
Pin 3 is connected to F616 via wire
Pin 6 is connected via wire 3659 to
3412.
connection point B6 of D911
(ALS-S). Pin 4 is connected to C42 of the VIC
(D900) through wire 3157.
connection point B4 of D911 Pin 5 is connected to earth.
(ALS-S).
TELEPHONE SOCKET (A076)
connection B1 (12V) of D895.
connection A4 (12V) of D895.
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000
1000
1010
1010
XF95 series
10A
E172
1/416
1/417
11/401
1000
1010
1288
D871
14
1010 41
1010
D900
3157
87 C42/ C32/
594 594
8
G015
483
1000 30 3157 3157
1000
1000 1000
1000
1000 1000
1010
3157
1000
3428
1288
B1 C1 A1 ! !
1000
45
25A
25A
25A
585
7 4 585
E142
E163
E043
1000
B2 C2 A2
1 A1
1154
1258
1119
3428
1288
D880 D880
40A
125A
E286
E168
B6 B3
2 A2 27 27
590
921
921
1 4 6
1008
1175
1119
3428
1288
3559
3558
F616 !
2
B010 15
30
865
873
873
873
873
873
1 A 8 13 12 11
1426261/13
2
1175
1154
1258
3412
3157
1119
3428
1288
3559
3558
865
873
1 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 5 2 6 7 4 3 C
A038 A027 (580) A004

590
EL001284
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-175
10
10
2-176
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
10A
15A
15A
15A
15A
E053
E091
E036
E028
E091
18/403
18/400
35/402
15/403
18/400
1103
1107
1240
1229
1240
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
D911
D814
D900
A15/ B13/ B11/ B12/ C4/ C2/ C1/
1107
1240
1108
604 295 295 295 594 594 295
1240
A2
B2
A4
24V 24V 12V
867
7
3646
4697
4047
3700E
3701E
3700G
3701G
D895
D932
D5
1240
12V
574
913
914
914
10 29 16 10 11 C697
1
A1
A3
B1
22
4697
3700G
3701G
3646
3646
45
1353
1108
1240
9 3700E
862 3701E
! !
D850 D851 D905 D902 D899 B344 D871 D954
13 4 10 14 3 3 12 A2
24 34A 44 26 6 28 41 30
1103
3425
4732
3646
3646
4883
4733
3470
3037
3065
697
697
2 20 21
585
861
583
919
483
863
5 16 8 4 11 9
864
1426261/13
1229
3425
4732
3646
4883
4733
3470
3037
4697
3065
4047
1240
3700F
3701F
1103
1353
1108
867
21
9107
1 3 7 8 11 12 13 14 5 15 16 10 9 2 2 1 1 2 3 1 2
A021 A043 A007 A076

9999
EL001285
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
2100
2154 2101 2101
85 30
10A
10A
10A
15A
E084
E000
E001
E048
D609
D610
G000
86 87A 87
! ! !
M
7/401
5/401
14/403
24/401
28/401
22/401
33/400
28/400
16/402
D900
1101
2110
2110
2154
2100
2102
2103
1113
C832
A14
13
A7/ A8/
592 592
1101
2110
3
695
2008
2009
2110
2110
B129
1
35
5
2102
2103
1101
45
176 G036 D911 G350 D911 D911 G005
87 B6 5 B4 A10 87
15 44 12 44 44 13
2/231
2110
2110
C764
2102
4601
3659
4591
1113
3660
3651
2152
0 I II 3
35
C622
915
3
2008
2009
2102
2103
4601
4591
1/231
4/231
2110
915
915
915
915
915
915
915
915
915
915
1 2 4 11 8 10 12 9 7 5
1426261/13
2100
2008
2009
2102
2103
4601
3659
4591
1113
3660
3651
2152
3 5 7 2 6 4 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A000 A001
! !
EL001286
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-177
10
10
2-178
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
2101
Electrical system
10A
10A
15A
E000
E001
E048
A070 !
33/400
28/400
16/402
D911 D911 D911 G036 G350
B6 B4 A10 87 5
D900 44 44 44 15 12
4 3 5 7 6 1 2 8
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2102
2103
1113
3659
3660
3651
4601
4591
A7/ A8/
4601
3651
3660
3659
1113
2155
592 592 9
915
12 4591 4591
916 12
4601
915
6
916
3651
2008
2009
1113
2155
3660
3659 C725
1
1113 23
45
2102
2103
4601
4591
G005
87
13
915
915
915
915
915
915
1113
3659
3660
3651
1 2 3 4 11 10
2008
2009
2152
2102
2103
4601
4591
!
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
873
3 4 7 5 6 26 15 16 14 10 9 D
2152
2102
2103
4601
4591
2008
2009
1113
3659
3660
3651
1426261/13
2152
2102
2103
4601
4591
1 2 3 5 6 9 10 11 12 7 8 4 13 14 15
A058
EL001287
160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212
XF95 series
5
 200340
5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
10
 200340 2-179
10
46 CDM + FMS
2-180
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
Electrical system
37 Connector leads to dashboard

lead-through.
40 Attach 3003 to connector 862
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
XF95 series
5
 200340
5
D929
 200340
1000
1000
1010
1010
XF95 series
4001 1234 1234
85 87A 87
15A
10A
10A
E037
E351
E023
G426
86 30
G535 B525
1/416
1/417
6/403
7/403
4/403
8/403
8/401
15/402
25/400
31/402
1000
1010
4001
9050
1100
1100
1234
1381
1127
1234
B6/ D8/
574
1
599 923
1381
1127
1010 1100
B2 B1
1127
87 85
883
883
2 1
D911
3502
3225
4001
1100
A2
3701M
3700M
G015
30 86 44
!
1381
1127
1000 D969 D814 D900
692
190
13 19
1/222
A2/ A1/ A9/ A12/
C539 884 884 884 884
1000
9050
DVB A3/ B3/ B6/ B5/ B23/
884 922 922 295 593
46
2/222
4/222
6/222
1000
9050
4001
3003
4596
3225
1 G036 C020 G000 B245 D802

87 1 87 1 22
15 15 9 32 34B
914
694
3 1
125A
E286
2
3754
3753
4601
4601
2102
3003
4596
4596
3502
3502
3225
! !
1008
883
883
883
656
862
883
883
883
B010 9 6 3 5 5 7 5 4
30
1426261/13
2
4601
2102
3772
3003
4596
3502
3225
9050
10 11 13 14 4 3 12 2 9
A098
9999
EL001288
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-181
10
10
2-182
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
Electrical system
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
E163
1
43
E142
1
43
1258
1154
580
2
580
1
1258
1154
1258
1258
46
1154
1154
1154
1426261/13
1258
1154
3767
3768
3771
3770
3769
3769
3770
3771
3768
3767
3773
3773
1154
1154
1258
580
580
5 6
18 17 5 6 7 8 15 1 12 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 10 11 18 17
A098 A097
EL001289
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200340
5 CHANGES IN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
CONTENTS
Page Date
1. INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200407
2. CHANGES IN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
FROM CHASSIS NUMBER 0E626381 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200407
2.1 Overview of the changes in the electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200407
2.2 Circuit diagram 1426261/14-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 . . . . 200407
2.3 Overview of basic code numbers in circuit diagram 1426261/14-15 . . . . . . 2-3 . . . . 200407
2.4 Section diagrams from circuit diagram 1426261/14-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 . . . 200407
11
 200407 1
CHANGES IN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5
11
2  200407
1. INTRODUCTION
This main group includes the entire electrical
system shown in the form of circuit diagrams
and an overview of connectors/pin
allocations.
Circuit diagrams
All information that relates to the complete
electrical system of the vehicle is found in the
circuit diagrams with the exception of the
connectors.
Note:
For the location of the connectors in the vehicle,
see ‘Location of connectors’.
11
 200407 1-1
11
1-2  200407
XF95 series Changes in the electrical system from chassis number 0E626381
2. CHANGES IN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FROM CHASSIS

NUMBER 0E626381
2.1 OVERVIEW OF THE CHANGES IN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Section Electrical system Changes From chassis

diagram number
B Overview of earthing points Various earthing points 0E626381
changed.
C CAN overview Diagram changed 0E626381
8 VIC Various changes relating to 0E626381
connectors.
20 Search lighting C900 added 0E626381
27 EBS-2 New 0E626381
30 AS Tronic Fuse E350 added. Wire 5715 0E626381
withdrawn.
There are no functional changes compared with

circuit diagram 1426261 / 13 in other section
diagrams from circuit diagram 1426261 / 14-15.
11
 200407 2-1
Changes in the electrical system from chassis number 0E626381 XF95 series
2.2 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1426261/14-15

11
2-2  200407
2.3 OVERVIEW OF BASIC CODE NUMBERS IN CIRCUIT

DIAGRAM 1426261/14-15
Basic code Description Number on search bar

number
A000 Drawn vehicle socket (7-pin) 83, 85, 239, 252, 292, 577
A001 Plug socket for rear fog lamp, reversing light 270, 277, 383
(7-pin)
A004 Plug socket, ABS/EBS, drawn vehicle (7-pin) 803, 834
A021 Diagnostics socket (16-pin) 187
A027 Socket, 24V accessories (4-pin) 298, 753, 778
A038 Socket, 40A accessories (2-pin) 799
A043 Plug socket, seat console, driver’s side (2-pin) 478
A058 Drawn vehicle socket (15-pin) 83, 84, 240, 253, 271, 277,
293, 385, 388, 390, 575,
752
A068 Application connector, engine speed control 909
A070 Application connector, superstructure (8-pin) 35, 278, 294, 384, 387, 389,
575, 750
A074 Automatic gearbox socket, superstructure 746, 747, 749
A076 Telephone socket 708
A500 Batteries (2x) 10, 14, 22
A510 Alarm system battery 374
A513 Alternator 18
B000 Windscreen wiper motor 93
B001 Windscreen washer pump motor 90
B002 Headlight washer motor 98
11
B003 Electric drop glass motor, driver’s side 420
B004 Electric drop glass motor, co-driver’s side 417
B005 Left mirror adjustment motor 432, 441
B006 Right mirror adjustment motor 437, 447
B010 Starter motor 24
B015 4-speed heater fan 468, 469, 470, 526, 527
 200407 2-3

number
B017 Mirror heating, driver’s side 451
B018 Mirror heating, co-driver’s side 452
B026 CB 717
B028 Horn 402
B032 Seat heating, driver’s side 474
B033 Seat heating, co-driver’s side 476
B042 Air dryer heating element 472
B043 Air conditioning compressor 454
B071 Lifting-gear lifting valve 615
B072 Lifting-gear lowering valve 609
B073 Lifting-gear pump motor 619
B079 Low-range downshift protection valve 131
B084 Air suspension bleed valve 794
B088 Intarder proportional valve 1015
B089 Intarder air supply valve 1013
B122 Fuel dosage pump for Eberspächer cab heater 506, 513, 531
B129 Left-hand headlight height adjuster motor 220
B130 Right-hand headlight height adjuster motor 222
B131 Solenoid valve, pump unit, cylinder 1 922
11 B136 Solenoid valve, pump unit, cylinder 6 931

B166 ECAS valve, front axle 635, 664, 692
B176 Reversing buzzer 280
2-4  200407

number
B192 Exhaust brake solenoid valve 936
B199 Central door locking motor, driver’s side 553
B200 Central door locking motor, co-driver’s side 548, 556
B237 ASR valve 821
B238 ECAS-2 (6x2) driven axle, left/right, air supply 634, 690
valve (FT)
B243 Cross-axle differential lock operation valve 281
B244 Longitudinal controlled slip differential operation 283
valve
B245 PTO operation valve 487
B246 PTO operation valve 489, 500
B247 DEB solenoid valve 937
B248 DEB solenoid valve 939
B250 ECAS driven axle, left/right, air supply valve (FA) 632, 689
B252 Recirculation valve 466
B253 ECAS driven axle, left/right, air supply valve 662
B254 Valve, ECAS second steered axle/trailing axle, 665
B256 Valve, ABS-D, ABS/ASR-E, front axle, left 814, 839
B257 Valve, ABS/ASR-D, front axle, right 815, 847
B258 Valve, ABS-D, ABS/ASR-E, driven axle, left 817
B259 Valve, ABS/ASR-D, driven axle, right 819
B293 Gearbox gate protection valve 133
B294 Cab air suspension valve, switching off height 297
control, front
B306 EBS redundancy valve 859
B307 EBS front axle modulator 841 11
B308 Drawn vehicle EBS control valve 844
B309 ASR cut-off valve 860
B335 Electronically controlled viscous fan clutch 940
B338 Alarm system horn 377
 200407 2-5

number
B341 Glow element 19
B344 Automatic lubrication pump with integrated 562
electronic unit
B356 Cooler box 778
B365 Radio 712
B372 Fluid flow control valve block 727
B378 Heating element for fuel filter/water separator 567
B383 Valve, ECAS leading rear axle FAK/FTM 790
B385 AS Tronic clutch unit 1040
B386 Steering cylinder control valve block 729
B403 Resistor, ECAS, increased manoeuvring level, 693
lowering
B404 Resistor, ECAS, increased manoeuvring level, 694
lifting
B525 Modular tachograph, MTCO 49
C000 Dipped beam, left 255
C001 Dipped beam, right 256
C002 Main beam, left 259
C003 Main beam, right 261
C006 Spotlights, left 262
C007 Spotlights, right 264
C008 Fog lamp, front left 265
C009 Fog lamp, front right 266
C010 Width marker light (headlight), left 230
C011 Width marker light (headlight), right 243
C012 Width marker light, front left 232
C013 Width marker light, front right 244
11 C014
C015
Direction indicator lamp, front left
Direction indicator lamp, front right
76
80
C016 Direction indicator lamp, side left 77
C017 Direction indicator lamp, side right 81
C018 Direction indicator lamp, rear left 78
C019 Direction indicator lamp, rear right 82
C020 Stop light, left 290
2-6  200407

number
C021 Stop light, right 291
C022 Rear light, left 233
C023 Rear light, right 246
C024 Fog lamp, rear left 268
C025 Fog lamp, rear right 270
C026 Reversing light, left 275
C027 Reversing light, right 276
C046 Map-reading light, driver’s side 319, 344
C047 Map-reading light, co-driver’s side 320, 346
C052 Heater fan light, left 411
C053 Heater fan light, right 412
C062 Cab stepwell lighting, driver’s side 367
C063 Cab stepwell lighting, co-driver’s side 368
C064 Central upper storage compartment lighting 304, 351
C065 Central lower storage compartment lighting 306
C066 Right-hand storage compartment lighting 307
C067 Left-hand tool compartment lighting 321, 352
C068 Right-hand tool compartment lighting 323, 354
C071 Work lamp 37
C072 Ashtray light, left 409
C073 Ashtray light, right 410
C074 Width marker light, rear left 233
C075 Width marker light, rear right 245
C129 Interior lighting with switch 327
11
C130 Interior nightlight (red), driver’s side 341
C139 Interior nightlight (red), co-driver’s side 339
C144 Rotating beam, left 781
C145 Rotating beam, right 782
C148 Interior lighting, co-driver’s side, 2 x 21 W 313, 330
C149 Interior lighting, driver’s side, 2 x 21 W 309, 333
 200407 2-7

number
C150 Left-hand storage compartment lighting 350
C151 Central interior lighting with switch 324
C154 Rear number plate light, right (tractors) 236
C155 Rear number plate light, right (tractors) 249
C156 Width marker light, left, 1st (tractors) 238
C157 Width marker light, right, 1st (tractors) 250
C158 Width marker light, left, 2nd (tractors) 239
C159 Width marker light, right, 2nd (tractors) 251
C163 Width marker light in spotlight, roof 771
C539 Accessories / ignition / starter switch 29
C622 Switch, lighting 207, 210
C694 Main switch, mechanical 14
C695 Mirror adjustment switch, driver’s side 433, 442
C696 Mirror adjustment switch, co-driver’s side 437, 447
C697 Seat heating switch, driver’s side 474
C698 Seat heating switch, co-driver’s side 476
C716 Switch, rotating beams 782
C725 Work lamp switch 36
C727 Front/rear fog lamp switch 213
11 C731 Interior lighting switch, roof console (bunk

control) co-driver’s side F249 XC
313, 331
C733 Interior lighting switch, roof console (bunk 310, 334

control) driver’s side F249 XC
C735 Interior nightlight switch 316, 342
C736 Roof hatch switch 357, 362
2-8  200407

number
C737 ASR traction switch 830
C739 Mechanical lifting-gear switch 616
C740 ECAS switch, normal level 623, 646, 675
C741 ECAS switch, axle lifting 649
C742 Traction assistance switch 652
C743 Electric drop glass switch, co-driver’s side 422
(driver’s side door)
C744 Electric drop glass switch, co-driver’s side 426
(co-driver’s side door)
C745 Electric drop glass switch, driver’s side (driver’s 429
side door)
C746 Mirror heating switch 452
C748 Cross-axle differential lock operating switch 281
C749 Longitudinal controlled slip differential operating 283
switch
C750 PTO operation switch 492
C751 PTO operation switch 495
C760 Air conditioning switch 457
C763 Instrument lighting dimming potentiometer 112
C764 Potentiometer for headlight height adjustment 219
C765 Switch, warning lamps (with LED search lighting) 85
C773 Rear fog lamp switch 216
C774 Central door locking switch 549, 556
C778 Switch for Eberspächer auxiliary heater 509, 537
C802 Switch, recirculation valve 462
C813 Spotlight switch, roof 777
C831 Cruise control/engine speed control/retarder stalk 479, 1015
switch
C832
C835
Direction indicator/windscreen wiper stalk switch
Switch to turn off interior detection
76, 89, 91, 97, 224, 402
395
11
C836 Switch to turn off superstructure/drawn vehicle 398
loadspace detection
C844 Switch for Eberspächer cab heater with timer unit 516
C853 Cab main switch 2
 200407 2-9

number
C859 Interior lighting switch, roof console, driver’s side 313, 334
C882 Heater fan switch 469, 526
C883 FAG traction assistance switch 796
C890 Switch to switch off integration of third brake 872
C895 ECAS switch for increased manoeuvring level 678
C897 Interior lighting, SH cab, co-driver’s side 331
D503 Electronic unit, mechanical lifting gear 607
D529 Electronic unit, ECAS remote control 620, 643, 672
D609 Light switch diode 210
D610 Diode, main beam/dipped beam 224
D611 Diode, damping valve for lowering mechanical 608
lifting gear
D612 Diode, damping valve for lifting mechanical lifting 614
gear
D613 Diode for pump damping relay, mechanical lifting 611
gear
D622 Diode for mechanical lifting gear, lifting lock 614
D623 Diode for mechanical lifting gear, lowering lock 609
D703 Diode for switching off cab heater/door, contact 494
on driver’s side
D705 Diode for switching off cab heater with running 491
engine
D709 Diode for interior lighting to prevent feedback to 312, 329
co-driver’s switch
D710 Interior lighting diode to prevent feedback to 308, 334
driver’s side switch
D715 Alarm system LED 70, 378
11 D758 Diode to prevent feedback to VIC 300

D759 Diode to prevent feedback to stop lights 295
D782 Diode to prevent door locking feedback, driver’s 95
side
D783 Interior lighting diode, driver’s side 366
2-10  200407

number
D802 ECAS-2 (6x2) electronic unit 660, 690
D814 UPEC electronic unit 934
D826 Electronic unit for VLG current limiter 7
D850 Electronic unit for ABS/ASR, D model 818
D851 Electronic unit, ECAS-3 (4x2) 632
D871 Electronic unit for Airtronic D2 cab heater 505, 514
D879 Rear axle modulator 855
D895 Electronic unit for (10A) converter with power 706
supply for radio memory
D899 DIP-4 instrument panel 57
D900 VIC electronic unit 78, 92, 137, 486
D902 Electronic unit, ZF intarder with CAN 1009
D904 Menu Control Switch, MCS 139
D905 Electronic unit for central door locking 550
D909 Electronic unit, ultrasonic alarm system 381
D910 Electronic unit, battery charger 374
D911 Electronic unit, ALS-S alarm system 386
D912 Electronic unit, immobiliser 45
D924 Electronic unit for main switch 6
D931 LED unit, immobiliser 72
D932 EMAS electronic unit 729
D954 AS Tronic gearbox modulator 1040
D955 AS Tronic gear lever unit 1028
D969 CAN data manager, CDM 197
D977 Electronic unit, EBS-2 855
11
D979 Electronic unit for Hydronic 10 cab heater 531
E000 Fuse, rear left width marker light 229
E001 Fuse, rear right width marker light 242
E004 Fuse, dipped beam, driver’s side 254
E005 Fuse, dipped beam/warning lamp, co-driver’s 255
side
E006 Fuse, main beam, driver’s side 258
E007 Fuse, main beam/warning lamp, co-driver’s side 260
 200407 2-11

number
E008 Fuse, spotlights 261
E009 Fuse, front fog lamps 264
E010 Fuse, rear fog lamps 267
E013 Fuse, stop lights 286
E016 Fuse, reversing lights/gearbox neutral 273
position/windscreen wiper motor/cross-axle
differential lock
E023 Fuse, cold start switch/tachograph clock/cab 46
heater program clock/alarm system
E025 Fuse, windscreen wiper motor/headlamp 99
washer/windscreen washer motor
E026 Fuse, cigar lighter/door switches/electronic unit, 405
24/12 V converter with power supply for radio
memory
E028 Fuse, interior lighting/bunk lamps/central door 301
lock
E031 Fuse, heater fan 453, 522
E033 Fuse, electric drop glass motor, co-driver’s side 415
E034 Fuse, electric drop glass motor, driver’s side 419
E035 Fuse, instruments and warning lamps/parking 65
brake switch
E036 Fuse, 24V socket 403
E044 Fuse, mirror heating/electric mirror 422
adjustment/electric drop glass operation
E048 Fuse, drawn vehicle power supply 749
E051 Fuse, ECAS/EMAS 627, 656, 683, 721
E052 Fuse, ECAS remote control/work lamp 36
E053 Fuse, diagnostic connector 182
11 E062
(16-pin)/LED unit/alarm system
Fuse, mechanical lifting gear/ECAS/EMAS 601, 620, 641, 783
E084 Fuse, lighting 202
2-12  200407

number
E091 Fuse, air dryer heating element/stalk 471
switch/PTO/clutch switch/engine speed control
application connector
E108 Fuse, VIC 103
E112 Fuse, glow warning lamp 20
E114 Fuse, cab heater (Eberspächer)/warning lamps 502, 511, 524
E117 Fuse, search light 228
E118 Fuse, UPEC power supply 920
E142 Fuse, accessories before contact 764
E153 Fuse, main switch for timer/engine stop/main 4
switch power supply
E157 Fuse, automatic lubrication 561
E163 Fuse, accessories after contact (connector 751
A027)/rotating beams/roof hatch
E168 Fuse, accessories/microwave 799
E170 Fuse, electronic unit for fuel filter/water separator 568
E171 Fuse, heating element for fuel filter/water 567
separator
E184 Fuse, UPEC 918
E189 Fuse, rear axle EBS 809, 837
E190 Fuse, ABS-D / ABS / ASR-E / EBS front axle 810, 838
E199 Fuse, ZF intarder 1004
E277 Fuse, VIC 104
E279 Fuse, airbag and seat belt tensioner/voltage 17
regulation generator
E280 Fuse, VIC 105
E286 Main fuse 10
11
E301 Fuse, AS Tronic 1034
E330 Fuse, ‘sens’ wire main switch 11
E507 Proximity switch for axle-load protection lifting 605
gear (10 tons)
 200407 2-13

number
E508 Temperature switch for air 457
conditioning compressor
E509 Air conditioning operating switch, high/low 456
pressure
E511 Stop light operating switch 287
E514 Operating switch for stepwell/interior lighting, 366
driver’s side door switch
E515 Operating switch for stepwell/interior lighting, 367
door switch, co-driver’s side
E524 Mechanical lifting-gear operating switch, oil 613
pressure limit switch
E525 Operating switch for central upper storage 303, 350
compartment lighting
E526 Operating switch for central lower storage 305
E527 Operating switch for right-hand storage 306
E528 Operating switch for left-hand tool compartment 320, 351
lighting
E529 Operating switch for right-hand tool compartment 322, 353
lighting
E560 Operating switch for left-hand storage 349
E564 Engine brake operating switch 69
E566 Operating switch, Eberspächer Airtronic cab 507
heater thermostat
E570 Proximity switch, clutch PTO N10 499
E571 Thermo 90/Hydronic 10 cab heater operating 533
switch
E575 Proximity switch, clutch 66
Eberspächer (water)
11 E580 Operating switch for thermostat/cab heater, fan,

Eberspächer (timer)
540
E581 Eberspächer Airtronic cab heater timer unit 516

E584 Proximity switch for axle-load protection lifting 604
gear (7.5 tons)
2-14  200407

number
E589 ECAS pressure switch, driven axle 784
E590 AS Tronic selector switch 1029
E592 Reversing light operating switch 274
E595 Low-range switch 133
F000 Control switch for parking brake 65
F006 Control switch for differential lock, 1st differential 120
F007 Control switch for differential lock, 3rd differential 124
F011 Control switch for engine oil pressure 116
F038 Control switch for differential lock, 2nd differential 123
F047 Control switch for steering system (1st circuit) 118
F048 Control switch for steering system (2nd circuit) 119
F050 Control switch for differential lock pressure, 1st 122
and 2nd differentials
F097 Proximity switch for trailing axle mechanical lifting 601
gear
F107 Brake pad wear switch, front left 879
F108 Brake pad wear switch, front right 880
F109 Brake pad wear switch, front left, 2nd front axle 881
F110 Brake pad wear switch, front right, 2nd front axle 883
F111 Brake pad wear switch, rear left 884
F112 Brake pad wear switch, rear right 886
F113 Brake pad wear switch, rear left, 2nd rear 887
axle (6x2)
F114 Brake pad wear switch, rear right, 2nd rear
axle (6x2)
888
11
F118 Control switch for splitter signalling 115
F120 Gearbox switch for gate 3-4 136
F509 Cab temperature sensor of cab heater 516, 537
 200407 2-15

number
F512 Wheel speed sensor, front axle, left 808, 837
F513 Wheel speed sensor, front axle, right 809, 848
F514 Wheel speed sensor, driven axle, left 810
F515 Wheel speed sensor, driven axle, right 812
F533 Speed sensor (4-pin, 1st) 47
F544 Coolant temperature sensor for secondary 1017
retarder
F552 Crankshaft sensor 919
F558 Camshaft sensor 918
F565 Sensor, fuel temperature 921
F566 Sensor, engine coolant temperature 922
F608 Sensor, fuel level 110
F612 Height sensor, ECAS, rear axle, left 625, 654, 680
F613 Height sensor, ECAS, rear axle, right 627, 655, 682
F614 Height sensor, ECAS, front axle 629, 656, 683
F616 Cab locking sensor 298
F619 Cab locking sensor, alarm system 379
F628 EBS foot brake valve 862
F649 Boost pressure and air inlet temperature sensor 924
F651 Ambient temperature sensor 105
F652 Air pressure sensor 107
F656 Coolant level sensor 110
F672 UPEC accelerator pedal sensor 925
F673 Sensor, engine oil level and temperature 136
F686 Alarm system sensor, radar 385
11
F687 EMAS front axle angle sensor 723
F688 EMAS trailing axle angle sensor 724
F701 Steering angle sensor 850
F702 VSC module 851
F705 Speed sensor 1043
G000 Relay, tail light/width marker light/search lighting 209, 226
G001 Relay, dipped beam 223, 254
2-16  200407

number
G002 Relay, main beam 225, 258
G003 Relay, spotlights 257, 261
G004 Relay, front fog lamp 212, 264
G005 Relay, rear fog lamp 129, 267
G014 Relay, glowing 19, 932
G028 Relay, electric drop glass operation, co-driver’s 414, 421
side
G029 Relay, electric drop glass operation, co-driver’s 416, 422
side
G030 Relay, electric drop glass operation, driver’s side 418, 428
G031 Relay, electric drop glass operation, driver’s side 420, 429
G036 Relay, stop light 286, 289
G052 Relay, mechanical lifting gear motor 610, 618
G066 Relay, mechanical lifting-gear takeover 610, 612
G095 Relay, traction assistance, 60 sec. bleeding 794
G126 Relay, power supply 919, 920
G170 Relay, cab heater fan 524, 534
G185 Starting circuit interrupter relay 27, 1024
G236 Relay, windscreen wiper (speed 1 or 2) 93, 96
G237 Relay, windscreen wiper (automatic zero 93, 94
position)
G238 Relay, headlamp washer 91, 98
G247 Relay, heater fan, Eberspächer Hydronic cab 522, 528
heater
G259 PTO operation takeover relay 498, 499
G267 Air conditioning relay 453, 457 11
G297 Cab air suspension relay 296, 299
G299 Relay, roof spotlights 764, 776
G301 Relay, light D+ 125, 204
G302 Relay for Swedish lighting 204, 208
G303 Relay, starter motor interlock 26, 126
 200407 2-17

number
G328 Relay, engine stop 39, 905
G350 Relay for reversing lights 273, 274
G367 Relay, main switch power supply 5, 10
G377 Relay, accessories power supply for radio 702, 712
G380 Relay, mechanical lifting axle upwards 602, 605
G381 Relay, mechanical lifting axle (7.5 tons) 604, 615
G421 Relay, ECAS, leading rear axle, lowering 783, 786
G424 Time relay, ECAS, leading rear axle, lowering 787
G462 Relay for work lamp 36, 227
G469 Relay, braking signal 942, 944
G516 Central cab earth, co-driver’s side 581
G535 CAN distribution block 176
G723 Through-connection for central door locking 557
G732 Through-connection, cab heater (Eberspächer) 537
G734 Through-connection for brake lining wear 884
G736 V-CAN connection 191
G745 Through-connection, mechanical lifting gear 613
G755 Through-connection for Swedish lighting 210
G757 Through-connection for main switch 31
I020 Diode, gearbox gate protection 134
11
2-18  200407
2.4 SECTION DIAGRAMS FROM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1426261/14-15
B Overview of earthing points

C CAN overview
8 VIC
20 Search lighting
27 EBS-2
30 AS Tronic
11
 200407 2-19
11
B OVERVIEW OF EARTHING POINTS
2-20
the earth connections, with wire markings and
connector points.
VARIANTS
Location
18 Connector 597: XC light connection
60, 70 Connector 658: superstructure
67 Connector 582: earth not in use
44 Connector 873: for vehicle type FA.
Connector 874: for vehicle type FT.
Changes in the electrical system from chassis number 0E626381
XF95 series
5
 200407
5
 200407
C110 C068 C016 C695 C696 C150 C066 C774 A007 C731 C884
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 B 2 B B
XF95 series
M4
M12
M16
M11
M4
M5
M6
M4
M5
C064 C064 B175 C139 C148 C129 C774 C884 C002
3 2 4 3 3 2 5 4 2
M20
M17
!
M3
E575
M11
M15
M10
6
C725
M4
597
B 12 C046 C047 C774 C000 B129
M13
M14
M15
M16
2 2 3 M9 2 M3 M5 2
M2
M1
M3
M2
M1
M3
M1
M1
M12
M2
M10
C764 C736 C733
5 7 M7 M6 B
867
553
A043 21 C697 B017 12 B199 B026
692
407
2 2 2 4
17 6 2 M5
M9
C072 C014
M33
M11
M34
2 2
M8
M12 M6
M9
M36 M99
M1
C764 C751 C111 C736
B B 2 B
M34 M35 C151
M11
M10
M12
3
M5
190
7
M3
M10
C149 C130
M7
9 3 3
M5
M4
692
M1 M31 18 C765 C735 C008 B294
C727 C750
B B 560 B M2 M3 B 2 M2 M8 2
B000 C832
M10
31 A10 M2
M9
M2
C882 B030
6 31 M4
M3
C763 !
M2
M3
B M8
M1
3
M96
M1
M1
E511
M100
2
161
M1
F628 F628
B245 A2 B2
2
252
566
1 10
397
697
284
12 21 12
M1
M2
B
M1
M96
M97
M92
B365 A076
M3
8 3 F047
M46
C010 C011
M12
2 2 M190 2
M93 M95
176
21
18 M10
F087 M98 M101 M32 M1
M2 2 M11
695
F048
2
M1
M91
M5
C741
B
878
M94
21
M102
650
5 1
M2 M11 M61 A004 A004 B001 B002
M1 4 3 2 M8 M7 4
M1
M10
626
696
M6
12 12
M3
M2
M4
M12 C740 C739
M1
B M4 M11 B
288
144
M1
M1
546
8
M13
M64
M65
B042
2
M1
1426261/14-15
M4
M1
M1
A038 C062
143
3 2 2
M3
M2
M2
M6
M5
!
873
C063 D895 D895 C900 C853 C802 C890

C
2 A1 A3 1 B 1 B
M5
M15
M16
M1
M1
M5
M4
M7
M8
M6
M7
M8
M9
M3
M2
M4
M3
M7
!
865
590
2 2
F120 B079 F118 B293 B130 C003 C001 C015 C009 B028 C900 C760 C742 C748 C749 C890
M1
M3
M4
2 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 B 1 B B B 1
G516
EL001404
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-21
11
11
2-22
G029 G028 G031 G030 D802 D802 D802
86 86 86 86 16 19 27
M52
M54
M56
M58
9009
9009
9009
G029 G028 G031 G030
87A 87A 87A 87A
M51
M53
M55
M57
9009
627
2
9009
9009
9009
D929 G303 B358 C067 C017
D21 M76 M59 86 2 2 2
B166 F614
9009
4 2
D929
M77 B32
M4
M5
M6
D905 D929 D929
8 B3 C3
C698
M73
M77
M75
M105
9009
9009
9009
M3 2
M1
D929 D929
M1
B5 M72 M74 C4 F612 F613 F615
2 2 2
864
9
866
D929 D929 9
A14 M78 M80 D26
M24
M23
M24 M23 D929 C742 D529 D912 D899
M26 D7 1 2 2 2
B
M26
M25
M41
9050
9009
9108
9126
9126
!
591
588
583
12 1 11
307
562
563
B525 G015 B525 2 2 2 D900 D900 F702 F701 D954 D954

A6 86 A5 A5 E5 2 4 A16 A17
M1
M1
M104
B018 B200 A068 D902
9009
9009
9009
9009
9108
9126
9126
2 M2 M3 4 1 20
9050
9001
9127
9127
9041
9085
9079
9079
9025
C740 C741 A021
1 1 2
M21
M22
692
692
878
862
867
931
930
16 15 20 21 20 1 4
DVB
580
580
5 6
1426261/14-15
9041
9085
9025
9050
9001
9009
9009
9107
9108
9126
9127
9079
D955
M1
M2
C8
M18
M19
M43
391
656
574
883
582
656
1 18 9 10 2
9079
9080
M1
M1
M2
!
! !
D931 D969
869
868
18 3 1 2
658
658
7 8
44 46
! !
M2
9999
9999
9079
9080
EL001405
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200407
11
 200407 2-23
11
C CAN-OVERVIEW
2-24
the CAN connections, with wire markings and
connector points.
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
11
36, 39 Connector 873: for vehicle type FA.
58 For EBS-2: unit D977
For ABS: unit D850
XF95 series
5
 200407
5
 200407
XF95 series
G535
A1 A2 G1 G2 C1 C2
3700D
3701D
3700C
3701C
7
3700D
869 3700B
8
3701D 3701B
3700K
3701K
869
391
391
6 7
3700C
3701C
3701B
3700B
3700D
3701D
562
562
6 3
A13/ A14/ ! B20/ B21/ 13/ 11/

880 880 604 604 563 563
D954
D911
D912
D899
D955
D814
A12/ A8/ A6/ A3/ C3/ C1/ B11/ B12/ 5/ 7/ 12/ 14/
880 880 880 880 879 879 295 295 563 563 563 563
C
3731
3732
3732
3731
3700X
3701X
3700G
3701G
3700A
3701A
391
391
390
390
868
868
914
914
4 5 4 3 4 3 10 11
3731
3732
3732
3731
3700X
3701X
3700G
3701G
869
869
869
869
692
692
3565
3566
10 11 4 5 3700F 9 12
3701F
1426261/14-15
A021
16 15
3700X
3701X
3700E
3701E
3700A
3701A
D900
C15/ C14/ C2/ C1/ D19/ D17/ A8/ A4/
594 594 594 594 595 595 598 598
B525
EL001406
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-25
11
11
2-26
G535
D1 D2 F1 F2 B1 B2
3700J
3701J
3700L
3701L
3700M
3701M
A1/ A3/ 49/ 22/ A12/ A9/
612 612 622 622 884 884
D977
D902
D969
B3/ B6/ B4/ B1/ B3/ B6/
613 613 613 613 922 922
C
3558
3559
3620
3619
921
921
2 3
3558
3559
3754
3753
! !
3771
873
873
608
608
11 12 5 4
3770
3558
3559
1426261/14-15
A004
A098
A097
7 6 10 11 7 8 8 7
3620
3619
A3 A4
D978
EL001407
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200407
11
 200407 2-27
11
8 VIC
2-28
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
141 Unit D979: cab heater. (optional)
144 Connector 580: superstructure
201 Connector 584: for EBS-2.
Connector 585: for ABS.
XF95 series
5
 200407
2-29  200407
EL001408 1426261/14-15 8
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1008 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9999 9050 9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
4001
11
9127
11
2
4
12
C539
32/401
13
I020
5131
14
6
12
34/401
15
5131 5131 5131 5131 5131

546 626
16
5131
593
17
B21/
85
7/403
18
1
2
9050
E595 5131
86 87A
594
19
C11/
4987
8/403
20
1234
2
1
87
30
1
1100
15
21
3492
593
D758
B16/
G426
4/403
B293
22
1100
1234
23
9127 9127 15A
A5/
592
15/402
24
1100
E037
25
9127
E5/
596
27/402
26
1000 1000
1000
27
1
3
24/402
D929
3208 3208 3208 1000

593
2
1
B13/
28
F120 546 626
1000
26/402 15A
29
1198 1198
E3/
596
4
10
E277
30
4030 4030 4030
593
2
1
B19/
546 626 25/402 15A
31
1199 1199
A9/
592
8
E280
546
B079
32
12/403
33
1234
D900
3
9
2
1
1234
34
3438 3438 3438
593
B20/
546 626 10/403 10A

F118
35
1380 1380
E1/
596
626
E350
36
18
9
2
1
37
3518 3518
594
C30/
695 695 32/402 15A
38
F047 1114 1114
A2/
592
E108
39
10
2
1
40
3524 3524
594
C31/
695
41
F048
42
8
3
1
43
3022 3022
595
D15/
914
44
F656
45
46
P
12
2
1
47
3014 3014
593
B15/
F011 913
48
49
50
13
51
3408 3408
594
2
1
C34/
F006 916
52
1010
1000
53
11
2-30
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
D900
D13/ D3/ D2/ D12/ B17/ D14/ D4/ D21/ D16/ D11/ D31/ B1/ B7/ B10/ B9/ D26/ C33/ D19/ D17/
8
595 595 595 595 593 595 595 595 595 595 595 593 593 593 593 595 594 595 595
3636
3637
9005
3503
3406
4592
4593
3638
3640
3641
3639
3009
3010
3431
3432
3402
3427
3565
3566
695
695
916
916
586
176
176
11 12 1 16 9 12 13
F000
3402 2
3636
3637
9005
3503
3406
4592
4593
32
913
913
861
861
914
584
10 11 6 7 7 6
3638
3640
3639
3638
3641
3639
284
284
625
625
8 10 2 1
F107
A 5 9
636
636
636
636
636
636
4 2 3 7 5 6
3636
3637
9005
3503
31
C763
3638
3640
3639
3638
3641
3639
3009
3010
3431
3432
3402
3427
3565
3566
1 1 3
1426261/14-15
2 4
T 33/ 34/ B22/ A18/ 5/ 7/
F651
F608
340 340 295 612 563 563
2 2
P1 P2
U
D802
D814
D977
D899
3636 9005 U U
F673
F652
EL001409
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200407
5
D929
 200407
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
D900
D24/ D25/ C22/ C23/ C24/ C25/ C26/ C49/ C13/ C36/ C47/ C42/ C5/ D34/ A4/ D28/ C9/
8
595 595 594 594 594 594 594 594 594 594 594 594 594 595 592 595 594
G303 G301
85 1
3417
3420
5160
9033
3642
3643
3644
2622
3647
3652
3733
3157
2114
2142
2610
3705
2155
2 14
B030
2
23 E004 G004
2 87
693
862
915
3157 13 9 5 10 6
3157
3647
2622
2114
2142
2610
3705
2155
2155
583
583
864
574
574
862
1 2 3 19 11 11
C149 D932 C071 C725
1 A13 1 1
878
878
878
878
878
878
9 10 6 7 8 5
17 29 23 23
3157
! 4
5160
9033
3642
3643
3644
2622
3647
3647
3652
3733
3157 2142
3417
3420
580
1426261/14-15
582
695
695
288
8 4 7 8
52/ 29/ 1 3 2 4 6 5 2/ B16/ A9/ A3/
622 622 600 604 603 871
3157
2114
2142
2142
D902
D905
D911
D932
D979 C000 C008 C009

A3 1 1 1
42 13 13 9
D904 !
EL001410
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
2-31
11
11
2-32
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
D900
D29/ C12/ D36/ D8/ C8/ C51/ D35/ D1/ C6/ C7/ C40/ D5/ C19/ C17/ C18/ D6/ D7/ C32/ C4/ C2/ C1/
8
595 594 595 595 594 594 595 595 594 594 594 595 594 594 594 595 595 594 594 594 594
1020
3150
3469
4659
4019
4602
2150
2600
2122
2630
2168
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3428
4047
3700E
3701E
914
585
397
913
176
20 1 21 9 17 7
588
588
588
588
588
588
584
5 6 7 8 9 10 7
1020
3150
3469
4659
4659
4019
4602
2150
2600
2122
2630
2168
A513 B378 B344 G257 C802 E112 G036 C727 E515 G003 E117 G005
L B2 4 86 3 2 86 3 2 85 2 85
2 39 28 21 21 5 15 13 17 13 20 9
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3428
4047
3700F
3701F
1426261/14-15
A068
A004
A021
5 6 7 8 9 10 5 9 15 16
EL001411
160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212
XF95 series
5
 200407
5
D929
 200407
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
D900
D954
C15/ C14/ A8/ A12/
8
594 594 880 880
! !
3700X
3701X
3701X
3700X
391
391
5 4
3700X
3701X
3701X
3700X
11
1426261/14-15
869
10
869
EL001412
213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265
2-33
11
11
20 SEARCH LIGHTING
2-34
SEARCH LIGHTING LIGHT BUZZER
Search lighting refers to lights or LEDs in the When the light switch (C622) is operated, a
various function switches. supply voltage is present via diode D609 on
When the light switch (C622) is operated, a connection point 85 of relay G000 through
supply voltage is present on relay G000 fuse E084, the light switch (C622) (contacts
(connection point 85) through fuse E084 and 2-4), wire 2110.
the light switch (C622), contacts 2-1, wire
2100. Relay G000 is energised so that a voltage is
Relay G000 is energised (connection between applied to the search lighting (wire 2630)
points 30 and 87). A voltage is now applied on through fuse E117. This wire is also
the search lighting through PCB track 2101, connected to connection point C7 of the VIC
fuse E117 (via wire 2630). All search lighting (D900).
connected to this will come on. If the pre-programmed condition in the VIC is
met, the VIC sends a message to the DIP,
The following switches are illuminated by a which, in its turn, activates the buzzer (fitted in
light: C052, C053, C072, C073, C716 and the DIP).
C813.
VARIANTS
The following switches are illuminated by an
LED: Location
C725, C727, C731, C733, C735, C736, C737, 34 C900: switch for ASR traction
C739, C740, C741, C748, C749, C750, C751, (optional)
C760, C763, C764, C765, C774, C742, C802,
C835, C836, C844, C853, C890

XF95 series
5
 200407
5
D929
 200407
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
2100 2101
2154
85 30
10A
10A
E084
E117
D609
D610
G000
86 87A 87
M
5/401
2630 2630 2630
14/403
24/401
28/401
22/401
27/400
20/402
1101
2110
2154
2100
2630
2630 2630
C832 2630
A14 2630
13
574
3 2630
1101
2110
2630
3 11
2630 2630
2630
695 697
696
11 2630
2630
601
2
2110
2110
2630
2630
2630
B129
1
35
1101
5
20
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
176
2/231
2110
2110
A A C7/ A 5 A A
! 6 7 1
C764 594 1 1
0 I II 3 0 I 0 I
35
C073
C622
C835
C836
D900
C765
C735
C072
C853
C900
2 2
2 5 A B
B B B 7 1 B B
1/231
4/231
2029
2110
2100
1426261/14-15
601
696
6 12
EL001413
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
2-35
11
11
2-36
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
2630 2630
2630
9
2630 2630 2630 2630
693
291
5
2630
2630
A2/
176
2630 598 9
2630
B525
2630
2630 2630
20
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
6 7 6 7
7 1 A A A A 3 6 A A A A A A 5 A
I 0 II
C774
C731
C844
C733
C736
C751
C750
C763
C727
C764
C725
C813
C716
II 0 I
3 B B B B 7 1 8 2 B B B B B B 3 9 B
2 10 2 10
1426261/14-15
176
21
6 17
291 692
21
697
EL001414
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200407
5
D929
 200407
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
4
2630 2630
878
2630
2630
2630
2630 2630
397
2
2630 2630
2630 2630
2630
2630
20
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
2630
A A A A 5 A A A
2 2
1 1 0 I
C053
C052
C739
C760
C802
C742
C748
C749
C890
C740
C741
2 2
3 5 1 4 3 5 1 4
B B B B 7 1 B B B
2630 2630
1426261/14-15
397
12
21
878
EL001415
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
2-37
11
11
27 EBS-2
2-38
INFORMATION
VARIANTS
Location
13, 19, 22, 24, 33, 36:
Connector 873: for vehicle type FA.
122 E511 not fitted for EBS-2.
XF95 series
5
 200407
2-39  200407
EL001416 1426261/14-15 27
1
2
1/416
1000
3
1000
125A 1/417
2
30
1008 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
5
1010
E286
6
1000
1000
1010
7
30
87
8
DVB
6/403
9
9050 9050 4001

86
85
4001
10
G015
2
4
4001
1000
C539
11
11
85
7/403
12
9050
2
C
86 87A
13
1000
590 873 8/403

14
1234
87
30
A1
1100
15
G426
3
4/403
25A
16
1100
1234
E043 A2
17
4
15/402 15A
18
1100
!
1119
E037
19
A
1
1119 1119 12/403

20
873 590 1234
1234
21
!
10A
13
6
4
22
1288 1288 1288 1288 1288
11/401
873 921 584 E172
23
!
24
8
4
7
3428 3428 3428 3428
25
873 921 584
26
3428
594
C32/
27
A004
D929
3427
594
C33/
28
9
A
31
3406 3406
593
F107
C17/
29
586
6
D900
30
584
31
32
3427
612
A18/
!
10A
33
11
2
10/403
7
3558 3558 3558 1380
B3/
613
34
873 921 E350
35
12
3
3
6
3559 3559 3559 1380 1380
A7/
B6/
612
613
36
873 921 584
37
15A
1
38
1186 1186
A9/
612
14/401
18
584 E189
39
5125 5125 5125
C6/
2
1
608 614
40
15A
2
B309
41
1187 1187
A8/
612
12/401
584 E190
42
43
D977
3
3425 3425
612
A13/
44
584
45
A021
46
47
9050
48
9028 9028
612
A11/
49
9999
50
9128 9128
612
A12/
51
52
9129
1010
1000
53
11
2-40
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
D977
B4/ B1/ B7/ D7/ D8/ D12/ D10/ D11/ D9/ D6/ D1/ D2/ B13/ D3/ B14/ B10/ B11/ C3/ C1/ C2/ C4/ C5/ B8/ B12/
613 613 613 615 615 615 615 615 615 615 615 615 613 615 613 613 613 614 614 614 614 614 613 613
3620
3619
5158
4620
4621
5056
4632
4633
3609
3610
5119
5120
3617
9026
3616
5121
5122
5057
4634
4635
4622
4623
5123
5124
27
608
608
608
5 4 6
9026
3620
3619
5158
609
609
609
609
609
609
609
609
609
609
608
608
608
608
608
609
609
609
609
609
608
608
10 11 9 7 8 3 2 4 5 6 11 1 10 12 13 18 16 17 19 20 16 17
D978
A3 A4 A1
4620
4621
4622
4623
A2 C1 C2 B1 B2
1426261/14-15
9129
ZT1
BN1
3609
9026
3610
5119
5120
3617
9026
3616
5121
5122
5057
4634
4635
5123
5124
ZT3
BN3
5056
4632
4633
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2
608
2
1 3 1 3
N N N N 1
9129
P P
B256
B257
B306
2 U U 2 2
F514 F515 F512 F513
B307 B308
EL001417
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200407
5
D929
 200407
1000 1000
1010 1010
XF95 series
D977
E4/ E6/ E5/ E1/ E3/ E2/ A6/ B9/ A3/ A1/ B5/ B2/ B15/
616 616 616 616 616 616 612 613 612 612 613 613 613
3728
3607
3608
3606
3604
3603
3605
3487
5719
E511
1 3729
!
27
15
3730
584
584
584
584
584
584
584
584
14 15 13 11 10 12 8 16
3607
3608
3606
3604
3603
3605
4602
4602
3487
5719
3730
3729
3728
3730
3729
3728
3701L
3700L
G036
560
560
560
560
560
560
560
696
878
930
930
930
930
931
931
931
931
5 6 4 2 1 3 7 86 1 13 2 5 6 4 5 4 3 1
15
3607
3608
3606
3604
3603
3605
4602
3487
5719
3730
3729
3728
9085
9085
3730
3729
3728
9041
9041
D2 D1 2 5 6 4 3 4 1 2
A1 A3 A4 B1 B3 B4 B5 5 5
0 I 0 I CAN CAN
G535
VSC
C900
C890
F628
7 1 7 1
A2 B2 F701 F702
1426261/14-15
9085
696
878
12 21
9041
9
560
9999
EL001418
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
2-41
11
SEE THE SYSTEM MANUAL FOR MORE XF95 series
11
AS TRONIC
INFORMATION
30
2-42  200407
2-43  200407
EL001419 1426261/14-15 30
1
2
1/416
3
1000
1000
125A 1/417
2
5
30
1008 1000 1000 1010

2
1
B010
1010
E286
6
7
1000
1010
1000 1000
30
87
6/403
10
9999 9050 9050 9050 4001

86
85
11
4001
11
G015
DVB
12
86
85
7/403
9050
13
4001
14
87A
4/403
1100
30
15
87
4001
16
1234
G426
1100
2/222
17
4/222 1/222 15/402 15A

18
1100 1100
6/222
E037
19
C539
20
21
22
3700X
594
23
C15/
24
3701X
594
25
C14/
26
D900
27
D929
28
29
11
5
8/403
3701X 3701X 3701X 1234 1234
A8/
880
30
869 391
12/403
31
1234
10
4
3700X 3700X 3700X

21
880
A12/
32
869 391 1234
869
33
1
9079 1234 1234

A1/
880
34
390
1
8
35
9079 9079 9079 9079
880 880
A16/ A17/
869 391
36
D954
37
6
2
38
3065 3065 3065
10
A2/
880
39
869 390
40
A021 3700D
880
A13/
41
42
3701D
880
A14/
43
44
45
7
8
46
3701D 3701D 3701D
391 869
A2
47
G535
6
7
48
3700D 3700D 3700D
391 869
A1
49
50
51
52
1000
1234
1010
1000
53
11
2-44
D929
1000 1000
1010 1010
1000
1234
10A
10A
E301
E350
32/400
34/400
10/403
1380
1000
1604
1604
G350
1
12
390
5
1604
1604
1380
5655
1604
1604
868
868
868
1 5 6
869
20
1604
1604
1604
1380
5655
3739
3739
D954 D955
A4/ A5/ C6/ C7/ C9/ C14/ C15/
880 880 879 879 879 879 879
A6/ A3/ C3/ C1/ C8/
30
B7 B8 B9 B12 B17 B16 B20 B10 B15 B11 B6 B18 880 880 879 879 879 D1 D3 D5 D2 D4 D6
3731
3732
3732
3731
9080
390
390
868
868
868
4 3 4 3 2
4 2 1
Y15 Y14 Y17 Y16 0-5V 5V 1 3 5 2 4 6
3731
3732
3732
3731
9080
5
N
869
4
F705
B385 869 E590
1426261/14-15
1000
EL001420
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
XF95 series
5
 200407
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:
5 OPTIONS AND SPECIAL APPLICATIONS
CONTENTS
Page Date
1. INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200340
2. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM: OPTIONS AND SPECIAL APPLICATIONS . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200340
2.1 Circuit diagram 1454219/03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200340
2.2 Overview of basic codes for circuit diagram 1454219/03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 . . . . 200340
12
 200340 1
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:
OPTIONS AND SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 5
12
2  200340
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:
1. INTRODUCTION
This main group contains the entire electrical
system, “Options and special applications”, by
means of circuit diagrams.
Circuit diagram
The circuit diagram contains all information
relating to the entire electrical system: options
and special applications which can be used in
the vehicle, with the exception of the connectors.
12
 200340 1-1
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:
12
1-2  200340
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:
XF95 series Electrical system: options and special applications
2. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM: OPTIONS AND SPECIAL APPLICATIONS

2.1 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1454219/03

12
 200340 2-1
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:
Electrical system: options and special applications XF95 series
2.2 OVERVIEW OF BASIC CODES FOR CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1454219/03

number
A012 12V socket (2-pin) 130, 131
A032 AGC automatic gearbox diagnostics socket 239
A066 Semitrailer socket (2pin) 107, 108
A071 Automatic gearbox socket, intarder functions 238
A073 Automatic gearbox socket, operation 232
A074 Automatic gearbox socket, superstructure 206, 210, 212, 213, 214,
215, 216, 252, 261, 275,
276, 277, 278, 279, 280,
282, 283, 359
A088 Superstructure socket, tail lift (21-pin) 82, 84, 92, 93, 94, 95,
97
A095 Application connector 355
A500 Batteries (2x) 101
A507 Batteries for box/radio/tail lift (2x) 107
B084 Air suspension bleed valve 174
B155 PTO operating valve, 2nd 312
B166 ECAS valve, front axle 24, 73
B169 PTO operating valve, Chelsea 250
B201 Internal electrical components for AGC automatic 228
gearbox
B245 PTO operating valve 305
B253 ECAS valve, driven axle, left/right, air supply 23, 71
B254 ECAS valve, steered leading rear axle/trailing axle, 28, 75
B330 Buzzer indicating door open, handbrake not in use 114
B353 Automatic gearbox control solenoid, retarder 220
12
2-2  200340
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:

number
B354 Accumulator, AGC-A4 automatic gearbox 221
B366 Buzzer indicating trailing axle lowering 198
B383 ECAS valve, leading rear axle FAK/FTM 41
B405 PTO operating valve, 3rd 316
B406 Resistor, trailing axle lowering 197
B434 Buzzer indicating engine speed too high 170
C062 Cab stepwell lighting, driver’s side 113
C539 Accessories/ignition/starter switch 127
C740 ECAS switch, normal level 5, 54
C741 ECAS switch, axle lifting 9, 57
C742 Traction assistance switch 11, 60
C750 PTO operating switch 269, 307
C769 PTO operating switch 266, 304
C831 Steering column switch, cruise control/speed 324
control/retarder
C884 Engine brake switch, retarder function 259
C885 Clutch operating switch 310
C886 PTO switch, idling 251, 272
C889 Tail lift switch 84
C894 PTO operating switch, 3rd 318
C896 Air suspension bleed switch 174
D086 PTO warning light (orange) 263, 307
D116 Warning lamp (red) for second PTO operation, on 310
D131 Warning lamp (red), semi-trailer connection 116
D135 Warning lamp, semi-trailer air pressure 118
D149 Warning lamp, lifting axle lifted 46
D156 Engine brake retarder function warning lamp 258
D157 Warning lamp, idling PTO 272
D159 PTO warning lamp, 3rd 321 12
D161 Warning lamp indicating engine speed too high 168
D164 Warning lamp, tail lift open 96
D165 Tail lift warning lamp on 87
 200340 2-3
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:

number
D529 Electronic unit, ECAS remote control 2, 50
D579 Electronic unit for 24/12V (15A) converter 177
D580 Electronic unit for voltage reduction, 24/12V 187
D775 Diode, battery partition, semi-trailer 111
D802 Electronic unit for ECAS-2 (6x2) 21, 70
D866 Electronic unit, AGC-A4 automatic gearbox control 228
D867 Selector for AGC automatic gearbox 235
D895 Electronic unit for converter (10A) with power supply 129
for radio memory
D900 VIC electronic unit 264, 302
D935 CAN extension box CXB 348
D970 Electronic unit for engine speed switch 169
E026 Fuse, cigar lighter/door switches/electronic unit, 192
24/12V converter with power supply for radio
memory
E029 Fuse, intarders/engine brake 327
E035 Fuse, instruments and warning lamps/parking brake 115
switch/power supply after contact
E045 Fuse, interior lighting 112
E051 Fuse, ECAS/EMAS 17, 65, 177
E062 Fuse, mechanical lifting gear/ECAS/EMAS 1, 49, 173
E143 Fuse, UPEC/tachograph/alarm 333
system/immobiliser/ABS-D/ABS/ASR-E
E144 Fuse, AGC-A4 automatic gearbox 204
E145 Fuse, AGC-A4 automatic gearbox 202
E221 Fuse for box 106
E274 Main fuse, battery partition 107
E275 Fuse, battery partition 109
E276 Fuse, converter 129
12
E514 Operating switch, stepwell/interior lighting, door 112
switch driver’s side
E564 Operating switch, engine brake 334
E570 Proximity switch, clutch PTO N10 304, 318
2-4  200340
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:

number
E589 ECAS operating switch, driven axle 35
E591 Operating switch, clutch 310
E598 Operating switch, buzzer 113
F000 Control switch for parking brake 124
F087 Control switch for gearbox PTO 264, 302
F090 Control switch for ABS/parking brake/drawn vehicle 118
F117 PTO control switch, 3rd 321
F601 Sensor, output shaft speed, AGC automatic gearbox 217
F602 Sensor, input shaft speed, AGC automatic gearbox 218
F612 ECAS height sensor, rear axle, left 14, 63
F613 ECAS height sensor, rear axle, right 16, 64
F614 ECAS height sensor, front axle 17, 66
F669 Retarder temperature sensor - AGC-A4 automatic 222
gearbox
F670 Sensor, turbine speed, AGC automatic gearbox 224
AT1000/2000
G015 Relay, contact 126
G016 Partition relay 107, 109
G180 Time relay power supply, Allison, 12V 203
G181 Takeover relay power supply, Allison, 12V 202, 209
G185 Starting circuit interrupter relay 206
G259 PTO operation takeover relay 303, 305, 316, 318
G291 Relay, AGC A4 automatic gearbox 210, 278
G338 Relay, battery partition 104, 109
G339
G360
Relay, battery partition warning lamp
Relay, engine stop
106, 115
125, 126
12
G371 Automatic gearbox relay, superstructure 208, 250
 200340 2-5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:

number
G375 Relay, stop light for AGC-A4 automatic gearbox with 209
retarder
G421 ECAS relay, leading rear axle, lowering 34, 35
G422 ECAS relay, leading rear axle, lifting 20, 40
G423 ECAS relay, leading rear axle lowering before 26, 38
trailing axle is lowered
G424 ECAS time relay, leading rear axle, lowering 37
G426 Relay, contact 127
G429 Relay, parking brake 121, 124
G431 Engine brake retarder function relay 255, 259
G432 Intarder + DEB relay 327, 328
G433 DEB relay disengaged 330, 333
G434 Intarder + DEB relay 324, 328
G466 Relay, tail lift open 93, 95
G467 ECAS relay, lowering if PTO active 48, 54
G468 Relay for interrupting starting circuit during use of 88, 89
tail lift
G727 Connection for PTO 254
G758 Air suspension bleed through-connection 174
I000 Diode to prevent “engine running” takeover relay 120
feedback
I001 Diode to prevent “engine stop” takeover relay 123
feedback
I002 Diode to prevent stop-lights feedback 257
I003 Diode to prevent “cruise control/engine speed 323
control/retarder stalk switch” feedback
I005 Diode to prevent intarder/DEB relay feedback 330
I009 Diode to prevent stop-lights feedback 255
12 I010 Diode to prevent PTO feedback, 3rd 315
I012 Polarity diode, “tail lift open” indication 92
2-6  200340

dw23271602 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

dw23271602 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

dw23271602 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

5 CONTENTS

Max. current and wire diameter (mm2)

between points 3 and 4: 5A

Handheld transmitter CDS 87

1.2 TIGHTENING TORQUES

SYMPTOM: NEW BATTERY HEATS UP CONSIDERABLY DURING FILLING

SYMPTOM: BATTERY ACID LEAKING FROM THE PLUG HOLES

SYMPTOM: ELECTROLYTE LEVEL TOO LOW

Excessive gas development due to charging Check/repair the charger

SYMPTOM: RELATIVE DENSITY TOO LOW (<1.240)

Insufficient charging Check/repair the charger

Short circuit in the charging circuit Check the charging circuit

SYMPTOM: RELATIVE DENSITY TOO HIGH (>1.290)

SYMPTOM: STARTING TROUBLE

Worn battery (plates corroded and worn

Replace the battery

- Defective battery (‘dead cell’) Replace the battery

- Battery too small Replace with battery of a higher capacity

- Battery sulphated (plates have hardened) Replace the battery

SYMPTOM: BURNT-IN BATTERY POLES

SYMPTOM: 1 OR 2 CELLS BUBBLE EXCESSIVELY UNDER HIGH LOADS

- Leaking cell partition Replace the battery

SYMPTOM: BATTERY DISCHARGES VERY FAST (DOES NOT RETAIN POWER)

- Short circuit in charging circuit Check the charging circuit

- Major self-discharging, for example due to Clean the battery

- Battery sulphated (on examining the plates, Replace the battery

SYMPTOM: SHORT BATTERY LIFE

- Often too deeply discharged Intermediate charging with rectifier 1

SYMPTOM: BATTERY HOT DURING OPERATION WITH EXCESSIVE WATER CONSUMPTION

SYMPTOM: BATTERY HAS EXPLODED

- Short-circuiting by tools Be careful where tools are put down

- Internal defect (loose connection) Replace the battery

SYMPTOM: DEFECTIVE ALTERNATOR AND/OR DIODES (RADIO AND OTHER

SYMPTOM: BATTERY IS INACTIVE (NO VOLTAGE)

1.2 SERVICE LIFE

The service life of a battery is significantly

SYMPTOM: ALTERNATOR NOT PRODUCING POWER WHEN IDLING

Connection 15 on alternator short-circuited to Repair connection 15

Internal defect Replace regulator

SYMPTOM: ALTERNATOR WARNING (YELLOW)

SYMPTOM: ALTERNATOR VOLTAGE HIGH (RED)

Internal defect Replace regulator/alternator

3.1 SHORT CIRCUITS

A short circuit is caused by a positive wire

If, however, the lamp goes out, the fault is

3.2 OPEN CIRCUIT

Suppose a consumer is not functioning. The

3.3 EARTHING PROBLEMS

Earthing problems are mainly caused by

The Fluke 87 multimeter allows you to select

The following symbols are used.

Diagnostics in modern electronic systems is

1.3 SIGNAL MEASUREMENTS

Sine-wave signal (AC voltage)

Measuring a sine wave signal

Square wave signal

If the duration is different for the two levels (t1 is

Measuring a square wave signal

2 In this way, the average value of the